USER MANUAL

MODELS T703 and T703U

PHOTOMETRIC O3 CALIBRATOR

© TELEDYNE ADVANCED POLLUTION INSTRUMENTATION (TAPI)

9480 CARROLL PARK DRIVE
SAN DIEGO, CALIFORNIA 92121-5201
USA

Toll-free Phone: 800-324-5190

Phone: 858-657-9800
Fax: 858-657-9816
Email: [email protected]
Website: http://www.teledyne-api.com/

Copyright 2010-2015 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation 24 July 2015
NOTICE OF COPYRIGHT
© 2010-2015 Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation, Inc. All rights reserved.

TRADEMARKS
All trademarks, registered trademarks, brand names or product names appearing in this document are the
property of their respective owners and are used herein for identification purposes only.

07223D DCN7107 i
 This page intentionally left blank.

ii 07223D DCN7107
SAFETY MESSAGES
Important safety messages are provided throughout this manual for the purpose of avoiding personal
injury or instrument damage. Please read these messages carefully. Each safety message is associated
with a safety alert symbol, and placed throughout this manual and inside the instrument. The symbols
with messages are defined as follows:

WARNING: Electrical Shock Hazard

HAZARD: Strong oxidizer

GENERAL WARNING/CAUTION: Read the accompanying message for

specific information.

CAUTION: Hot Surface Warning

Do Not Touch: Touching some parts of the instrument without

protection or proper tools could result in damage to the part(s) and/or the
instrument.
Technician Symbol: All operations marked with this symbol are to be
performed by qualified maintenance personnel only.

Electrical Ground: This symbol inside the instrument marks the central
safety grounding point for the instrument.

CAUTION
This instrument should only be used for the purpose and in the manner
described in this manual. If you use this instrument in a manner other than
that for which it was intended, unpredictable behavior could ensue with
possible hazardous consequences.
NEVER use a gas analyzer to sample any combustible gas(es)!

Note
Technical Assistance regarding the use and maintenance of this instrument or any other
Teledyne API product can be obtained by contacting Teledyne API’s Technical Support
Department:
Telephone: 800-324-5190
Email: [email protected]
or by accessing various service options on our website at http://www.teledyne-api.com/

07223D DCN7107 iii

CONSIGNES DE SÉCURITÉ
Des consignes de sécurité importantes sont fournies tout au long du présent manuel dans le but d‟éviter
des blessures corporelles ou d‟endommager les instruments. Veuillez lire attentivement ces consignes.
Chaque consigne de sécurité est représentée par un pictogramme d‟alerte de sécurité; ces pictogrammes
se retrouvent dans ce manuel et à l‟intérieur des instruments. Les symboles correspondent aux consignes
suivantes :

AVERTISSEMENT : Risque de choc électrique

DANGER : Oxydant puissant

AVERTISSEMENT GÉNÉRAL / MISE EN GARDE : Lire la consigne

complémentaire pour des renseignements spécifiques

MISE EN GARDE : Surface chaude

Ne pas toucher : Toucher à certaines parties de l‟instrument sans protection ou

sans les outils appropriés pourrait entraîner des dommages aux pièces ou à
l‟instrument.

Pictogramme « technicien » : Toutes les opérations portant ce symbole doivent

être effectuées uniquement par du personnel de maintenance qualifié.

Mise à la terre : Ce symbole à l‟intérieur de l‟instrument détermine le point central

de la mise à la terre sécuritaire de l‟instrument.

MISE EN GARDE

Cet instrument doit être utilisé aux fins décrites et de la manière décrite dans
ce manuel. Si vous utilisez cet instrument d’une autre manière que celle pour
laquelle il a été prévu, l’instrument pourrait se comporter de façon imprévisible
et entraîner des conséquences dangereuses.

NE JAMAIS utiliser un analyseur de gaz pour échantillonner des gaz

combustibles!

iv 07223D DCN7107
WARRANTY
WARRANTY POLICY (02024G)
Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation (TAPI), a business unit of Teledyne
Instruments, Inc., provides that:
Prior to shipment, TAPI equipment is thoroughly inspected and tested. Should
equipment failure occur, TAPI assures its customers that prompt service and support
will be available.
COVERAGE
After the warranty period and throughout the equipment lifetime, TAPI stands ready
to provide on-site or in-plant service at reasonable rates similar to those of other
manufacturers in the industry. All maintenance and the first level of field
troubleshooting are to be performed by the customer.
NON-TAPI MANUFACTURED EQUIPMENT
Equipment provided but not manufactured by TAPI is warranted and will be repaired
to the extent and according to the current terms and conditions of the respective
equipment manufacturer‟s warranty.
PRODUCT RETURN
All units or components returned to Teledyne API should be properly packed for
handling and returned freight prepaid to the nearest designated Service Center.
After the repair, the equipment will be returned, freight prepaid.

The complete Terms and Conditions of Sale can be reviewed at

http://www.teledyne-api.com/terms_and_conditions.asp

CAUTION – Avoid Warranty Invalidation

Failure to comply with proper anti-Electro-Static Discharge (ESD) handling and
packing instructions and Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) procedures
when returning parts for repair or calibration may void your warranty. For anti-ESD
handling and packing instructions please refer to the manual, Fundamentals of
ESD, PN 04786, in its “Packing Components for Return to Teledyne API‟s
Customer Service” section. The manual can be downloaded from our website at
http://www.teledyne-api.com under Help Center > Product Manuals in the Special
Manuals section; RMA procedures are under Help Center > Return Authorization.

07223D DCN7107 v
ABOUT THIS MANUAL
Presented here is information regarding the documents that are included with this manual (Structure), its
history of release and revisions (Revision History), how the content is organized (Organization), and the
conventions used to present the information in this manual (Conventions Used).
STRUCTURE
This T703/T703U manual, PN 07223, is comprised of multiple documents, assembled in PDF format, as
listed below.
Part No. Rev Name/Description
07223 D T703 and T703U Photometric Calibrator Operation Manual (the main body of this manual)
05745 F Menu trees and software documentation (inserted as Appendix A of this manual)
07224 A T703 Spare Parts List (located in Appendix B of this manual)
07747 A T703U Spare Parts List (located in Appendix B of this manual)
05747 E Appendix C, Repair Questionnaire
Documents and Schematics included in Appendix D of this manual:
073600100 A T703 Interconnect List
07360 A T703 Interconnect Diagram
04354 D SCH, PCA 04003, PRESS/FLOW
04420 B SCHEMATIC, UV DET PREAMP
04421 A SCHEMATIC, UV LAMP SUPPLY
04422 A SCHEMATIC, DC HEATER/THERMISTOR
04524 E SCHEMATIC, RELAY CARD
05803 B SCH, PCA 05802, MOTHERBOARD, GEN-5
06698 D SCH, PCA 06697, INTRFC, LCD TCH SCRN
06882 B SCH, LVDS TRANSMITTER BOARD
06731 A SCH, AUXILLIARY-I/O BOARD

Note

We recommend that this manual be read in its entirety before any attempt is made to operate the
instrument.

vi 07223D DCN7107
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................. 15
1.1. T703/T703U Calibrator Overview ................................................................................................................ 15
1.2. Options ........................................................................................................................................................ 16
2. SPECIFICATIONS AND APPROVALS .............................................................................. 17
2.1. Specifications .............................................................................................................................................. 17
2.2. Approvals and Certifications ........................................................................................................................ 18
2.2.1. Safety .................................................................................................................................................... 18
2.2.2. EMC ....................................................................................................................................................... 18
2.2.3. Other Type Certifications ....................................................................................................................... 18
3. GETTING STARTED........................................................................................................... 19
3.1. Unpacking and Initial Setup ......................................................................................................................... 19
3.1.1. Front, Rear, and Internal Calibrator Description ................................................................................... 20
3.2. Electrical Connections ................................................................................................................................. 28
3.2.1. Power Connection ................................................................................................................................. 28
3.2.2. Analog output Test Channel Connections ............................................................................................. 28
3.2.3. Connecting the Status Outputs ............................................................................................................. 29
3.2.4. Connecting the Control Inputs ............................................................................................................... 30
3.2.5. Connecting the Control Outputs ............................................................................................................ 32
3.2.6. Communication Connections ................................................................................................................ 33
3.2.6.1. Ethernet Connection ...................................................................................................................... 33
3.2.6.2. USB Option Connection ................................................................................................................. 33
3.2.6.3. RS-232 and RS485 Connection..................................................................................................... 33
3.2.6.4. Multidrop Network Connection ....................................................................................................... 33
3.3. Pnenumatic Connections............................................................................................................................. 34
3.3.1. Dry Air In................................................................................................................................................ 34
3.3.2. Zero Air In .............................................................................................................................................. 34
3.3.3. Output Manifold ..................................................................................................................................... 35
3.3.4. Exhaust.................................................................................................................................................. 35
3.3.5. Measuring An External Ozone Source .................................................................................................. 35
3.4. Initial Operation ........................................................................................................................................... 35
3.4.1. Start-Up ................................................................................................................................................. 35
3.4.2. Warm Up ............................................................................................................................................... 35
3.4.3. Warning Messages ................................................................................................................................ 36
3.4.4. Functional Check ................................................................................................................................... 38
3.4.5. Operating Modes for the O3 Generator ................................................................................................. 39
3.4.5.1. CNST (CONSTANT) ...................................................................................................................... 39
3.4.5.2. BNCH (BENCH) ............................................................................................................................. 39
3.4.6. Setting the O3 Generator Mode ............................................................................................................. 39
3.4.7. Setting the output Flow Rate ................................................................................................................. 40
3.4.7.1. Calculating Output Flow Rate ........................................................................................................ 40
3.4.7.2. Output Flow Setup ......................................................................................................................... 40
4. OPERATING THE CALIBRATOR ...................................................................................... 41
4.1. Test Functions ............................................................................................................................................. 42
4.2. Overview of Operating modes ..................................................................................................................... 43
4.3. Standby Mode ............................................................................................................................................. 44
4.4. General Information about the GENERATE mode ...................................................................................... 45
4.4.1. GENERATE > AUTO: Basic Generation of Calibration Gas ................................................................. 45
4.5. Automatic Calibration Sequences ............................................................................................................... 45
4.5.1. SETUP > SEQ: Programming Calibration Sequences .......................................................................... 46
4.5.1.1. Activating a Sequence from the T703/T703U Front Panel ............................................................ 47
4.5.1.2. Naming a Sequence ...................................................................................................................... 48
4.5.1.3. Setting the Repeat Count for a Sequence ..................................................................................... 49

07223D DCN7107 7
 4.5.1.4. Using the Internal Clock to Trigger Sequences ............................................................................ 50
4.5.1.5. Setting Up Control Inputs for a Sequence ..................................................................................... 53
4.5.1.6. Setting Up Control Outputs for a Sequence .................................................................................. 54
4.5.1.7. Setting the Progress Reporting Mode for the Sequences ............................................................. 55
4.5.2. Adding Sequence Steps ........................................................................................................................ 56
4.5.2.1. The GENERATE Step .................................................................................................................... 57
4.5.2.2. The STANDBY Step ...................................................................................................................... 58
4.5.2.3. The DURATION Step ..................................................................................................................... 58
4.5.2.4. The EXECSEQ Step ...................................................................................................................... 59
4.5.2.5. The CC OUTPUT Step .................................................................................................................. 60
4.5.2.6. Deleting or Editing an Individual Step in a Sequence .................................................................... 61
4.5.3. Deleting a Sequence ............................................................................................................................. 62
4.6. SETUP > CFG ............................................................................................................................................. 63
4.7. SETUP > CLK.............................................................................................................................................. 64
4.7.1. Setting the Internal Clock‟s Time and Day ............................................................................................ 64
4.7.2. Adjusting the Internal Clock‟s speed ..................................................................................................... 65
4.8. SETUP > PASS ........................................................................................................................................... 66
4.9. SETUP > DIAG > TEST CHAN OUTPUT: Using the TEST Channel Analog Output ................................. 68
4.9.1. Configuring the TEST Channel Analog Output ..................................................................................... 68
4.9.1.1. The Analog I/O Configuration Submenu ........................................................................................ 68
4.9.1.2. Selecting a TEST Channel Function to Output .............................................................................. 70
4.9.1.3. TEST Channel Voltage Range Configuration ................................................................................ 72
4.9.1.4. Turning the TEST Channel Over-Range Feature ON/OFF ........................................................... 73
4.9.1.5. Adding a Recorder Offset to the TEST Channel ............................................................................ 74
4.9.2. TEST Channel Calibration ..................................................................................................................... 75
4.9.2.1. Enabling or Disabling the TEST CHANNEL Auto-Cal Feature ...................................................... 76
4.9.2.2. Automatic TEST Channel Calibration ............................................................................................ 77
4.9.2.3. Manual Calibration of the TEST Channel Configured for Voltage Ranges ................................... 79
4.9.3. AIN Calibration ...................................................................................................................................... 81
4.10. SETUP > MORE > VARS: Internal Variables (VARS) .............................................................................. 82
4.11. Operating the Calibrator as an O3 Photometer ......................................................................................... 83
4.11.1. Set up for Operation as an O3 Photometer ......................................................................................... 84
4.12. SETUP > LVL: Setting up and using LEADS (Dasibi) Operating Levels .................................................. 86
4.12.1. General Information about LEADS LEVELS ....................................................................................... 86
4.12.2. Dot commands .................................................................................................................................... 86
4.12.3. Levels .................................................................................................................................................. 86
4.12.4. Activating an existing LEVEL .............................................................................................................. 87
4.12.5. Programming New LEVELS ................................................................................................................ 88
4.12.5.1. Creating a Generate LEVEL ........................................................................................................ 89
4.12.5.2. Editing or Deleting a LEVEL ........................................................................................................ 90
4.12.6. Configuring LEVEL Status Blocks ....................................................................................................... 91
5. COMMUNICATIONS ........................................................................................................... 93
5.1. Using the Analyser‟s Communication Ports ................................................................................................ 93
5.1.1. RS-232 DTE and DCE Communication ................................................................................................ 93
5.1.2. Serial COM Port Default Settings and Connector Pin Assignments ..................................................... 94
5.1.3. COM Port Baud Rate ............................................................................................................................ 96
5.1.4. COM Port Communication Modes ........................................................................................................ 96
5.1.5. COM Port Testing .................................................................................................................................. 99
5.1.6. Machine ID .......................................................................................................................................... 100
5.1.7. Terminal Operating Modes .................................................................................................................. 101
5.1.7.1. Help Commands in Terminal Mode ............................................................................................. 101
5.1.7.2. Command Syntax ........................................................................................................................ 102
5.1.7.3. Data Types ................................................................................................................................... 103
5.1.7.4. Status Reporting .......................................................................................................................... 103
5.1.7.5. General Message Format ............................................................................................................ 104
5.1.7.6. COM Port Password Security ...................................................................................................... 104

8 07223D DCN7107
 5.2. Remote Access by Modem ........................................................................................................................ 105
5.3. Multidrop RS-232 Set Up........................................................................................................................... 107
5.4. RS-485 Configuration of COM2................................................................................................................. 109
5.5. Remote Access via the USB Port (Option) ................................................................................................ 109
5.6. Remote Access via the Ethernet ............................................................................................................... 111
5.6.1. Configuring the Ethernet Interface using DHCP ................................................................................. 112
5.6.1.1. Manually Configuring the Network IP Addresses ........................................................................ 114
5.6.2. Changing the Calibrator‟s Hostname .................................................................................................. 116
5.7. APICOM Remote Control Program ........................................................................................................... 117
6. CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION ............................................................................... 119
6.1. Verifying/Calibrating the O3 Photometer ................................................................................................... 119
6.1.1. Setup for Verifying and Calibrating the O3 Photometer....................................................................... 119
6.1.1.1. Calibration Manifold Exhaust/Vent Line ....................................................................................... 121
6.1.2. Verifying O3 Photometer Performance ................................................................................................ 122
6.1.3. Calibrating the O3 Photometer ............................................................................................................ 122
6.1.3.1. Photometer Zero Calibration ........................................................................................................ 123
6.1.3.2. Photometer Span Calibration ....................................................................................................... 124
6.1.4. O3 Photometer Dark Calibration .......................................................................................................... 125
6.1.5. O3 Photometer Backpressure Compensation Calibration ................................................................... 126
6.2. Calibrating the O3 Generator ..................................................................................................................... 126
6.2.1. O3 Generator Calibration table ............................................................................................................ 127
6.2.2. Viewing O3 Generator Calibration Points ............................................................................................ 128
6.2.3. Adding or Editing O3 Generator Calibration Points ............................................................................. 129
6.2.4. Deleting O3 Generator Calibration Points............................................................................................ 130
6.2.5. Turning O3 Generator Calibration Points ON / OFF ............................................................................ 131
6.2.6. Performing an Automatic Calibration of the O3 Generator .................................................................. 132
6.3. Calibrating Gas Pressure Sensors ............................................................................................................ 133
6.3.1. Gas Pressure Sensor Calibration Set Up ............................................................................................ 133
6.3.2. Calibrating the Pressure Sensors........................................................................................................ 135
6.4. Gas Flow Calibration ................................................................................................................................. 136
6.4.1. Calibrating the Photometer‟s Sample Gas Flow ................................................................................. 138
6.4.2. Calibrating the Output Gas Flow ......................................................................................................... 139
6.4.2.1. Output Gas Flow Set Up .............................................................................................................. 139
6.4.2.2. Performing an Output Gas Flow Calibration ................................................................................ 140
7. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE & PROCEDURES ............................................................. 141
7.1. Maintenance Schedule .............................................................................................................................. 141
7.2. Performing Leak Checks ........................................................................................................................... 145
7.2.1. Pressure Leak Check .......................................................................................................................... 145
7.3. Cleaning or replacing the Absorption Tube ............................................................................................... 147
7.4. Rebuilding the Dry Air Pump ..................................................................................................................... 147
7.5. Photometer UV Source Lamp Adjustment ................................................................................................ 148
7.6. Photometer UV Source Lamp Replacement ............................................................................................. 150
7.7. Adjustment or Replacement of Ozone Generator UV Lamp ..................................................................... 151
8. GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING & SERVICE ............................................................... 153
8.1. General Troubleshooting ........................................................................................................................... 153
8.1.1. Fault Diagnosis with WARNING Messages ........................................................................................ 154
8.1.2. Fault Diagnosis With Test Functions ................................................................................................... 157
8.1.3. Using the Diagnostic Signal I/O Function ............................................................................................ 158
8.2. Using the Analog Output Test Channel ..................................................................................................... 160
8.3. Using the Internal Electronic Status LEDs ................................................................................................ 161
8.3.1. CPU Status Indicator ........................................................................................................................... 161
8.3.2. Relay PCA Status LEDs ...................................................................................................................... 161
2
8.3.2.1. I C Bus Watchdog Status LEDs ................................................................................................... 161
8.3.2.2. Troubleshooting with Relay Board Status LEDs .......................................................................... 162
8.4. Subsystem Checkout ................................................................................................................................. 163

07223D DCN7107 9
 8.4.1. Verify Subsystem Calibration .............................................................................................................. 163
8.4.2. AC Main Power ................................................................................................................................... 163
8.4.3. DC Power Supply ................................................................................................................................ 163
2
8.4.4. I C Bus ................................................................................................................................................ 165
8.4.5. Touchscreen Interface ......................................................................................................................... 165
8.4.6. LCD Display Module ............................................................................................................................ 165
8.4.7. Relay PCA ........................................................................................................................................... 165
8.4.8. Photometer O3 Generator Pressure /Flow Sensor Assembly ............................................................. 166
8.4.9. Motherboard ........................................................................................................................................ 168
8.4.9.1. A/D Functions............................................................................................................................... 168
8.4.9.2. Test Channel / Analog Outputs Voltage ...................................................................................... 169
8.4.9.3. Status Outputs ............................................................................................................................. 170
8.4.9.4. Control Inputs ............................................................................................................................... 171
8.4.9.5. Control Outputs ............................................................................................................................ 171
8.4.10. CPU ................................................................................................................................................... 172
8.4.11. RS-232 Communications .................................................................................................................. 172
8.4.11.1. General RS-232 Troubleshooting .............................................................................................. 172
8.4.11.2. Troubleshooting Calibrator/Modem or Terminal Operation ....................................................... 173
8.4.12. Temperature Problems ...................................................................................................................... 173
8.4.12.1. Box / Chassis Temperature ....................................................................................................... 173
8.4.12.2. Photometer Sample Chamber Temperature .............................................................................. 173
8.4.12.3. UV Lamp Temperature .............................................................................................................. 174
8.4.12.4. Ozone Generator Temperature.................................................................................................. 174
8.5. Troubleshooting the O3 Photometer .......................................................................................................... 174
8.5.1. Dynamic Problems with the O3 Photometer ........................................................................................ 174
8.5.1.1. Noisy or Unstable O3 Readings at Zero ....................................................................................... 175
8.5.1.2. Noisy, Unstable, or Non-Linear Span O3 Readings ..................................................................... 175
8.5.1.3. Slow Response to Changes in Concentration ............................................................................. 175
8.5.1.4. The Analog Output Signal Level Does Not Agree With Front Panel Readings ........................... 175
8.5.1.5. Cannot Zero ................................................................................................................................. 176
8.5.1.6. Cannot Span ................................................................................................................................ 176
8.5.2. Checking Measure / Reference Valve ................................................................................................. 176
8.6. Trouble Shooting the O3 Generator ........................................................................................................... 176
8.6.1. Troubleshooting the O3 Generator in the T703 ................................................................................... 177
8.6.2. Troubleshooting the O3 Generator in the T703U ................................................................................ 177
8.7. Repair Procedures ..................................................................................................................................... 178
8.7.1. Repairing Sample Flow Control Assembly .......................................................................................... 178
8.7.2. Disk-On-Module Replacement Procedure .......................................................................................... 178
8.8. FAQ‟s ......................................................................................................................................................... 180
8.9. Technical Assistance ................................................................................................................................. 180
9. PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION ......................................................................................... 181
9.1. Pneumatic Operation ................................................................................................................................. 181
9.1.1. Gas Flow Control ................................................................................................................................. 181
9.1.1.1. Photometer Critical Flow Orifice .................................................................................................. 182
9.1.2. Internal Gas Pressure Sensors ........................................................................................................... 182
9.2. Electronic Operation .................................................................................................................................. 183
9.2.1. Overview.............................................................................................................................................. 183
9.2.2. Central Processing Unit (CPU)............................................................................................................ 184
9.2.2.1. Disk On Module (DOM) ................................................................................................................ 185
9.2.2.2. Flash Chip .................................................................................................................................... 185
9.2.3. Relay PCA ........................................................................................................................................... 185
9.2.3.1. Valve Control................................................................................................................................ 186
9.2.3.2. Heater Control .............................................................................................................................. 187
9.2.3.3. Relay PCA Status LEDs and Watch Dog Circuitry ...................................................................... 187
9.2.3.4. Relay PCA Watchdog Indicator (D1) ........................................................................................... 188
9.2.4. Motherboard ........................................................................................................................................ 189

10 07223D DCN7107
 9.2.4.1. A to D Conversion ........................................................................................................................ 189
9.2.4.2. Sensor Inputs ............................................................................................................................... 189
9.2.4.3. Thermistor Interface ..................................................................................................................... 189
9.2.4.4. Analog Outputs ............................................................................................................................ 189
9.2.4.5. External Digital I/O ....................................................................................................................... 190
2
9.2.4.6. I C Data Bus ................................................................................................................................ 190
9.2.4.7. Power-up Circuit........................................................................................................................... 190
9.2.5. Power Supply and Circuit Breaker ...................................................................................................... 190
9.2.6. AC Power Configuration ...................................................................................................................... 192
9.2.6.1. AC Configuration – Internal Pump (JP7) ..................................................................................... 193
9.3. Front Panel Touchscreen/Display Interface .............................................................................................. 194
9.3.1.1. Front Panel Interface PCA ........................................................................................................... 195
9.4. Software Operation .................................................................................................................................... 195
9.5. O3 Generator Operation ........................................................................................................................... 196
9.5.1. Principle of Photolytic O3 Generation .................................................................................................. 196
9.5.2. Generator Pneumatic Operation ......................................................................................................... 198
9.5.3. O3 Generator Electronic Operation ...................................................................................................... 198
9.5.3.1. O3 Generator Temperature Control ............................................................................................. 200
9.6. Photometer Operation ............................................................................................................................... 200
9.6.1. Measurement Method ......................................................................................................................... 200
9.6.1.1. Calculating O3 Concentration ....................................................................................................... 200
9.6.1.2. The Measurement / Reference Cycle .......................................................................................... 202
9.6.1.3. The Absorption Path .................................................................................................................... 204
9.6.1.4. Interferent Rejection ..................................................................................................................... 205
9.6.2. Photometer Layout .............................................................................................................................. 205
9.6.3. Photometer Pneumatic Operation ....................................................................................................... 206
9.6.4. Photometer Electronic Operation ........................................................................................................ 207
9.6.4.1. O3 Photometer Temperature Control ........................................................................................... 207
9.6.4.2. Pneumatic Sensors for the O3 Photometer .................................................................................. 208

07223D DCN7107 11
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 3-1: Front Panel Layout ............................................................................................................................ 20
Figure 3-2: Display Screen and Touch Control ................................................................................................... 21
Figure 3-3: Display/Touch Control Screen Mapped to Menu Charts ................................................................... 22
Figure 3-4: Rear Panel Layout ............................................................................................................................. 23
Figure 3-5: T703 Internal Layout – Top View ...................................................................................................... 24
Figure 3-6: T703 Pneumatic Diagram.................................................................................................................. 25
Figure 3-7: T703U Internal Layout - Top View .................................................................................................... 26
Figure 3-8: T703U Pneumatic Diagram ............................................................................................................... 27
Figure 3-9: TEST CHANNEL Connector ............................................................................................................. 28
Figure 3-10: Status Output Connector ................................................................................................................... 29
Figure 3-11: Digital Control Input Connectors ....................................................................................................... 31
Figure 3-12: Digital Control Output Connector ...................................................................................................... 32
Figure 3-13: Basic Pneumatic Setup ..................................................................................................................... 34
Figure 3-14: Output Pressure Regulator Assembly ............................................................................................... 40
Figure 4-1: Front Panel Display ........................................................................................................................... 43
Figure 4-2: TEST CHANNEL Connector ............................................................................................................. 68
Figure 4-3: Setup for Calibrating the TEST CHANNEL ....................................................................................... 79
Figure 4-4: Set up to Measure an External O3 Source ........................................................................................ 84
Figure 4-5: LEADS Level Display Format ............................................................................................................ 90
Figure 5-1: Default Pin Assignments for Rear Panel COM Port connectors (RS-232 DCE & DTE) ................... 94
Figure 5-2: CPU COM1 & COM2 Connector Pin-Outs for RS-232 Mode ........................................................... 95
Figure 5-3: Jumper and Cables for Multidrop Mode .......................................................................................... 108
Figure 5-4: RS232-Multidrop PCA Host/Calibrator Interconnect Diagram ........................................................ 109
Figure 5-5: APICOM Remote Control Program Interface .................................................................................. 117
Figure 6-1: Set up for Verifying Optional O3 Photometer Using Internal O3 Generator ..................................... 120
Figure 6-2: Set up for Verifying Optional O3 Photometer Using an External O3 Generator .............................. 121
Figure 6-3: Pressure Calibration Monitor Point – T703 ..................................................................................... 133
Figure 6-4: Pressure Calibration Monitor Points – T703U ................................................................................. 134
Figure 6-5: Pressure Regulator Monitor Connection Point (T703 and T703U) ................................................. 134
Figure 6-6: O3 Regulator Pressure Monitor Point (T703U only) ........................................................................ 135
Figure 6-7: Output Flow Calibration Monitor Point – T703 ................................................................................ 139
Figure 7-1: T703 Pneumatic setup for performing Pressure Leak Checks ....................................................... 146
Figure 7-2: T703U Pneumatic Setup for Performing Pressure Leak Checks .................................................... 146
Figure 7-3: Photometer – Location of UV Detector Gain Adjustment & UV Lamp Set Screw........................... 150
Figure 7-4: O3 Generator Temperature Thermistor and DC Heater Locations ................................................. 151
Figure 8-1: Example of Signal I/O Function ....................................................................................................... 159
Figure 8-2: CPU Status Indicator ....................................................................................................................... 161
Figure 8-3: Relay PCA Status LEDs Used for Troubleshooting ........................................................................ 162
Figure 8-4: Location of DC Power Test Points on Relay PCA .......................................................................... 164
Figure 8-5: Critical Flow Restrictor Assembly Disassembly .............................................................................. 178
Figure 9-3: Electronic Block Diagram ................................................................................................................ 183
Figure 9-4: CPU Board Annotated ..................................................................................................................... 184
Figure 9-5: Relay Board PCA with AC Relay Retainer Removed ..................................................................... 186
Figure 9-6: Heater Control Loop Block Diagram. .............................................................................................. 187
Figure 9-7: Status LED Locations – Relay PCA ................................................................................................ 187
Figure 9-8: Power Distribution Block diagram ................................................................................................... 192
Figure 9-9: Location of the AC Configuration Jumper for the Dry Air Pump ..................................................... 193
Figure 9-10: Pump AC Power Jumpers (JP7) ..................................................................................................... 194
Figure 9-11: Front Panel Layout .......................................................................................................................... 195
Figure 9-12: Schematic of Basic Software Operation .......................................................................................... 196
Figure 9-13: O3 Generator Internal Pneumatics .................................................................................................. 197
Figure 9-14: O3 Generator Valve and Gas Fixture Locations .............................................................................. 198
Figure 9-15: O3 Generator Electronic Block Diagram .......................................................................................... 199
Figure 9-16: O3 Generator Electronic Components Location .............................................................................. 199

12 07223D DCN7107
Figure 9-17: O3 Generator Temperature Thermistor and DC Heater Locations ................................................. 200
Figure 9-18: T703 O3 Photometer Gas Flow – Measure Cycle ........................................................................... 203
Figure 9-19: T703 O3 Photometer Gas Flow – Reference Cycle ........................................................................ 203
Figure 9-20: T703U O3 Photometer Gas Flow – Measure Cycle ........................................................................ 204
Figure 9-21: T703U O3 Photometer Gas Flow – Reference Cycle ...................................................................... 204
Figure 9-22: O3 Photometer Absorption Path ...................................................................................................... 205
Figure 9-23: O3 Photometer Layout – Top Cover Removed ............................................................................... 206
Figure 9-24: O3 Photometer Electronic Block Diagram ....................................................................................... 207

LIST OF TABLES
Table 2-1: T703/T703U System Specifications .................................................................................................. 17
Table 2-2: T703/T703U Specifications for Ozone Generator ............................................................................. 17
Table 2-3: T703/T703U Specifications for O3 Photometer ................................................................................. 18
Table 3-1: Display Screen and Touch Control Description ................................................................................ 21
Table 3-2. Rear Panel Description ..................................................................................................................... 23
Table 3-3: Status Output Pin Assignments ........................................................................................................ 29
Table 3-4: Control Input Pin Assignments .......................................................................................................... 30
Table 3-5: Control Output Pin Assignments ....................................................................................................... 32
Table 3-6: Possible Warning Messages at Start-Up .......................................................................................... 37
Table 4-1: Test Functions Defined ..................................................................................................................... 42
Table 4-2: Calibrator Operating Modes .............................................................................................................. 43
Table 4-3: Automatic Calibration SEQUENCE Set Up Attributes ...................................................................... 46
Table 4-4: Calibration SEQUENCE Step Instruction .......................................................................................... 46
Table 4-5: Sequence Progress Reporting Mode ................................................................................................ 55
Table 4-6: Password Levels ............................................................................................................................... 66
Table 4-7: DIAG - Analog I/O Functions ............................................................................................................. 68
Table 4-8: Test Channels Functions Available on the Analog Output................................................................ 70
Table 4-9: Analog Output Voltage Range Min/Max ............................................................................................ 72
Table 4-10: Voltage Tolerances for the TEST CHANNEL Calibration ................................................................. 79
Table 4-11: Variable Names (VARS).................................................................................................................... 82
Table 5-1: COM Port Communication Modes .................................................................................................... 97
Table 5-2: Terminal Mode Software Commands.............................................................................................. 101
Table 5-3: Teledyne API Serial I/O Command Types ...................................................................................... 102
Table 5-4: Ethernet Status Indicators ............................................................................................................... 111
Table 5-5: LAN/Internet Configuration Properties ............................................................................................ 112
Table 6-1: T703/T703U Pressure Sensors ....................................................................................................... 133
Table 6-2: T703/T703U Gas Pressure to Output Flow conversion Table ........................................................ 137
Table 7-1: T703 Maintenance Schedule .......................................................................................................... 143
Table 8-1: Front Panel Warning Messages ...................................................................................................... 156
Table 8-2: Test Functions - Indicated Failures ................................................................................................. 157
Table 8-3: Test Channel Outputs as Diagnostic Tools ..................................................................................... 160
Table 8-4: Relay PCA Watchdog LED Failure Indications ............................................................................... 161
Table 8-5: Relay PCA Status LED Failure Indications ..................................................................................... 162
Table 8-6: DC Power Test Point and Wiring Color Codes ............................................................................... 164
Table 8-7: DC Power Supply Acceptable Levels .............................................................................................. 164
Table 8-8: Relay PCA Control Devices ............................................................................................................ 166
Table 8-9: Analog Output Test Function - Nominal Values Voltage Outputs ................................................... 170
Table 8-10: Status Outputs Check ..................................................................................................................... 170
Table 8-11: T703 Control Input Pin Assignments and Corresponding Signal I/O Functions ............................. 171
Table 8-12: Control Outputs Pin Assignments and Corresponding Signal I/O Functions Check ...................... 171
Table 9-1: Relay Board Status LEDs................................................................................................................ 188
Table 9-2: AC Power Configuration for Internal Pumps (JP7) ......................................................................... 193
Table 9-3: Photometer Measurement / Reference Cycle ................................................................................. 202

07223D DCN7107 13
LIST OF APPENDICES
APPENDIX A - SOFTWARE DOCUMENTATION
APPENDIX B - SPARE PARTS LIST
APPENDIX C - WARRANTY REPAIR QUESTIONNAIRE
APPENDIX D - ELECTRONIC SCHEMATICS

14 07223D DCN7107
1. INTRODUCTION
This manual provides information and operation instructions for the Model T703
and the Model T703U calibrators. For simplicity the information and instructions
in this manual refer to both models except where the Model T703U diverges in
technical or operational aspects, in which case the T703U is clearly defined.

1.1. T703/T703U CALIBRATOR OVERVIEW

The Model T703 and the T703U are microprocessor controlled ozone calibrators
for calibration of precision ambient ozone instruments, such as the TAPI T400.
They feature an internal ozone photometer that provides very accurate closed
loop feedback control of the ozone concentration. However, the T703U is capable
of generating ozone in a low range (fractional mode), for ultra-low ozone
production.
As many as 50 independent calibration sequences may be programmed into the
T703/T703U, covering time periods of up to one year. The setup of sequences is
simple and intuitive. These sequences may be actuated manually, automatically,
or by a remote signal. The sequences may be uploaded remotely, including
remote editing. All programs are maintained in non-volatile memory.
The T703/T703U design emphasizes fast response, repeatability, overall accuracy
and ease of operation. It may be combined with the Model 701 Zero Air
Generator to provide the ultimate in easy to use, precise calibration for your
ozone instruments.
Some of the exceptional features of your T703/T703U Photometric O3 Calibrator
are:
 Advanced T-Series electronics
 LCD Graphical User Interface with capacitive touch screen
 Bi directional RS-232 and 10/100Base-T Ethernet, optional USB and RS-
485, ports for remote operation
 Front panel USB ports for peripheral devices
 12 independent timers for sequences
 Nested sequences (up to 5 levels)
 Internal ozone generator and photometer allows use as primary or transfer
standard
 UV Lamp Feedback modes: current control; photometer control
 Lightweight for transportability
 T703U: ultra-low ozone production down to 3ppb

07223D DCN7107 15
Introduction Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

1.2. OPTIONS
Option
Option Description/Notes
Number
Rack Mounting For mounting the analyzer in standard 19” racks
20A Rack mount brackets with 26 in. (660 mm) chassis slides
20B Rack mount brackets with 24 in. (610 mm) chassis slides
21 Rack mount brackets only
 The T703/T703U WEIGHS about 16.3 kg (36 pounds). To avoid personal injury we recommend
two persons lift and carry the calibrator.
 Disconnect all cables and tubing from the calibrator before carrying it.

Carrying Handle Strap to carry unit

29 Carrying handle (strap)
Parts Kits Spare parts and expendables for 1-year operation
42A Kit, Spares for One Unit
Communications For remote serial, network and Internet communication with the analyzer.
Type Description
Shielded, straight-through DB-9F to DB-25M cable, about 1.8 m long. Used to
60A RS-232 interface with older computers or code activated switches with DB-25 serial
connectors.
Cables 60B RS-232 Shielded, straight-through DB-9F to DB-9F cable of about 1.8 m length.
60C Ethernet Patch cable, 2 meters long, used for Internet and LAN communications.
Cable for direct connection between instrument (rear panel USB port) and
60D USB
personal computer.
USB Port 64A For rear panel connection to personal computer.
Multidrop/LVDS card seated on the analyzer‟s CPU card.
RS-232 Multidrop 62 Each instrument in the multidrop network requires this card and a communications cable
(Option 60B).
External Valve Driver Capability - For driving up to eight, 8-watt valves
48A 12V External Valve Driver Capability
48B 24V External Valve Driver Capability
NIST Traceable, Primary Standard Certification for use as a Primary Ozone Standard if purchased with the O3
generator and photometer options, 1A and 2A, respectively.
95C Calibration to NIST-SRP
95D Calibration as a Transfer Standard (6x6)
The Model T703 can be used as a Primary Ozone Standard. For this application the performance of the T703 Photometric
Calibrator is calibrated to Standard Reference Photometer (SRP) Calibrators ordered with this option are verified and
validated in accordance with the procedures prescribed by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) under Title 40
of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50, Appendix D (40 CFR Part 50).
Special Features Built in features, software activated
Maintenance Mode Switch, located inside the instrument, places the analyzer in
maintenance mode where it can continue sampling, yet ignore calibration, diagnostic, and
N/A reset instrument commands. This feature is of particular use for instruments connected to
Multidrop or Hessen protocol networks.
Call Technical Support for activation.
Second Language Switch activates an alternate set of display messages in a language
N/A other than the instrument‟s default language.
Call Technical Support for a specially programmed Disk on Module containing the second language.

16 07223D DCN7107
2. SPECIFICATIONS AND APPROVALS
2.1. SPECIFICATIONS
Table 2-1: T703/T703U System Specifications

PARAMETER SPECIFICATION
Linearity ± 1.0% of full scale
Precision 1.0 ppb
Response Time T703 T703U
<180 seconds to 95% 240 seconds to 95%
Stability (7-days) <1% photometer feedback; <3% without photometer feedback (CNST or REF)
Operating Temperature Range 5-40ºC
Humidity Range 0 - 95% RH, non-condensing
Installation Category (Over Voltage Category ) II
Environmental Conditions Pollution Degree 2
Intended for Indoor Use Only at Altitudes  2000m
Dimensions (H x W x D) 7” (178 mm) x 17” (432 mm) x 24” (609 mm)
Weight 35.5 lbs (16.1 kg) including internal zero air pump
Rating Typical Power Consumption
AC Power 100V – 120V, 60Hz, 3.0 A 75 W (with Zero Air Pump 150 W)
220V – 240V, 50/60Hz, 3.0 A 95 W (with Zero Air Pump 170 W)
0.1 V, 1 V, 5 V or 10 V (selectable)
Analog Output Ranges
Range with 5% under/over-range
1 Ethernet: 10/100Base-T
2 RS-232 (300 – 115,200 baud)
2 USB device ports
Standard I/O
8 opto-isolated digital control outputs
12 opto-isolated digital control inputs
8 opto-isolated digital status outputs
1 USB com port
Optional I/O 1 RS485
Multidrop RS232

Table 2-2: T703/T703U Specifications for Ozone Generator

T703 T703U
Flow Rate 1 to 5 LPM adjustable w/internal zero air source: 1 to 5 LPM adjustable
w/external zero air source: 1 to 15 LPM adjustable

Concentration Min: 50 ppb at 2 LPM Min: 3 ppb at 5 LPM

Max: 5 ppm at 1 LPM Max: 5 ppm at 1 LPM
Output Min: 100 ppb LPM Min: 15 ppb LPM
Max: 5 ppm LPM Max: 5 ppm LPM
Response Time: <180 sec. to 98% <240 sec. to 98%
Optical Feedback Standard

07223D DCN7107 17
Specifications and Approvals Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

Table 2-3: T703/T703U Specifications for O3 Photometer

Ranges 0-100 ppb to 0-10 ppm, user selectable

Zero Noise 0.3ppb (RMS)
Span Noise <0.5%
Lower Detectable Limits 0.6 ppb (RMS)
Precision 1.0 ppb
Linearity 1.0% of Full Scale
Lag Time <10 seconds
Rise/Fall Time <20 sec (photometer response)
Zero Drift <1.0 ppb / 7 days
Span Drift <1% / 24 hours; <2% / 7 days
3
Flow Rate 800 cc /min +/- 10%

2.2. APPROVALS AND CERTIFICATIONS

The Teledyne API Models T703 and T703U Photometric O3 Calibrators were
tested and certified for Safety and Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC). This
section presents the compliance statements for those requirements and directives.
2.2.1. SAFETY
IEC 61010-1:2001, Safety requirements for electrical equipment for
measurement, control, and laboratory use.
CE: 2006/95/EC, Low-Voltage Directive

2.2.2. EMC
EN 61326-1 (IEC 61326-1), Class A Emissions/Industrial Immunity
EN 55011 (CISPR 11), Group 1, Class A Emissions
FCC 47 CFR Part 15B, Class A Emissions
CE: 2004/108/EC, Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive

2.2.3. OTHER TYPE CERTIFICATIONS

For additional certifications, please contact Technical Support:
Toll-free Phone: 800-324-5190
Phone: 858-657-9800
Fax: 858-657-9816
Email: sda_techsupport @teledyne.com

18 07223D DCN7107
3. GETTING STARTED
3.1. UNPACKING AND INITIAL SETUP
CAUTION
THE T703 WEIGHS ABOUT 16.1 KG (35.5 POUNDS) WITHOUT OPTIONS
INSTALLED. TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY, WE RECOMMEND USING TWO
PERSONS TO LIFT AND CARRY THE CALIBRATOR.

CAUTION – Avoid Warranty Invalidation

Printed circuit assemblies (PCAs) are sensitive to electro-static discharges too small
to be felt by the human nervous system. Damage resulting from failure to use ESD
protection when working with electronic assemblies will void the instrument warranty.
For more information on preventing ESD damage see A Primer on Electro-Static
Discharge;the manual can be downloaded from our website at http://www.teledyne-api.com
under Help Center > Product Manuals in the Special Manuals section.

CAUTION – Avoid Damage to the Instrument

Do not operate the instrument without first removing dust plugs from pneumatic ports.

NOTE
It is recommended that you store shipping containers/materials for future use if/when the
instrument should be returned to the factory for repair and/or calibration service. See Warranty
section in this manual and shipping procedures on our Website at http://www.teledyne-api.com
under Customer Support > Return Authorization.

WARNING!

NEVER DISCONNECT ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT BOARDS, WIRING HARNESSES

OR ELECTRONIC SUBASSEMBLIES WHILE THE UNIT IS UNDER POWER.

1. Inspect the received packages for external shipping damage. If damaged,

please advise the shipper first, then Teledyne API.
2. Included with your calibrator is a printed record of the final performance
characterization performed on your instrument at the factory. This record,
titled Final Test and Validation Data Sheet (P/N 05760) is an important
quality assurance and calibration record for this instrument. It should be
placed in the quality records file for this instrument.
3. Carefully remove the top cover of the calibrator and check for internal
shipping damage.
 Remove the set-screw located in the top, center of the front panel.

07223D DCN7107 19
Getting Started Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

 Remove the 2 screws fastening the top cover to the unit (one per side
towards the rear).
 Slide the cover backwards until it clears the calibrator‟s front bezel.
 Lift the cover straight up.
4. Inspect the interior of the instrument to make sure all circuit boards and other
components are in good shape and properly seated.
5. Check the connectors of the various internal wiring harnesses and pneumatic
hoses to make sure they are firmly and properly seated.
6. Verify that all of the optional hardware ordered with the unit has been
installed. These are checked on the paperwork accompanying the calibrator.
VENTILATION CLEARANCE: Whether the calibrator is set up on a bench or
installed into an instrument rack, be sure to leave sufficient ventilation clearance.
AREA MINIMUM REQUIRED CLEARANCE
Back of the instrument 10 cm / 4 inches
Sides of the instrument 2.5 cm / 1 inch
Above and below the instrument. 2.5 cm / 1 inch

3.1.1. FRONT, REAR, AND INTERNAL CALIBRATOR DESCRIPTION

Figure 3-1 shows the location of the front panel components. Figure 3-2 shows
the display screen, which is described in Table 3-1.

Figure 3-1: Front Panel Layout

20 07223D DCN7107
 Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Getting Started

Figure 3-2: Display Screen and Touch Control

The front panel liquid crystal display (LCD) screen includes touch control. Upon
calibrator start-up, the LCD shows a splash screen and other initialization
indicators before the main display appears.

CAUTION – Avoid Damaging Touchscreen

Do not use hard-surfaced instruments such as pens to operate the touch screen buttons.

Table 3-1: Display Screen and Touch Control Description

Field Description/Function
LEDs indicating the states of the calibrator:
Name Color State Definition
Unit is operating in STANDBY mode.
Active Green off This LED is lit when the instrument is actively producing calibration
gas (GENERATE mode).
This LED is lit only when the calibrator is performing an automatic
Auto Timer Yellow off
calibration sequence.
The calibrator is warming up and therefore many of its subsystems
Fault Red blinking are not yet operating within their optimum ranges. Various warning
messages may appear in the Param field.
Target/ Actual Gas concentrations, Cal gas MFC and Diluent MFC values with unit of measure
Mode Displays the name of the calibrator‟s current operating mode (default is STANDBY at initial startup).
Displays a variety of informational messages such as warning messages, operational data, test function
Param
values and response messages during interactive tasks.
Touchscreen control: row of eight buttons with dynamic, context sensitive labels; buttons are blank when inactive/inapplicable.

Figure 3-3 shows how the front panel display is mapped to the menu charts that
are illustrated throughout this manual. The Mode, Param (parameters), and
Target/Actual (gas concentration) fields in the display screen are represented
across the top row of each menu chart. The eight touch control buttons along the
bottom of the display screen are represented in the bottom row of each menu
chart.

07223D DCN7107 21
Getting Started Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

Figure 3-3: Display/Touch Control Screen Mapped to Menu Charts

22 07223D DCN7107
Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Getting Started

Figure 3-4: Rear Panel Layout

Table 3-2. Rear Panel Description
Component Function
Fan For cooling: pulls ambient air through chassis from side vents; exhausts through rear.
Connector for three-prong cord to apply AC power to the instrument
AC Power
Connector CAUTION! The cord’s power specifications (specs) MUST comply with the
power specs on the calibrator’s rear panel Model number label.
Exhaust gas from ozone generator and photometer (option)
EXHAUST
CAUTION! Exhaust gas must be vented outside.
PHOTO ZERO IN Inlet for photometer Zero Gas (option)
PHOTO ZERO OUT Outlet for photometer Zero Gas (option)
PHOTO IN Measurement gas input for O3 photometer (option)
PHOTO OUT Calibration gas outlet to O3 photometer (option)
CAL GAS OUT Two outlets for calibration gas.
VENT Vent port for output manifold
DRY AIR IN Inlet for dry air.
ZERO AIR IN Inlet for external zero air source – MUST BE CAPPED WHEN NOT CONNECTED.
COM 2 Serial communications port for RS-232 or RS-485 (option).
RX TX LEDs indicate receive (RX) and transmit (TX) activity on the when blinking.
RS-232 Serial communications port for RS-232 only.
Switch to select either data terminal equipment or data communication equipment
DCE DTE
during RS-232 communication. (Section 5.1.1)
CONTROL OUT For outputs to devices such as Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs).
STATUS For outputs to devices such as Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs).
ANALOG OUT For voltage or current loop outputs to a strip chart recorder and/or a data logger.
CONTROL IN For remotely activating the zero and span calibration modes.
ETHERNET Connector for network or Internet remote communication, using Ethernet cable.
USB Connector for direct connection (option) to a personal computer, using USB cable.
Label w/power specs Identifies the instrument model number and lists voltage and frequency specifications

07223D DCN7107 23
Getting Started Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

Figure 3-5: T703 Internal Layout – Top View

24 07223D DCN7107
Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Getting Started

Figure 3-6: T703 Pneumatic Diagram

07223D DCN7107 25
Getting Started Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

Pressure

Figure 3-7: T703U Internal Layout - Top View

26 07223D DCN7107
Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Getting Started

Figure 3-8: T703U Pneumatic Diagram

07223D DCN7107 27
Getting Started Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

3.2. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS

NOTE
To maintain compliance with EMC standards, it is required that the cable length be no greater than 3
meters for all I/O connections, which include, Analog Out, Control Out, Status, Control In, Ethernet/LAN,
USB, RS-232, and RS-485.

3.2.1. POWER CONNECTION

Verify the correct line voltage and frequency configuration on the serial number
tag on the rear panel of the T703.
Attach the power cord to the calibrator and plug it into a power outlet capable of
carrying at least 10 A current at your AC voltage and that it is equipped with a
functioning earth ground.

WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGES ARE PRESENT INSIDE THE CALIBRATOR’S CHASSUS.
POWER CONNECTION MUST HAVE FUNCTIONING GROUND CONNECTION.
DO NOT DEFEAT THE GROUND WIRE ON POWER PLUG.
TURN OFF CALIBRATOR POWER BEFORE DISCONNECTING OR
CONNECTING ELECTRICAL SUBASSEMBLIES.

CAUTION – AVOID PERSONAL INJURY

DO NOT LOOK AT THE PHOTOMETER UV LAMP.
UV LIGHT CAN CAUSE EYE DAMAGE.
ALWAYS WEAR GLASSES MADE FROM SAFETY UV FILTERING GLASS
(PLASTIC GLASSES ARE INADEQUATE).

3.2.2. ANALOG OUTPUT TEST CHANNEL CONNECTIONS

The T703 is equipped with an analog output channel accessible through a
connector on the back panel of the instrument. The standard configuration for
this output is 0-5 VDC. It can be set by the user to output one of a variety of
diagnostic test functions (see Section 4.9.)
To access these signals attach a strip chart recorder and/or data-logger to the
appropriate analog output connections on the rear panel of the calibrator.
Pin-outs for the analog output connector at the rear panel of the instrument are:
ANALOG OUT
+ –

Figure 3-9: TEST CHANNEL Connector

28 07223D DCN7107
Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Getting Started

3.2.3. CONNECTING THE STATUS OUTPUTS

The status outputs report calibrator conditions via optically isolated NPN
transistors, which sink up to 50 mA of DC current. These outputs can be used
interface with devices that accept logic-level digital inputs, such as programmable
logic controllers (PLCs). Each Status bit is an open collector output that can
withstand up to 40 VDC. All of the emitters of these transistors are tied together
and available at D.

NOTE
Most PLCs have internal provisions for limiting the current that the input will draw from an
external device. When connecting to a unit that does not have this feature, an external dropping
resistor must be used to limit the current through the transistor output to less than 50 mA. At 50
mA, the transistor will drop approximately 1.2V from its collector to emitter.

The status outputs are accessed via a 12-pin connector on the calibrator‟s rear
panel labeled STATUS. The function of each pin is defined in Table 3-3.
STATUS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 D +
DIAG

+ 5 VDC
Unassigned

Unassigned
CAL ACTIVE

TEMP ALARM

PRESS ALARM

EMITTER BUSS
SYSTEM OK

POWER OK

CALIBRATOR
INRTERNAL GROUND

Figure 3-10: Status Output Connector

The pin assignments for the Status Outputs are:

Table 3-3: Status Output Pin Assignments

OUTPUT STATUS
CONDITION
# DEFINITION
1 SYSTEM OK On, if no faults are present.
2 Unassigned
3 CAL ACTIVE On if the calibrator is in GENERATE mode
4 DIAG On if the calibrator is in DIAGNOSTIC mode
5 TEMP ALARM On whenever a temperature alarm is active.
6 PRESS ALARM On whenever gas pressure alarm is active
7&8 Unassigned
D Emitter BUSS The emitters of the transistors on pins 1 to 8 are bussed together.
+ DC POWER + 5 VDC
Digital Ground The ground level from the calibrator‟s internal DC power supplies.

07223D DCN7107 29
Getting Started Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

3.2.4. CONNECTING THE CONTROL INPUTS

The calibrator is equipped with 12 digital control inputs that can be used to
Initiate various user programmable calibration sequences (see Section 4.5.1.5 for
instructions on assigning the control inputs to specific calibration sequences).
Access to these inputs is via 2 separate 10-pin connectors, labeled CONTROL
IN, that are located on the calibrator‟s rear panel.
Table 3-4: Control Input Pin Assignments

CONNECTOR INPUT DESCRIPTION

Can be used as either 6 separate on/off switches or as bits 1 through
Top 1 to 6 6 of a 12 bit wide binary activation code (see Section 4.5.1.5)
Can be used as either 6 separate on/off switches or as bits 7 through
Bottom 7 to 12 12 of a 12 bit wide binary activation code (see Section 4.5.1.5)
BOTH Chassis ground.
Input pin for +5 VDC required to activate pins A – F. This can be from
Top U an external source or from the “+” pin of the instruments STATUS
connector.
Input pin for +5 VDC required to activate pins G – L. This can be from
Bottom U an external source or from the “+” pin of the instruments STATUS
connector.
Internal source of +5V that can be used to actuate control inputs when
BOTH + connected to the U pin.

30 07223D DCN7107
Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Getting Started

There are two methods for energizing the control inputs. The internal +5V
available from the pin labeled “+” is the most convenient method. However, if
full isolation is required, an external 5 VDC power supply should be used.

Example of Local Power Connections Example of External Power Connections

CONTROL Bit-01

CONTROL Bit-02

CONTROL Bit-03

CONTROL Bit-04

CONTROL Bit-05

CONTROL Bit-06

CONTROL Bit-01

CONTROL Bit-02

CONTROL Bit-03

CONTROL Bit-05

CONTROL Bit-06
CONTROL Bit-04
1 2 3 4 5 6 U + 1 2 3 4 5 6 U +

7 8 9 10 11 12 U + 7 8 9 10 11 12 U +
CONTROL Bit-07

CONTROL Bit-08

CONTROL Bit-09

CONTROL Bit-10

CONTROL Bit-11

CONTROL Bit-12
CONTROL Bit-07

CONTROL Bit-08

CONTROL Bit-09

CONTROL Bit-10

CONTROL Bit-11

CONTROL Bit-12

- 5 VDC Power +
Supply

Figure 3-11: Digital Control Input Connectors

07223D DCN7107 31
 Getting Started Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

3.2.5. CONNECTING THE CONTROL OUTPUTS

The calibrator is equipped with 12 opto-isolated, digital control outputs. These
outputs are activated by the user-programmable, calibration sequences (see
Section 4.5.1.6 for instructions on assigning the control outputs to specific
calibration sequences)
These outputs may be used to interface with devices that accept logic-level digital
inputs, such as programmable logic controllers (PLCs), dataloggers, or digital
relays/valve drivers.
They are accessed via a 14-pin connector on the calibrator‟s rear panel (see
Figure 3-4).

CONTROL OUTPUTS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 E
Figure 3-12: Digital Control Output Connector

NOTE
Most PLCs have internal provisions for limiting the current the input will draw. When connecting
to a unit that does not have this feature, external resistors must be used to limit the current
through the individual transistor outputs to ≤50mA (120 Ω for 5V supply).

The pin assignments for the control outputs are:

Table 3-5: Control Output Pin Assignments

PIN # STATUS DEFINITION CONDITION

1 - 12 Outputs 1 through 12 respectively Closed if the sequence or sequence step activating output is operating
E Emitter BUSS The emitters of the transistors on pins 1 to 8 are bussed together.

Digital Ground The ground level from the calibrator‟s internal DC power supplies.

32 07223D DCN7107
Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Getting Started

3.2.6. COMMUNICATION CONNECTIONS

The T-Series instruments are equipped with connectors for remote
communications interfaces. This section describes those features.

3.2.6.1. Ethernet Connection

For network or Internet communication with the instrument, connect an Ethernet
cable from the instrument‟s rear panel Ethernet interface connector to an Ethernet
port.
The T703 firmware supports dynamic IP addressing or DHCP (default setup) for
remote operation via an Ethernet connection. If your network also supports
DHCP, the calibrator will automatically configure its LAN connection
appropriately (see Section 5.6.1). If your network does not support DHCP, see
Section 5.6.1.1 for instructions on manually configuring the LAN connection.

3.2.6.2. USB Option Connection

For direct communication between the instrument and a personal computer (PC),
connect a USB cable between the instrument and desktop or laptop USB ports. (If
this option is installed, the COM2 port can only be used for RS232 multidrop
communication). The Teledyne T-Series USB driver must be installed. See
Section 5.5.

3.2.6.3. RS-232 and RS485 Connection

For RS-232 communications through the serial interface COMM ports, refer to
Section 5.1.1 of this manual for instructions on configuration and usage. For RS-
485 communication, contact the factory.

3.2.6.4. Multidrop Network Connection

If your unit has a Teledyne API RS-232 multidrop card (Option 62), see Section
5.3 for instructions on setting it up.

07223D DCN7107 33
Getting Started Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

3.3. PNENUMATIC CONNECTIONS

CAUTION!

Do not operate this instrument until you’ve removed dust plugs from inlet and
outlet/exhaust ports on the rear panel!

OPTIONAL
Teledyne Instruments
MODEL 701
Zero Gas Generator
Sample Inlet

CAL GAS OUT

Teledyne Instruments CAL GAS OUT

T-Series Gas Analyzer ZERO AIR IN
VENT
DRY AIR IN
T703/T703U
Sample Inlet
Photometric
O3 Calibrator
Teledyne Instruments
T-Series Gas Analyzer
Ambient
Desiccant
Air

Figure 3-13: Basic Pneumatic Setup

3.3.1. DRY AIR IN

When using the internal zero air pump, a source of dry air should be connected to
the port labeled „Dry Air In‟ on the rear panel. This air should be supplied at
atmospheric pressure. The supplied air should have a dew point of –20 C or
less.
Teledyne API can supply an optional desiccant cartridge that can be used to
supply dry air to the T703/T703U.
3.3.2. ZERO AIR IN
An external pressurized source of zero air can be supplied at the „Zero Air” port
on the rear panel. This is the standard configuration when the zero air pump is
not installed. This zero air should be scrubbed of ozone and have a dew point of -
20 C or less. The pressure of the zero air should be regulated to 20-35 psig.

NOTE
When connecting an external source of zero air to an T703 with an internal zero air pump installed,
the zero air pump should be disabled.
The “ZA_PUMP_ENABLE” VAR (see Section 4.10) should be set to OFF.

34 07223D DCN7107
Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Getting Started

3.3.3. OUTPUT MANIFOLD

A four-port output manifold is supplied on the rear panel of the T703/T703U
enabling simultaneous testing of up to two external instruments. Sample lines for
ozone instruments to be calibrated can be connected directly to this manifold.
To prevent ozone exposure, the bottom port of this manifold is used as a vent and
should be connected to a proper unpressurized vent manifold. It is important that
the backpressure at this vent fitting be kept to a minimum. If a vent line longer
than 2 meters (~6 feet) is required, then 3/8” OD tubing should be used.
Any unused ports on this manifold must be capped.
3.3.4. EXHAUST
The port labeled „EXHAUST‟ contains the exhaust gas from the internal
photometer and may contain ozone. This port should be connected to a proper
unpressurized vent manifold to prevent ozone exposure.
3.3.5. MEASURING AN EXTERNAL OZONE SOURCE
The T703/T703U can be configured to measure an external source of ozone.
See Section 4.11 for details on operating the unit in this manner.

3.4. INITIAL OPERATION

If you are unfamiliar with the T703/T703U theory of operation, we recommend
that you read Section 9.
For information on navigating the calibrator‟s software menus, see the menu
trees described in Appendix A.
3.4.1. START-UP
After all of the electrical and pneumatic connections are made, turn on the
instrument. The exhaust fan and should start immediately. If the instrument is
equipped with an internal photometer installed, the associated pump should also
start up.
The front panel display will show a splash screen and other information during
the initialization process while the CPU loads the operating system, the firmware
and the configuration data.
Once the CPU has completed this activity, it will begin loading the calibrator
firmware and configuration data. During this process, model and software
revision information appear briefly in the Param field of the calibrator‟s front
panel display before the firmware is fully booted:
The calibrator should automatically switch to STANDBY mode after completing
the boot-up sequence.
3.4.2. WARM UP
The T703/T703U Photometric calibrator requires a minimum of 30 minutes for
all of its internal components to reach a stable operating temperature.

07223D DCN7107 35
Getting Started Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

3.4.3. WARNING MESSAGES

Because internal temperatures and other conditions may be outside be specified
limits during the calibrator‟s warm-up period, the software will suppress most
warning conditions for 30 minutes after power up. If warning messages persist
after the 30 minutes warm up period is over, investigate their cause using the
troubleshooting guidelines in Section 8 of this manual.
To view and clear warning messages, press:
STANDBY SYSTEM RESET
Suppresses the
TEST GEN STBY SEQ MSG CLR SETUP
warning messages

STANDBY SYSTEM RESET

TEST GEN STBY SEQ MSG CLR SETUP MSG returns the active
warnings to the message
field.
STANDBY SYSTEM RESET

TEST GEN STBY SEQ MSG CLR SETUP Press CLR to clear the current
message.
If more than one warning is
active, the next message will take
SYSTEM ANALOG CAL WARNING its place.
TEST CLR SETUP
Once the last warning has
been cleared, the MESSAGE NOTE:
FIELD will return to displaying If a warning message persists after
the currently selected TEST STANDBY ACT =STANDBY
several attempts to clear it, the message
FUNCTION and value. may indicate a real problem and not an
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
artifact of the warm-up period

Table 3-6 lists brief descriptions of the warning messages that may occur during
start up.

36 07223D DCN7107
Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Getting Started

Table 3-6: Possible Warning Messages at Start-Up

MESSAGE MEANING
The calibrator‟s A/D converter or at least one D/A
ANALOG CAL WARNING
channel has not been calibrated.
Stored Configuration information has been reset to the
CONFIG INITIALIZED
factory settings or has been erased.
DATA INITIALIZED The calibrator‟s data storage was erased.
The firmware is unable to communicate with either the
LAMP DRIVER WARN 2
O3 generator or photometer lamp I C driver chips.
The O3 generator lamp temperature is outside of
O3 GEN LAMP TEMP WARNING
allowable limits.

The pump associated with the O3 photometer has failed

O3 PUMP WARNING
to turn on.
The photometer lamp temperature is outside of
PHOTO LAMP TEMP WARNING
allowable limits.
The photometer reference reading is outside of
PHOTO REFERENCE WARNING
allowable limits.
The calibrator‟s motherboard was not detected during
REAR BOARD NOT DET
power up.
The firmware is unable to communicate with the
RELAY BOARD WARN
calibrator‟s relay board.
The calibrator has been turned off and on or the CPU
SYSTEM RESET
was reset.

07223D DCN7107 37
Getting Started Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

3.4.4. FUNCTIONAL CHECK

1. After the calibrator‟s components have warmed up for at least 30 minutes,
verify that the software properly supports any hardware options that are
installed.
2. Check to make sure that the calibrator is functioning within allowable
operating parameters. Appendix C includes a list of test functions viewable
from the calibrator‟s front panel as well as their expected values. These
functions are also useful tools for diagnosing problems with your calibrator
(see Section 8.1.2). The enclosed Final Test and Validation Data sheet (part
number 05760) lists these values before the instrument left the factory.

To view the current values of these parameters press the following touch screen
button sequence on the calibrator‟s front panel. Remember until the unit has
completed its warm up these parameters may not have stabilized.

STANDBY ACT =STANDBY

<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ2 MSG CLR1 SETUP

 O3GEN FRAC=[Value] (T703U only)

 O3 PRES 3 =[Value] PSIG
Toggle <TST TST> to  A-O3=[Value]
scroll through list of  T-O3=[Value]
functions  OUT FLW=[Value] LPM
 REG PRES=[Value] PSIG
 BOX TMP=[Value]ºC
 O3GENDRV=[Value] MV
 O3LAMPTMP=[Value]ºC
 PH MEAS[Value] MV
 PH REF=[Value] MV
 PH FLW=[Value] LPM
1
Only appears when warning  PH LTEMP=[Value]ºC
messages are active.  PH SPRES=[Value] IN-HG-A
2
Only appears when one or more  PH STEMP=[Value]ºC
calibration sequences are  PH SLOPE=[Value]
programmed into the calibrator‟s
 PH OFFST=[Value] PPB
memory.
3
O3 Generator Regulator Pressure  PH STAB=[Value] PPB
 TIME=[HH:MM:SS]

If your calibrator is operating via Ethernet and your network is running a dynamic
host configuration protocol (DHCP) software package, the Ethernet option will
automatically configure its interface with your LAN. However, it is a good idea
to check these settings to make sure that the DHCP has successfully downloaded
the appropriate network settings from your network server (See Section 5.6.1).

If your network is not running DHCP, you will have to configure the calibrator‟s
interface manually (See Section 5.6.1.1).

38 07223D DCN7107
Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Getting Started

3.4.5. OPERATING MODES FOR THE O3 GENERATOR

The O3 generator can be set to operate in three different modes:

3.4.5.1. CNST (CONSTANT)

In this mode, the O3 output of the generator is based on a single, constant, drive
voltage. There is no Feedback loop control by the CPU in this mode.

3.4.5.2. BNCH (BENCH)

The O3 concentration control loop will use the photometer‟s O3 measurement as
input.
THIS IS THE DEFAULT AND MOST COMMON MODE OF
OPERATION.
This setting will be the default mode of the T703 calibrator and will be mused
whenever the calibrator is using the GENERATE > AUTO command or the
GENERATE sequence step to create a calibration mixture. When either the
GENERATE > MAN command or the MANUAL sequence step is active, the
local O3 generator mode (chosen during when the command/step is programmed)
will take precedence.
3.4.6. SETTING THE O3 GENERATOR MODE
To select a default O3 generator mode, press:

Make sure that the STANDBY ACT =STANDBY

calibrator is in Standby
mode. <TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X O3 GAS CONFIG

MODE ADJ PHOT EXIT

These buttons initiate
procedures for calibrating and
verifying the operation of the O 3
Generator and Photometer

SETUP X.X O3 GEN MODE: BNCH

CNST BNCH ENTR EXIT

Use these buttons EXIT discards the new
to select a control setting
mode for the O 3 ENTR accepts the
Generator: new setting
SETUP X.X O3 GAS CONFIG

MODE ADJ PHOT EXIT

07223D DCN7107 39
Getting Started Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

3.4.7. SETTING THE OUTPUT FLOW RATE

The output flow rate must consider both the total gas flow requirements of all
analyzers connected to the output manifold and the minimum output flow of the
O3 generator. Figure 3-14 shows a close-up of the regulator assembly.

3.4.7.1. Calculating Output Flow Rate

First, add the sum of the flow requirements of all of the instruments to which the
T703/T703U will be supplying calibration gas plus 1 LPM excess flow. For
example, if the T703 is expected to supply calibration gas mixtures
simultaneously to two analyzers, each requiring 0.8 LPM , the minimum Total
Flow output would be:
(0.8 + 0.8) + 1.0= 2.6 LPM
Second, calculate the flow rate requirements of the O3 generator output, which
must remain above the minimum specification of 20 PPB*LPM. Use the
following equation to determine the minimum flow rate (FT) for the O3 generator
output:
20 ppb  LPM
FT 
O3Conc
Compare the values calculated from the of the above formulae; the greater of the
two is the minimum Total Flow that must be set.

3.4.7.2. Output Flow Setup

To set the output flow:
1. Open the front panel of the calibrator by releasing the two snap-in fasteners
at the top of the front panel.
2. Pull out the regulator knob and adjust the regulator until the desired flow is
achieved.
 The front panel of the calibrator displays the approximate output flow
based on the measured regulator pressure, but this flow should be
verified with an independent calibrated flow meter attached to one of the
CAL GAS outlets on the back of the instrument (see Figure 3-4).
3. Push the pressure regulator knob (Figure 3-14) back in to lock.
4. Close the front panel.

Figure 3-14: Output Pressure Regulator Assembly

40 07223D DCN7107
4. OPERATING THE CALIBRATOR
The T703/T703U calibrator is a computer-controlled calibrator with a dynamic
menu interface for easy, yet powerful and flexible operation. All major
operations are controlled from the front panel touch screen control.
To assist in navigating the system‟s software, a series of menu trees can be found
in Appendix A of this manual.

NOTE
The menu flowcharts in this manual depict the manner in which the front panel touchscreen is
used to operate the T703/T703U Photometric Calibrator. Please refer to Figure 3-3 for an
illustration of how the menu flowcharts correlate to the actual front panel.
The menu flowcharts depict typical representations of the display during the various operations
being described; they are not intended to be exact and may differ slightly from the actual display
of your system.

NOTE
When editing values in the software, the ENTR button may disappear if you select a value that is
invalid or out of the allowable range for that parameter (e.g. such as trying to set the 24-hour clock
to 25:00:00). Once you adjust the setting to an allowable value, the ENTR button will re-appear.

07223D DCN7107 41
Operating the Calibrator Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

4.1. TEST FUNCTIONS

A variety of TEST FUNCTIONS are available for viewing at the front panel
whenever the calibrator is at the MAIN MENU. These measurements provide
information about the present operating status of the calibrator and are useful
during troubleshooting (see Section 8). Table 6-1 lists the available TEST
functions.
To view these TEST functions, press <TST or TST> from the main menu and
the Test Functions will scroll at the top center of the display.

Table 4-1: Test Functions Defined

TEST MEASUREMENT DESCRIPTION

O3GEN FRAC=X.XX (T703U only) For low range mode to produce low levels of ozone during
a GPT calibration where O3 output is <500 PPB LPM
(supported only in GEN-AUTO mode)
O3 PRES=XX.X PSIG O3 generator regulator pressure
ACT=GENERATE XX PPB O3 Actual concentration being generated, computed from
real-time inputs
TARG=GENERATE XX PPB O3 Target concentration to generate
OUT FLW=X.XXX LPM Output flow rate (computed from regulator pressure)
REG PRESS=XX.X PSIG Regulator pressure
BOX TMP=XX.X ºC Internal chassis temperature

O3GENDRV=XXXX.X MV O3 generator lamp drive output

O3LAMPTMP=XX.X ºC O3 generator lamp temperature
PH MEAS=XXXX.X MV Photometer detector measure reading
PH REF=XXXX.X MV Photometer detector reference reading
PH FLW=X.XXX LPM Photometer sample flow rate
PH LTEMP=XX.X ºC Photometer lamp temperature
PH SPRES=XX.X IN-HG-A Photometer sample pressure
PH STEMP=XX.X ºC Photometer sample temperature
PH SLOPE=X.XXX Photometer slope computed during zero/span bench
calibration
PH OFFST=X.X PPB Photometer offset computed during zero/span bench
calibration
PHOTO STABIL=X.X PPB Photometer concentration stability (standard deviation of
25 bench concentration samples taken 10 seconds apart)
TEST=XXXX.X MV Value output to TEST_OUTPUT analog output, selected
with TEST_CHAN_ID variable
TIME=HH:MM:SS Current instrument time of day clock. (24 hour format)

42 07223D DCN7107
Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator

4.2. OVERVIEW OF OPERATING MODES

The T703 calibrator software has a variety of operating modes. Most commonly,
the calibrator will be operating in STANDBY mode. In this mode, the calibrator
and all of its subsystems are inactive although TEST functions and WARNING
messages are still updated and can be examined via the front panel display.
The second most important operating mode is SETUP mode. This mode is used
for performing certain configuration operations, such as programming the
concentration of source gases, setting up automatic calibration sequences and
configuring the analog / digital inputs and outputs. The SET UP mode is also
used for accessing various diagnostic tests and functions during troubleshooting.

Figure 4-1: Front Panel Display

The Mode field of the front panel display indicates to the user which operating
mode the unit is currently running.
Besides STANDBY and SETUP, other modes the calibrator can be operated in
are:

Table 4-2: Calibrator Operating Modes

MODE MEANING
DIAG One of the calibrator‟s diagnostic modes is being utilized. When
those diagnostic functions that have the greatest potential to
conflict with generating concentrations are active, the instrument
is automatically placed into Standby mode.
GENERATE In this mode, the instrument is engaged in producing calibration
gas.
1
SETUP SETUP mode is being used to configure the calibrator.
STANDBY The calibrator is not actively generating gas.
1
The revision of the Teledyne API software installed in this calibrator will be
displayed following the word SETUP. E.g. “SETUP B.4”

07223D DCN7107 43
Operating the Calibrator Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

4.3. STANDBY MODE

When the T703 Photometric Calibrator is in standby mode, it is at rest.
Some functions under the SETUP > MORE > DIAG submenu, those which
conflict with accurate creation of calibration gas mixtures (e.g. ANALOG
OUTPUT STEP TEST) automatically place the calibrator into STANDBY
mode when activated

NOTE
The T703/T703U calibrator should always be placed in STANDBY mode when not needed to
produce calibration gas.
This can be done manually by pressing the STBY button that appears when the calibrator’s
display is showing the top-level menu (see Figure 4-1).
When programming a calibration sequences the STANDBY step should always be inserted at the
end of the sequence.

44 07223D DCN7107
Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator

4.4. GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE GENERATE

MODE
The GENERATE mode is the mode of operation where the T703/T703U is
actively producing calibration gas, either zero or some specified concentration of
ozone. In the GENERATE mode the Zero Air Pump (if enabled) and
Photometer Pump are turned on.
4.4.1. GENERATE > AUTO: BASIC GENERATION OF CALIBRATION
GAS
This is the simplest procedure for generating calibration gas mixtures. To
generate calibration gas, press
STANDBY ACT =STANDBY
Make sure that the
calibrator is in <TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
STANDBY mode

STANDBY SYSTEM RESET

AUTO

STANDBY GENERATE:ZERO

ZERO ENTR SETUP

Toggle to switch to Press ENTR now to
O3 generation generate ZERO air.

GENERATE GENERATE:0.0 PPB O3

0 0 0 .0 PPB O3 ENTR EXIT Toggle to to scroll

through the
available units of
measure

GENERATE GENERATE:0.0 PPB O3

EXIT discards the new gas type &
0 0 0 .0 PPB O3 ENTR EXIT
target concentration
Toggle these
buttons to set the ENTR accepts the new gas type &
target target concentration
concentration.
STANDBY ACT CAL=30 PPB O3

TEST GEN STBY SEQ MSG CLR SETUP

The calibrator will stay in generate

mode until the STBY button is
pressed.

The calibrator will now enter GENERATE mode.

4.5. AUTOMATIC CALIBRATION SEQUENCES

The T703/T703U calibrator can be set up to perform automatic calibration
sequences of multiple steps. These sequences can perform all of the calibration
operations available for manual operation and can be set up to be triggered by
using the front panel touch screen buttons, the internal timer, the external digital
control inputs, the RS-232 interface, the Ethernet interface or even as sub-
processes in another sequence.

07223D DCN7107 45
Operating the Calibrator Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

4.5.1. SETUP > SEQ: PROGRAMMING CALIBRATION SEQUENCES

A sequence is a database of single or multiple steps where each single step is an
instruction that causes the instrument to perform an operation. These steps are
grouped under a user-defined SEQUENCE NAME.
For each sequence, seven attributes must be programmed; the attributes are
presented in Table 4-3.
Table 4-3: Automatic Calibration SEQUENCE Set Up Attributes

ATTRIBUTE NAME DESCRIPTION

NAME Allows the user to create a text string of up to 10 characters identifying the sequence.
Number of times, between 0 and 100, to execute the same sequence. A value of 0
REPEAT COUNT
(zero) causes the sequence to execute indefinitely.
CC INPUT Specifies which of the Digital Control Inputs will initiate the sequence.
CC OUTPUT Specifies which of the Digital Control Outputs will be set when the sequence is active.
Enables or disables an internal automatic timer that can initiate sequences using the
TIMER ENABLE
calibrator‟s built in clock.
A series of submenus for programming the activities and instructions that make up
STEPS
the calibration sequence.
Allows the user to select the reporting style the calibrator uses to report the progress
PROGRESS MODE
of the sequences , on the front panels display, as it runs

The types of instruction steps available for creating calibration sequences are
presented in Table 4-4:
Table 4-4: Calibration SEQUENCE Step Instruction

INSTRUCTION NAME DESCRIPTION

Puts the instrument into GENERATE mode. Similar in operation and effect to the
GENERATE
GENERATE > AUTO function used at the front panel.
DURATION Adds a period of time between the previous instruction and the next
Calls another sequence to be executed at this time. The calling sequence will
EXECSEQ resume running when the called sequence is completed. Up to 5 levels of nested
sequences can be programmed.
Allows the sequence to activate the digital control outputs. Similar to the CC OUPUT
SETCCOUTPUT
attribute, but can be set and reset by individual steps.

NOTE
It is recommended that each calibration sequence be ended with an instruction to return the
instrument to STANDBY mode.

To create a sequence, use the instructions in the following sections to name the
sequence, set its associated parameters and define the steps to be included.

46 07223D DCN7107
Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator

4.5.1.1. Activating a Sequence from the T703/T703U Front Panel

To activate an already programmed sequence from the front panel, press:
STANDBY ACT =STANDBY
Make sure that
the calibrator is in <TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
STANDBY mode

STANDBY EXECUTE SEQUENCE:A1

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

Use these buttons
to scroll though
the list of available
sequences
M703E begins to execute sequence

Progress of sequence [Progress Field] ACT CAL= 0.000LPM

reported here in the
format chosen during <TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
sequence entry.

At end of sequence progress report, the

calibrator remains in mode set by last
sequence instruction.

07223D DCN7107 47
Operating the Calibrator Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

4.5.1.2. Naming a Sequence

The first step of creating a calibration sequence is to assign it a name. The name
can be up to 10 characters and can be comprised of any alpha character (A to Z),
and numeral (0 to 9) or the underscore character (“_“).
To assign a name to a sequence, press,
STANDBY ACT CAL=0.000 LPM
Make sure that the
calibrator is in standby <TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
mode.

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

GAS SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION

EDIT PRINT EXIT

This display only appears if there are no sequences currently
programmed into the calibrator.
OTHERWISE ... SETUP X.X END OF SEQUENCES

INS PRNT EXIT

SETUP X.X 1) SEQ [NAME], [X] STEPS

PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT

SETUP X.X NAME:0

SET> EDIT EXIT

Deletes the sequence shown Edits the sequence shown
in the message field in the message field

Scrolls back and forth between SETUP X.X NAME:[0]

existing sequences
EXIT discards the
<CH CH> INS DEL [0] ENTER EXIT new NAME
Moves the
cursor one
character left or ENTR accepts the
right. new NAME

Inserts a new a
character at the Deletes a Toggle to cycle through
cursor location. character at the the range of numerals
cursor location. and available characters:
(“A – Z”; “0 – 9” & “ _ ”)

48 07223D DCN7107
Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator

4.5.1.3. Setting the Repeat Count for a Sequence

The sequence can be set to repeat a certain number of times, from 1 to 100. It can
also be set to repeat indefinitely by inputting a zero (0) into the REPEAT
COUNTER.
To set the REPEAT COUNTER, press:
STANDBY ACT =STANDBY
Make sure that the
calibrator is in standby <TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
mode.

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION

EDIT PRINT EXIT

This display only appears if there are no sequences currently
programmed into the calibrator.
OTHERWISE ... SETUP X.X END OF SEQUENCES

INS PRNT EXIT

SETUP X.X 1) SEQ [NAME], [X] STEPS

PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT

SETUP X.X NAME:0

SET> EDIT EXIT

Deletes the sequence shown Edits the sequence shown
in the message field in the message field

Scrolls back and forth between Continue pressing SET> until ...
existing sequences

SETUP X.X REPEAT COUNT:1

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X NAME:[0]

0 0 1 ENTER EXIT
EXIT discards the
new NAME

ENTR accepts the

Toggle these buttons to set the repeat count from 1 to 100. new NAME
Enter “0” to cause the sequence to loop indefinitely

07223D DCN7107 49
Operating the Calibrator Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

4.5.1.4. Using the Internal Clock to Trigger Sequences

Sequences can be set to trigger based on the internal clock. The sequence can be
set up to start at a predetermined date and time. It can also be set to repeat after a
predetermined delay time.
So activate and sequence timer, press:
STANDBY ACT =STANDBY
Make sure that the
calibrator is in standby <TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
mode.

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION

EDIT PRINT EXIT

This display only appears if there are no sequences currently
programmed into the calibrator.
OTHERWISE ... SETUP X.X END OF SEQUENCES

INS PRNT EXIT

SETUP X.X 1) SEQ [NAME], [X] STEPS

PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT

SETUP X.X NAME:0

SET> EDIT EXIT

Deletes the sequence shown Edits the sequence shown
in the message field in the message field

Scrolls back and forth between

Continue pressing SET> until ...
existing sequences

SETUP X.X TIMER ENABLE:DISABLED

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X TIMER ENABLE:OFF

EXIT discards the
OFF ENTER EXIT new setting
Toggle to turn
Timer Enable ENTR accepts the
input ON/OFF new setting
SETUP X.X TIMER ENABLE:ENABLED

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

50 07223D DCN7107
Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator

To specify a starting time for the sequence, press:

Make sure that the STANDBY ACT =STANDBY
calibrator is in standby
mode. <TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION

EDIT PRINT EXIT

This display only appears if there are no sequences currently
programmed into the calibrator.
OTHERWISE ... SETUP X.X END OF SEQUENCES

INS PRNT EXIT

SETUP X.X 1) SEQ [NAME], [X] STEPS

PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT

SETUP X.X NAME:0

SET> EDIT EXIT

Deletes the sequence shown Edits the sequence shown
in the message field in the message field

Scrolls back and forth between

Continue pressing SET> until ...
existing sequences

SETUP X.X TIMER ENABLE:ENABLED

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X TIMER START: 01-JAN-06 00:00

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X TIMER START: 01-JAN-06 00:00

EXIT discards the
0 1 JAN 0 6 ENTR EXIT new setting

ENTR accepts the

Toggle these
new setting
buttons to enter
starting day, month
DAY MONTH YEAR
and year.

SYSTEM TIME: 12:00

EXIT discards the
1 2 :0 0 ENTR EXIT new setting

ENTR accepts the

Toggle these new setting
buttons to enter the HOUR MINUTE
starting time

07223D DCN7107 51
Operating the Calibrator Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

To set the delta timer, press:

Make sure that the STANDBY ACT =STANDBY
calibrator is in standby
mode. <TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION

EDIT PRINT EXIT

This display only appears if there are no sequences currently
programmed into the calibrator.
OTHERWISE ... SETUP X.X END OF SEQUENCES

INS PRNT EXIT

SETUP X.X 1) SEQ [NAME], [X] STEPS

PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT

SETUP X.X NAME:0

SET> EDIT EXIT

Deletes the sequence shown Edits the sequence shown
in the message field in the message field

Scrolls back and forth between

Continue pressing SET> until ...
existing sequences

SETUP X.X TIMER DELTA: 001:00:00

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X TIMER DELTA: 0 Days EXIT discards the

0 0 0 ENTR EXIT new setting
Toggle these buttons to ENTR accepts the
enter number of days to new setting
wait between before
running sequence again.

SYSTEM TIMER DELTA 00:00

EXIT discards the
1 2 :0 0 ENTR EXIT new setting

ENTR accepts the

Toggle these new setting
buttons to enter the HOUR MINUTE
starting time

52 07223D DCN7107
Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator

4.5.1.5. Setting Up Control Inputs for a Sequence

The calibrator‟s control inputs allow the entire sequence to be triggered from an
external source. This feature allows the calibrator to operate in a slave mode so
that external control sources, such as a data logger can initiate the calibration
sequences.
Each of the calibrator‟s control outputs, located on the back of the instrument (see
Figure 3-2)
 12 separate ON/OFF switches assigned to separate calibration sequences
or;
 A 12-bit wide bus allowing the user to define activation codes for up to 4095
separate calibration sequences.
To assign a CC INPUT pattern / code to a particular sequence, press.
STANDBY ACT =STANDBY
Make sure that the
calibrator is in standby <TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
mode.

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION

EDIT PRINT EXIT

This display only appears if there are no sequences currently
programmed into the calibrator.
OTHERWISE ... SETUP X.X END OF SEQUENCES

INS PRNT EXIT

SETUP X.X 1) SEQ [NAME], [X] STEPS

PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT

SETUP X.X NAME:0

SET> EDIT EXIT

Deletes the sequence shown Edits the sequence shown
in the message field in the message field

Scrolls back and forth between

Continue pressing SET> until ...
existing sequences

SETUP X.X CC INPUT:DISABLED

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X CC INPUT ENABLE:OFF

EXIT discards the
OFF ENTER EXIT new setting
Toggle to turn
the CC input ON/ ENTR accepts the
OFF new setting

SETUP X.X CC INPUT:[0]00000000000

<CH CH> [0] ENTER EXIT EXIT discards the

Moves the new setting
cursor one
character left or ENTR accepts the
right. new setting
Toggle to turn the selected bit ON/OFF (0 or 1).
Each bit shown on the display represents one of the control
input pins located on the back of the unit (see Figure 3-2),
The left most bit is Bit 1, the next bit to the right, bit 2,
progressing rightward to bit 12 (see Figure 3-9 for connector
pin assignments)

07223D DCN7107 53
Operating the Calibrator Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

4.5.1.6. Setting Up Control Outputs for a Sequence

The calibrator‟s control outputs allow the entire sequence to be triggered from an
external source. This feature allows the calibrator to control devices that accept
logic-level digital inputs, such as programmable logic controllers (PLCs),
dataloggers, or digital relays/valve drivers.
They can be used as:
 12 separate ON/OFF switches assigned to separate calibration sequences,
or;
 A 12-bit wide bus allowing the user to define activation codes for up to 4095
separate calibration sequences.
They can be set to:
 Be active whenever a particular calibration sequence is operating, or;
 Activate/deactivate as individual steps within a calibration sequence are run
See Section 4.5.2.5).
To assign a CC OUTPUT pattern / code to a particular sequence, press.
STANDBY ACT =STANDBY
Make sure that the
calibrator is in standby <TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
mode.

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION

EDIT PRINT EXIT

This display only appears if there are no sequences currently
programmed into the calibrator.
OTHERWISE ... SETUP X.X END OF SEQUENCES

INS PRNT EXIT

SETUP X.X 1) SEQ [NAME], [X] STEPS

PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT

SETUP X.X NAME:0

SET> EDIT EXIT

Deletes the sequence shown Edits the sequence shown
in the message field in the message field

Scrolls back and forth between

Continue pressing SET> until ...
existing sequences

SETUP X.X CC OUTPUT:DISABLED

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X CC OUTPUT ENABLE:OFF

EXIT discards the
OFF ENTER EXIT new setting
Toggle to turn
the CC output ENTR accepts the
new setting
ON/OFF
SETUP X.X CC OUTPUT:[0]00000000000

<CH CH> [0] ENTER EXIT EXIT discards the

Moves the new setting
cursor one
character left or ENTR accepts the
right. new setting
Toggle to turn the selected bit ON/OFF (0 or 1).
Each bit shown on the display represents one of the control
output pins located on the calibrator rear panel (see Figure 3-2),
The left most bit is Bit 1, the next bit to the right, bit 2,
progressing rightward to bit 12 (see Figure 3-10 for connector pin
assignments)

54 07223D DCN7107
Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator

4.5.1.7. Setting the Progress Reporting Mode for the Sequences

As sequences run, the calibrator reports progress by displaying a message in the
MODE field of the front panel display (See Figure 3-1). There are several types
of report modes available
Table 4-5: Sequence Progress Reporting Mode

MODE DESCRIPTION
 Shows the progress as the sequence name and step number. This is the traditional display.
STEP
Example: “SO2_Test-2”.
 Shows the progress as a percent (0–100%) of the total sequence duration.
PCT
Example: “SEQ 48%”
 Shows the progress as days, hours, minutes and seconds elapsed, counting up from 0.
ELAP Example (<1 day): “T+01:30:25” (i.e. 1 hour, 30 minutes, 25 seconds elapsed)
Example (>=1 day): “T+1d30:25” (i.e. 1 day, 30 hours, 25 minutes elapsed)
 Shows the progress as days, hours, minutes, and seconds remaining, counting down to 0.
REM Example (<1 day): “T–01:30:25” (i.e. 1 hour, 30 minutes, 25 seconds remaining)
Example (>=1 day): “T–1d30:25” (i.e. 1 day, 30 hours, 25 minutes remaining)

To select a PROGRESS report mode, press:

STANDBY ACT =STANDBY
Make sure that the
calibrator is in standby <TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
mode.

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION

EDIT PRINT EXIT

This display only appears if there are no sequences currently
programmed into the calibrator.
OTHERWISE ... SETUP X.X END OF SEQUENCES

INS PRNT EXIT

SETUP X.X 1) SEQ [NAME], [X] STEPS

PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT

SETUP X.X NAME:0

SET> EDIT EXIT

Deletes the sequence shown Edits the sequence shown
in the message field in the message field

Scrolls back and forth between

Continue pressing SET> until ...
existing sequences

SETUP X.X PROGRESS MODE:STEP

<SET EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X PROGRESS MODE:ELAP

STEP PCT ELAP REM ENTR EXIT

Use these buttons to
choose a PROGRESS
MODE
SETUP X.X PROGRESS MODE:ELAP

<SET EDIT EXIT

07223D DCN7107 55
Operating the Calibrator Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

4.5.2. ADDING SEQUENCE STEPS

To insert an instruction step into a sequence, navigate to the INSERT STEP
submenu by pressing:
STANDBY ACT =STANDBY
Make sure that the
calibrator is in standby <TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
mode.

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION

EDIT PRINT EXIT

This display only appears if there are no sequences currently
programmed into the calibrator.
OTHERWISE ... SETUP X.X END OF SEQUENCES

INS PRNT EXIT

SETUP X.X 1) SEQ [NAME], [X] STEPS

PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT

SETUP X.X NAME:0

SET> EDIT EXIT

Deletes the sequence shown Edits the sequence shown
in the message field in the message field

Scrolls back and forth between

existing sequences

Press SET> to scroll to each SETUP X.X NAME:[0]

component to be defined
CH> INS DEL [0] ENTR EXIT

56 07223D DCN7107
Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator

4.5.2.1. The GENERATE Step

This step operates and is programmed similarly to the GENERATE > AUTO.
At the end of the programming sequence, the T703/T703U firmware will
automatically insert a DURATION step that needs to be defined.
To insert a GENERATE step into a sequence, press:
Starting at the INSERT STEPS
Submenu

INSERT STEP Submenu

SETUP X.X INSERT STEP: GENERATE

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X GENERATE:ZERO

ZERO ENTR EXIT Toggle to switch

between ZERO
AIR and O3
modes.
SETUP X.X GENERATE:0.0 PPB O3

0 0 0 .0 PPB O3 ENTR EXIT Toggle to scroll

through the
available units of
measure
SETUP X.X GENERATE:0.0 PPB O3

0 .0 0 0 PCT O3 ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new

Toggle these target concentration
buttons to set the ENTR accepts the new
target target concentration
concentration. SETUP X.X DURATION: 1.0 MIN

0 0 1 .0 ENTR EXIT
Toggle these
buttons to set
DURATION of this
step
SETUP X.X 3) DURATION : 10.0 MIN

PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT EXIT

07223D DCN7107 57
Operating the Calibrator Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

4.5.2.2. The STANDBY Step

The STANDBY step places the calibrator into STANDBY mode
To insert a STANDBY step into a sequence, press:
Starting at the STEPS Submenu

INSERT STEP Submenu

SETUP X.X INSERT STEP: GENERATE

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

Use PREV and NEXT to scroll though the list of

available instructions

SETUP X.X INSERT STEP: STANDBY

ENTR EXIT

4.5.2.3. The DURATION Step

The duration step causes the T703/T703U to continue performing whatever
action was called for by the preceding step of the sequence.
 If that step put the instrument into STANDBY mode, the calibrator stays in
STANDBY mode for the period specified by the DURATION step,
 If that step put the instrument into GENERATE mode, the will continue to
GENERATE whatever calibration mixture was programmed into that step for
the period specified by the DURATION step,
To insert a DURATION step into a sequence, press:
Starting at the STEPS Submenu

INSERT STEP Submenu

SETUP X.X INSERT STEP: GENERATE

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

Use PREV and NEXT to scroll though the list of

available instructions

SETUP X.X INSERT STEP:DURATION

ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X DURATION: 1.0 MIN

0 0 1 .0 ENTR EXIT
Toggle these
buttons to set
DURATION of this
step
SETUP X.X 3) DURATION : 10.0 MIN

PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT EXIT

58 07223D DCN7107
Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator

4.5.2.4. The EXECSEQ Step

The EXECSEQ step allows the sequence to call another, already programmed
sequence. This is a very powerful tool in that it allows the user to create a
“toolbox” of often-used operations that can then be mixed and matched by an
overhead sequence:
To insert an EXECSEQ step into a sequence, press:
Starting at the STEPS Submenu

INSERT STEP Submenu

SETUP X.X INSERT STEP: GENERATE

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

Use the PREV and NEXT buttons to scroll though

the list of available instructions

SETUP X.X INSERT STEP: EXECSEQ

ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X EXECUTE SEQUENCE:A1

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

Press to scroll
though the list of
available
sequences
SETUP X.X 3) DURATION : 10.0 MIN

PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT EXIT

07223D DCN7107 59
Operating the Calibrator Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

4.5.2.5. The CC OUTPUT Step

This instruction causes the sequence to set or reset the calibrator‟s digital control
outputs. It is very useful in situations where the control outputs are being used to
trigger other devices that need to be turned off and on in synch with the operation
of the calibrator as it progress through the sequence.
To insert a CC OUTPUT step into a sequence, press:

Starting at the STEPS Submenu

INSERT STEP Submenu

SETUP X.X INSERT STEP: GENERATE

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

Use the PREV and NEXT buttons to scroll though

the list of available instructions

SETUP X.X INSERT STEP:SETCCOUTPUT

ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X SET CC OUTPUT ENABLE:OFF

OFF ENTR EXIT

Toggle to turn
the CC input ON/
OFF
SETUP X.X SET CC OUTPUT ENABLE:ON

ON ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the

new setting

ENTR accepts the

new setting
SETUP X.X SET CC OUTPUT:[0]00000000000

<CH CH> [0] ENTR EXIT

Moves the
cursor one
character left or
right. Toggle to turn the selected bit
ON/OFF
(0 or 1)

SETUP X.X 1) SET CC OUTPUT 000100010110

PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT EXIT

60 07223D DCN7107
Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator

4.5.2.6. Deleting or Editing an Individual Step in a Sequence

To delete or edit an individual step in an existing Sequence, press:
STANDBY ACT =STANDBY
Make sure that the
calibrator is in <TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
standby mode.

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION

EDIT PRINT EXIT

SETUP X.X 1) SEQ [NAME], [X] STEPS

PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT

Scrolls back and forth
between existing
sequences
SETUP X.X NAME:0

SET> EDIT EXIT

Continue pressing SET> until ...

STEPS Submenu
SETUP X.X STEPS: 12

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X 1) GENERATE

PREV NEXT INS DEL EXIT

Continue pressing NEXT or PREV until until

step to be deleted appears

SETUP X.X 7) STANDBY

PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT EXIT Follow the

instructions for
the step being
edited
SETUP X.X DELETE STEP?

YES NO

SETUP X.X 7) DURATION : 10.0 MIN

PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT EXIT

If the step deleted was GENERATE,

MANUAL or STANDBY, delete the
following duration step

07223D DCN7107 61
Operating the Calibrator Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

4.5.3. DELETING A SEQUENCE

To delete a sequence from the calibrator‟s memory, press:

STANDBY ACT =STANDBY

Make sure that the
calibrator is in standby <TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
mode.

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION

EDIT PRINT EXIT

SETUP X.X 3) SEQ [NAME], [X] STEPS

PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT

Scrolls through existing
sequences

SETUP X.X DELETE SEQUENCES

YES NO

SEQUENCE DELETED

SETUP X.X END OF SEQUENCES

PREV NEXT INS PRNT EXIT

62 07223D DCN7107
Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator

4.6. SETUP > CFG

Pressing the CFG button displays the instrument‟s configuration information.
This display lists the calibrator model, serial number, firmware revision, software
library revision, CPU type and other information.
Use this information to identify the software and hardware when contacting
Technical Support.
Special instrument or software features or installed options may also be listed
here.

STANDBY ACT =STANDBY

<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP

SETUP X.X SETUP MENU

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

Press NEXT of PREV to scroll through the SETUP X.X T703 Cailbrator
following list of Configuration information: Press exit at
any time to
 MODEL TYPE AND NUMBER PREV NEXT EXIT return to the
 PART NUMBER SETUP menu
 SERIAL NUMBER
 SOFTWARE REVISION
 LIBRARY REVISION
 Operating System

07223D DCN7107 63
Operating the Calibrator Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

4.7. SETUP > CLK

4.7.1. SETTING THE INTERNAL CLOCK’S TIME AND DAY
The T703/T703U has a time of day clock that supports the DURATION step of
the calibration sequence feature, time of day TEST function, and time stamps on
most COM port messages. To set the clock‟s time and day, press:
STANDBY ACT =STANDBY

<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X TIME-OF-DAY CLOCK

TIME DATE EXIT

SETUP X.X TIME: 12:00 SETUP X.X DATE: 01-JAN-05

1 2 :0 0 ENTR EXIT 0 1 JAN 0 5 ENTR EXIT

Toggle these
Toggle these
buttons to enter
HOUR MINUTE buttons to enter DAY MONTH YEAR current day, month
current hour
and year.

SETUP X.X TIME: 22:30 SETUP X.X DATE: 18-JUN-05

2 2 :3 0 ENTR EXIT 1 8 JUN 0 5 ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X TIME-OF-DAY CLOCK

EXIT returns to
TIME DATE EXIT SETUP X.X
display

64 07223D DCN7107
Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator

4.7.2. ADJUSTING THE INTERNAL CLOCK’S SPEED

In order to compensate for CPU clocks which run faster or slower, you can adjust
a variable called CLOCK_ADJ to speed up or slow down the clock by a fixed
amount every day. To change this variable, press:
STANDBY ACT =STANDBY

<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT

SETUP X.X ENTER SETUP PASS:0

8 1 8 ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X 0) O3_PHOTO_LAMP=58.0 DegC

PREV NEXT JUMP EDIT PRNT EXIT

Continue pressing NEXT until ...

SETUP X.X 7) CLOCK_ADJUST=0 Sec/Day

PREV NEXT EDIT ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X 7) CLOCK_ADJUST=0 Sec/Day

+ 0 0 EDIT ENTR EXIT

Enter sign and number of

seconds per day the clock
gains (-) or loses(+)

SETUP X.X 7) CLOCK_ADJUST=0 Sec/Day

PREV NEXT JUMP EDIT ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new
setting
ENTR accepts the
new setting

07223D DCN7107 65
Operating the Calibrator Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

4.8. SETUP > PASS

The menu system provides password protection of the calibration and setup
functions to prevent unauthorized adjustments. When the passwords have been
enabled in the PASS menu item, the system will prompt the user for a password
anytime a password-protected function (e.g., SETUP) is selected. This allows
normal operation of the instrument, but requires the password (101) to access to
the menus under SETUP. When PASSWORD is disabled (SETUP>OFF), any
operator can enter the Primary Setup (SETUP) and Secondary Setup
(SETUP>MORE) menus. Whether PASSWORD is enabled or disabled, a
password (default 818) is required to enter the VARS or DIAG menus in the
SETUP>MORE menu.
Table 4-6: Password Levels

PASSWORD LEVEL MENU ACCESS ALLOWED

Null (000) Operation All functions of the main menu (top level, or Primary, menu)
Access to Primary and Secondary SETUP Menus when
101 Configuration/Maintenance
PASSWORD is enabled
818 Configuration/Maintenance Access to Secondary SETUP Submenus VARS and DIAG
whether PASSWORD is enabled or disabled.

To enable or disable passwords, press:

STANDBY ACT =STANDBY

<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

GAS SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SYSTEM PASSWORD ENABLE: OFF

Toggle this OFF ENTR EXIT
button to
enable, disable
password
SETUP X.X PASSWORD ENABLE: ON
feasture
ON ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new
setting
ENTR accepts the
new setting

66 07223D DCN7107
Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator

Example: If all passwords are enabled, the following menu button sequence
would be required to enter the VARS or DIAG submenus:
STANDBY ACT =STANDBY

<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT

SYSTEM ENTER SETUP PASS:0

Press buttons
0 0 0 ENTR EXIT
to set number

SYSTEM ENTER SETUP PASS:0

EXAMPLE: This
password enables the 8 1 8 ENTR EXIT
SETUP mode

Calibrator enters selected menu.

NOTE
The instrument still prompts for a password when entering the VARS and DIAG menus, even if
passwords are disabled, but it displays the default password (818) upon entering these menus.
The user only has to press ENTR to access the password-protected menus but does not have to
enter the required number code.

07223D DCN7107 67
Operating the Calibrator Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

4.9. SETUP > DIAG > TEST CHAN OUTPUT: USING THE
TEST CHANNEL ANALOG OUTPUT
The calibrator comes equipped with one analog output. It can be set by the user
to carry the current signal level of any one of the parameters listed in Table 4-8
and will output an analog VDC signal that rises and falls in relationship with the
value of the parameter.
Pin-outs for the analog output connector at the rear panel of the instrument are:
ANALOG OUT
+ –

Figure 4-2: TEST CHANNEL Connector

4.9.1. CONFIGURING THE TEST CHANNEL ANALOG OUTPUT

4.9.1.1. The Analog I/O Configuration Submenu
Table 4-7 lists the analog I/O functions that are available in the calibrator.
Table 4-7: DIAG - Analog I/O Functions

SUB MENU FUNCTION

AOUTS Shows the status of the analog output calibration (YES/NO) and initiates a calibration
CALIBRATED: of all analog output channels.
CAL_OUT_1:
NOT USED ON THE T703
CAL_OUT_2
TEST OUTPUT Configures the 11 analog output:
1
RANGE : Selects the DCV full-scale value of the output.
OVERRANGE: Turns the ± 5% over-range feature ON/OFF for this output channel.
1
REC_OFS : Sets a voltage offset (not available when RANGE is set to CURRent loop.
1
AUTO_CAL : Sets the channel for automatic or manual calibration
1
CALIBRATED : Performs the same calibration as AOUT CALIBRATED, but on this
one channel only.
AIN CALIBRATED Shows the calibration status (YES/NO) and initiates a calibration of the analog to digital
converter circuit on the motherboard.
1
Changes to RANGE or REC_OFS require recalibration of this output.
To configure the instrument‟s TEST CHANNEL, set the electronic signal type
of each channel and calibrate the outputs. This consists of:
1. Choosing a TEST CHANNEL function to be output on the channel.
2. Selecting a signal level that matches the input requirements of the recording
device attached to the channel.
3. Determining if the over-range feature is needed and turn it on or off
accordingly.
4. Adding a bipolar recorder offset to the signal if required (Section4.9.1.5).
5. Calibrating the output channel. This can be done automatically or manually
for each channel (see Section 4.9.2).

68 07223D DCN7107
Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator

To access the analog I/O configuration sub menu, press:

STANDBY ACT =STANDBY
Make sure that <TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
the calibrator is
in standby
mode.
SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT

SETUP X.X ENTER PASSWORD:818

8 1 8 ENTR EXIT
Toggle these
buttons to enter
the correct
PASSWORD DIAG SIGNAL I/O

NEXT ENTR EXIT

Continue pressing NEXT until ...

AIO Configuration Submenu

DIAG ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG AIO A OUTS CALIBRATED: NO

<SET SET> CAL EXIT

DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: 5V,OVR, NOCAL

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

DIAG AIO AIN CALIBRATED: NO

<SET SET> CAL EXIT

DIAG AIO AIN CALIBRATED: YES

<SET CAL EXIT

07223D DCN7107 69
Operating the Calibrator Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

4.9.1.2. Selecting a TEST Channel Function to Output

The Test Functions available to be reported are:
Table 4-8: Test Channels Functions Available on the Analog Output

TEST CHANNEL DESCRIPTION ZERO FULL SCALE

NONE TEST CHANNEL IS TURNED OFF

The raw output of the photometer during its 0 mV 5000 mV*
O3 PHOTO MEAS
measure cycle
The raw output of the photometer during its 0 mV 5000 mV*
O3 PHOTO REF
reference cycle

3 3
The gas flow being output through the CAL 0 cm /min 5,000 cm /min
OUTPUT FLOW
GAS outlets on the back of the instrument
The gas pressure measured by the O3 0 PSIG 105 PSIG
REGULATOR PRESSURE
generator pressure sensor
The pressure of gas in the photometer 0 "Hg 40 "Hg-In-A
SAMPLE PRESSURE
absorption tube
3 3
SAMPLE FLOW The gas flow rate through the photometer 0 cm /min 1000 cc /min

SAMPLE TEMP
The temperature of gas in the photometer 0 C 70 C
absorption tube
PHOTO LAMP TEMP The temperature of the photometer UV lamp 0 CC 70 C
The temperature of the O3 generator‟s UV 0 mV 5000 mV
O3 LAMP TEMP
lamp

CHASSIS TEMP
The temperature inside the chassis (same as 0 C 70 C
BOX TEMP)

O3 PHOTO CONC
The current concentration of O3 being 0 C 1 ppm
measured by the photometer.

Once a function is selected, the instrument not only begins to output a signal on
the analog output, but also adds TEST to the list of Test Functions viewable via
the Front Panel Display.

70 07223D DCN7107
Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator

To activate the TEST Channel and select a function press:

STANDBY ACT =STANDBY
Make sure that
the calibrator is <TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
in standby
mode.

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VAR DIAG EXIT

SETUP X.X ENTER PASSWORD

8 1 8 ENTR EXIT
Toggle these
buttons to enter
the correct
PASSWORD
DIAG SIGNAL I/O

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

Continue pressing NEXT until ...

DIAG TEST CHANNEL OUTPUT

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG TEST CHANNEL:NONE

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

Toggle to choose a
TEST channel
parameter DIAG TEST CHANNEL:CHASSIS TEMP

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new

setting
ENTR accepts the
new setting

07223D DCN7107 71
Operating the Calibrator Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

4.9.1.3. TEST Channel Voltage Range Configuration

In its standard configuration the analog outputs is set to output a 0 – 5 VDC
signals. Several other output ranges are available (see Table 7-5). Each range
has is usable from -5% to + 5% of the rated span.
Table 4-9: Analog Output Voltage Range Min/Max

RANGE SPAN MINIMUM OUTPUT MAXIMUM OUTPUT

0-100 mVDC -5 mVDC 105 mVDC
0-1 VDC -0.05 VDC 1.05 VDC
0-5 VDC -0.25 VDC 5.25 VDC
0-10 VDC -0.5 VDC 10.5 VDC
The default offset for all ranges is 0 VDC.

To change the output range, press,

From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU

DIAG ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO

SET> CAL EXIT

Continue pressing SET> until you reach the

output to be configured

DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: 5V, OVR, NOCAL

Pressing ENTR records
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT the new setting and
returns to the previous
These buttons
menu.
set the signal
Pressing EXIT ignores the
level and type DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: RANGE: 5V new setting and returns to
of the selected
the previous menu.
channel 0.1V 1V 5V 10V ENTR EXIT

72 07223D DCN7107
Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator

4.9.1.4. Turning the TEST Channel Over-Range Feature ON/OFF

In its default configuration a ± 5% over-range is available on each of the TEST
CHANNEL output. This over-range can be disabled if your recording device is
sensitive to excess voltage or current.
To turn the over-range feature on or off, press:

From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU

DIAG ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO

SET> CAL EXIT

Continue pressing SET> until you reach the

output to be configured

DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: 5V, OVR, NOCAL

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: RANGE: 5V

SET> EDIT EXIT

DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: OVERRANGE: ON

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

Toggle to turn DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: OVERRANGE: ON

the Over-
ON ENTR EXIT
Range feature
ON/OFF

DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: OVERRANGE: OFF

OFF ENTR EXIT

07223D DCN7107 73
Operating the Calibrator Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

4.9.1.5. Adding a Recorder Offset to the TEST Channel

Some analog signal recorders require that the zero signal be significantly different
from the baseline of the recorder in order to record slightly negative readings
from noise around the zero point. This can be achieved by defining a zero offset,
a small voltage (e.g., 10% of span).
To add a zero offset to a specific analog output channel, press:

From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU

DIAG ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO

SET> CAL EXIT

Continue pressing SET> until you reach the

output to be configured

DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: 5V, OVR, NOCAL

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: OUTPUT: 5V

SET> EDIT EXIT

Continue pressing SET> until ...

DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: REC OFS: 0 mV

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

Toggle these DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: REC OFS: 0 mV

buttons to set
+ 0 0 0 0 ENTR EXIT
the desired
offset value.

DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: REC OFS: -10 mV

– 0 0 1 0 ENTR EXIT

DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: REC OFS: -10 mV

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

74 07223D DCN7107
Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator

4.9.2. TEST CHANNEL CALIBRATION

TEST CHANNEL calibration needs to be carried out on first startup of the
instrument (performed in the factory as part of the configuration process) or
whenever re-calibration is required. The analog outputs can be calibrated
automatically or adjusted manually. In its default mode, the instrument is
configured for automatic calibration of all channels, which is useful for clearing
any analog calibration warnings associated with channels that will not be used or
connected to any input or recording device, e.g., datalogger.
During automatic calibration, the instrument tells the output circuitry to generate
a zero mV signal and high-scale point signal (usually about 90% of chosen analog
signal scale) then measures actual signal of the output. Any error at zero or high-
scale is corrected with a slope and offset.
Manual calibration should be used for the 0.1V range or in cases where the
outputs must be closely matched to the characteristics of the recording device.
Manual calibration requires the AUTOCAL feature to be disabled.
Automatic calibration can be performed via the AOUTS
CALIBRATION command, or by using the CAL button located inside
TEST_CHANNEL submenu. By default, the instrument is configured so that
calibration of TEST CHANNEL can be initiated with the AOUTS
CALIBRATION command.

07223D DCN7107 75
Operating the Calibrator Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

4.9.2.1. Enabling or Disabling the TEST CHANNEL Auto-Cal Feature

To enable or disable the Auto-Cal feature for the TEST CHANNEL, press.

From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU

DIAG ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO

SET> CAL EXIT

NOTE:
TEST CHANNELS Continue pressing SET> until you reach the
configured for 0.1V full output to be configured
scale should always be
calibrated manually.
DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: 5V, OVR, NOCAL

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: RANGE: 5V

SET> EDIT EXIT

Continue pressing SET> until ...

DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: AUTO CAL.:ON

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

ENTR accepts
Toggle to turn the new setting.
DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: AUTO CAL.:ON
AUTO CAL EXIT ignores the
ON or OFF ON ENTR EXIT new setting
(OFF = manual
calibration mode).
DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: AUTO CAL.:OFF

OFF ENTR EXIT

76 07223D DCN7107
Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator

4.9.2.2. Automatic TEST Channel Calibration

To calibrate the outputs as a group with the AOUTS
CALIBRATION command, press:

NOTE
Before performing this procedure, make sure that the AUTO CAL feature is turned OFF for
CONC_OUT_1 and CONC_OUT_2,
Make sure that the AUTO CAL feature is turned ON for the TEST CHANNEL (See Section 4.9.2.1)

From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU

DIAG ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO

SET> CAL EXIT

DIAG AIO NOT AUTO CAL. CONC_OUT_1 This message

Automatically appears when
calibrates all AUTO-CAL is
DIAG AIO NOT AUTO CAL. CONC_OUT_2 turned OFF for a
channels for which
AUTO-CAL is turned channel
ON DIAG AIO AUTO CALIBRATING TEST_OUTPUT

If any of the channels have not DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED: YES
been calibrated or if at least one
channel has AUTO-CAL turned SET> CAL EXIT
OFF, this message will read NO.

NOTE:
Manual calibration should be used for the 0.1V range or in cases where the outputs must be
closely matched to the characteristics of the recording device.

To initiate an automatic calibration from inside the TEST CHANNEL submenu,

press:

07223D DCN7107 77
Operating the Calibrator Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU

DIAG ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO

SET> CAL EXIT

Continue pressing SET> until you reach the

output to be configured

DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: 5V, OVR, NOCAL

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: RANGE: 5V

SET> EDIT EXIT

Continue pressing SET> until ...

DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: CALIBRATED:NO

<SET SET> CAL EXIT

DIAG AIO AUTO CALIBRATING TEST_OUTPUT

DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: CALIBRATED: YES

<SET SET> CAL EXIT

78 07223D DCN7107
Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator

4.9.2.3. Manual Calibration of the TEST Channel Configured for Voltage Ranges
For highest accuracy, the voltages of the analog outputs can be manually
calibrated.

NOTE:
The menu for manually adjusting the analog output signal level will only appear if the AUTO-CAL
feature is turned off for the channel being adjusted (see Section 4.9.2.1)

Calibration is performed with a voltmeter connected across the output terminals

(See Figure 4-2) and by changing the actual output signal level using the front
panel menu buttons in 100, 10 or 1 count increments.

Volt
Meter
+DC Gnd

V OUT + V IN +

250 Ω

V OUT - V IN -
Recording
ANALYZER
Device

Figure 4-3: Setup for Calibrating the TEST CHANNEL

Table 4-10: Voltage Tolerances for the TEST CHANNEL Calibration

MINIMUM
FULL ZERO SPAN
SPAN VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENT
SCALE TOLERANCE TOLERANCE
(1 count)
0.1 VDC ±0.0005V 90 mV ±0.001V 0.02 mV
1 VDC ±0.001V 900 mV ±0.001V 0.24 mV
5 VDC ±0.002V 4500 mV ±0.003V 1.22 mV
10 VDC ±0.004V 4500 mV ±0.006V 2.44 mV

07223D DCN7107 79
Operating the Calibrator Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

To adjust the signal levels of an analog output channel manually, press:

From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU

DIAG ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO

SET> CAL EXIT

Continue pressing SET> until you reach the

output to be configured

DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: 5V, OVR, NOCAL

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: RANGE: 5V

SET> EDIT EXIT

Continue pressing SET> until ...

DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: CALIBRATED:NO

<SET SET> CAL EXIT

DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: VOLT-Z: 0 mV

U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100 ENTR EXIT

These buttons increase / decrease Only appear if

the analog output signal level (not AUTO-CAL is
the value on the display) turned OFF
by 100, 10 or 1 counts.
DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: VOLT-S: 4500 mV
Continue adjustments until the
voltage measured at the output of U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100 ENTR EXIT
the analyzer and/or the input of the
recording device matches the value
in the upper right hand corner of the
display (within the tolerances listed
in Table 6-10 DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT: CALIBRATED: YES

<SET SET> CAL EXIT

80 07223D DCN7107
Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator

4.9.3. AIN CALIBRATION

This is the sub-menu to calibrate the instrument‟s A-to-D conversion circuitry.
This calibration should only be necessary after major repair such as a replacement
of CPU, motherboard or power supplies.
To perform an AIN CALIBRATION, press:

From the
AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU

DIAG ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO

SET> CAL EXIT

Continue pressing SET> until ….

DIAG AIO AIN CALIBRATED: NO

<SET CAL EXIT

DIAG AIO CALIBRATING A/D ZERO

DIAG AIO CALIBRATING A/D SPAN

DIAG AIO AIN CALIBRATED: YES

<SET CAL EXIT

07223D DCN7107 81
Operating the Calibrator Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

4.10. SETUP > MORE > VARS: INTERNAL VARIABLES (VARS)

The T703/T703U has several user-adjustable software variables, which define
certain operational parameters. The default values can be manually redefined
using the VARS menu.
The VARS are listed in the following table as well as in Appendix A.
Table 4-11: Variable Names (VARS)

ALLOWED DEFAULT
NO. VARIABLE DESCRIPTION
VALUES VALUES
58ºC
1,2 Sets the photometer lamp temperature set
0 PHOTO_LAMP 0ºC and 100ºC Warning limits
point and warning limits.
56ºC - 61ºC
48ºC
1,2 Sets the O3 generator lamp temperature set
1 O3_GEN LAMP 0ºC and 100ºC Warning limits
point and warning limits.
43ºC - 53ºC
Set the upper span point of the O3
2 O3_CONC_RANGE concentration range for TEST CHANNEL 0.1–20000 ppb 500 ppb
analog signal O3_PHOTO_CONC.
O3 bench control flag.
2
 ON turns on the photometer pump and ON/OFF
3 O3_PHOTO_BENCH_ONLY switches measure/reference valve only OFF
when the O3 mode is set for BNCH (See
Section 3.4.5).
Internal zero air pump control.
2 ON/OFF
4 ZA_PUMP_ENAB ON turns on internal zero air pump when ON
generating ozone.
1 Sets the standard Temperature used in
5 STD_TEMP 0ºC and 100ºC 25ºC
calculating O3 flow rates and concentrations.
1 Sets the standard pressure used in 15.00 – 50 .00
6 STD PRESS 29.92 in-Hg-A
calculating O3 flow rates and concentrations. in-Hg-A
Adjusts the speed of the instrument‟s clock.
Choose the + sign if the clock is too slow, -60 to +60 s/day
7 CLOCK_ADJ 0
choose the - sign if the clock is too fast (See Default=0
Section 4.7.2).
Restarts interval timer since instrument‟s last
8 SERVICE_CLEAR service, by setting the value to ON. (The ON/OFF OFF
system then resets it to default OFF).
9 TIME_SINCE_SVC Time since last service (in hours). 0-500000 0
Sets the interval between service reminders
10 SVC_INTERVAL 0–100000 0
(in hours).
1
DO NOT ADJUST OR CHANGE these values unless instructed to by Teledyne API‟s Technical Support
personnel.
2
Only available in calibrators with O3 photometer and generator options installed.

NOTE:
There is a 2-second latency period between when a VARS value is changed and the new value is
stored into the instrument’s memory. DO NOT turn the instrument off during this period or the
new setting will be lost.

82 07223D DCN7107
Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator

To access and navigate the VARS menu, use the following menu button
sequence:
Make sure that the STANDBY ACT =STANDBY
calibrator is in standby
mode. <TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT

SETUP X.X ENTER PASSWORD

8 1 8 ENTR EXIT

Toggle to enter the correct

PASSWORD

SETUP X.X 0) O3_PHOTO_LAMP=58.0 DegC In all cases:

NEXT JUMP EDIT PRNT EXIT EXIT discards the new
DO NOT CHANGE
these settings unless
setting
specifically instructed to by
Teledyne API’s Customer ENTR accepts the
Service personnel. SETUP X.X 1) O3_PHOT_LAMP=58.0 DegC new setting
PREV NEXT JUMP EDIT PRNT EXIT

SETUP X.X 2) O3_CONC_RANGE=500.0 PPB

PREV NEXT JUMP EDIT PRNT EXIT

SETUP X.X O3_CONC_RANGE=500.0 PPB

0 0 5 0 0 .0 ENTR EXIT
Toggle these bottons to set
the upper span point of the
SETUP X.X 3) O3_PHOTO_BENCH_ONLY=OFF
O3_PHOTO_CONC Test
PREV NEXT JUMP EDIT PRNT EXIT Channel signal

SETUP X.X O3_PHOTO_BENCH_ONLY=OFF

OFF 0 ENTR EXIT

Toggle to turn this mode
SETUP X.X 4) ZA_PUMP_ENAB=ON ON / OFF
PREV NEXT JUMP EDIT PRNT EXIT

SETUP X.X ZA_PUMP_ENAB=ON

ON ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X 5) STD_TEMP=25.0 DegC Toggle to turn this mode
ON / OFF
DO NOT CHANGE PREV NEXT JUMP EDIT PRNT EXIT
these settings unless
specifically instructed to by
Teledyne API’s Customer
Service personnel SETUP X.X 6) STD PRESS=29.92 In-Hg

PREV NEXT JUMP EDIT PRNT EXIT

SETUP X.X 7) CLOCK_ADJUST=0 Sec/Day

PREV JUMP EDIT ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X CLOCK_ADJUST=0 Sec/Day

+ 0 0 ENTR EXIT

Enter sign and number of

seconds per day the clock
gains (-) or loses(+)

4.11. OPERATING THE CALIBRATOR AS AN O3

PHOTOMETER
The T703/T703U can easily be configured to measure an external source of
ozone.

07223D DCN7107 83
Operating the Calibrator Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

4.11.1. SET UP FOR OPERATION AS AN O3 PHOTOMETER

To convert the T703/T703U from an O3 calibrator to and O3 photometer:
1. Remove the two loop-back tubing assemblies on the rear panel connected to
the „PHOTO IN‟ and „PHOTO ZERO IN‟ fittings.
2. Connect the ozone source to be measured to the „PHOTO IN‟ fitting.
 This gas must be supplied at atmospheric pressure.
3. Connect a reference gas (Zero Air) for the photometer to the „PHOTO ZERO
IN.‟
 This gas must be supplied at atmospheric pressure. To avoid
interference effects, the reference gas should be from the same source
than is being used to feed the ozone generator that is being assayed.

REFERENCE GAS
SOURCE

O3 SOURCE TO BE
MEASURED

PHOTOMETER INLET
PHOTOMETER OUTLET Capped
1
PHOTOMETER ZERO IN
PHOTOMETER ZERO OUT
--(vents)--
EXHAUST line: Max Length=3 meters ( or 10 feet)
EXHAUST
ZERO AIR IN
VENT
DRY AIR IN
CAL GAS OUT Capped
CAL GAS OUT

Photometric
Enclosure Wall

O3 Calibrator

Minimum input gas flow for

1 Photometer is 800 cc3/min

Figure 4-4: Set up to Measure an External O3 Source

84 07223D DCN7107
Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator

To use the T703/T703U as a photometer, press:

Make sure that the
ACT test function is
displayed in the
Make sure that the message field
calibrator is in STANDBY STANDBY ACT =STANDBY
mode.
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
DO NOT!
Press the GEN button
SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X O3 GAS CONFIG

MODE ADJ PHOT EXIT

SETUP X.X O3 GAS CONFIG

BCAL DARK EXIT

SYSTEM ENTER PASSWORD:0

0 0 0 ENTR EXIT

Toggle these buttons until

PASSWORD = 717

SETUP X.X O3 PHOTOMETER BENCH CAL

EDIT CAL EXIT

SETUP X.X BENCH CAL:XZRO

ZERO SPAN XZRO XSPN ENTR EXIT

Press XZRO if using an
External O3 Generator
The ACT function in the
BCAL XZRO ACT=403.4 PPB O3 message field displays the
O3 concentration of the
<TST TST> ZERO SPAN EXIT source gas
DO NOT!
Press the ZERO or
SPAN buttons. Doing so
will cause the instrument
to recalculate it internal
SLOPE and OFFSET When finished measuring the external O3
values. source, press EXIT.

SETUP X.X O3 PHOTOMETER BENCH CAL

EDIT CAL EXIT

Continue pressing EXIT until ...

STANDBY ACT =STANDBY

<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP

07223D DCN7107 85
Operating the Calibrator Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

4.12. SETUP > LVL: SETTING UP AND USING LEADS

(DASIBI) OPERATING LEVELS
4.12.1. GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT LEADS LEVELS
The T703 calibrator can be equipped with a version of firmware that includes
support for LEADS, a data collection and analysis system specifically designed
for handling meteorological and environmental data, particularly when there is a
need to integrate data and control instrumentation from several different
manufacturers. When a T703 calibrator is equipped with the optional LEADS
software used in conjunction with data loggers located in a central data analysis
facility, it is possible to collect and buffer data between the various calibrators,
analyzers and metrological equipment remotely located at an air monitoring
station.
Because LEADS was originally developed for use with TNRCC using Dasibi
5008 calibrators, the LEADS version of the T703 includes support for Dasibi
“Dot” serial data commands and operational “LEVELs”.

NOTE
For more information on the LEADS system, please go to http://www.meteostar.com/.

4.12.2. DOT COMMANDS

The Dasibi “Dot” commands form a text-based (ASCII) data protocol that is
transmitted between a control computer (XENO data logger in this case) and a
calibrator or ambient gas analyzer over an RS-232 connection. The details of the
protocol are beyond the scope of this document, but in its simplest form the
protocol is based on a two or three digit integer preceded by a control-A and a
period (.) and then followed by a “!” and a two digit checksum.
EXAMPLE:

^A.xxx!nn
For further information on dot commands, please contact TAPI Technical
Support.
A T703 equipped with LEADS software can be simultaneously operated over the
same COM port using standard Teledyne API‟s serial data commands and is
compatible with APICOM versions 3.7.3 and later which include an added
feature that allows a user to edit, upload and download level tables.
4.12.3. LEVELS
A LEVEL is a combination of several parameters:
 An ID number for the LEVEL
 An action, (e.g. GENERATE, STANDBY)
 A target concentration value
 An output flow rate (if applicable)
 Configuration for one or both of two status output blocks.

86 07223D DCN7107
Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator

Up to twenty levels can be defined and used with the T703 using a range of ID
numbers from 0-98. Level 99 is reserved for standby. Are not time based and do
not include characteristics such as start time or duration, therefore a single
LEVEL can not switch between different concentration levels and flow rates.
Separate flow and concentration outputs must be programmed into separate
LEVELs which are then individually started and stopped either by an operator at
the calibrator‟s front panel or through a serial data operation over the RS-232 or
Ethernet ports.
4.12.4. ACTIVATING AN EXISTING LEVEL
To activate an existing defined LEVEL, press:

Make sure that the STANDBY ACT =STANDBY

calibrator is in <TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
standby mode

STANDBY SYSTEM RESET

LEVL AUTO EXIT

STANDBY LEVEL:0

0 0 ENTR EXIT

Toggle these buttons until the designation of the

existing defined level program is reached.

MANUAL ACT =7.500 LPM, 100.0 PPB

The calibrator will <TST TST> GEN STBY ACT> SETUP
continue generating
calibration gas at the
LEVEL chosen until the
STBY button is pressed.

07223D DCN7107 87
Operating the Calibrator Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

4.12.5. PROGRAMMING NEW LEVELS

To begin programming a new LEVEL find the LVL submenu by pressing:
Make sure that the STANDBY ACT =STANDBY
calibrator is in standby
mode. <TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 LEVL SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

This display only appears if there are no LEVELs currently
programmed into the calibrator.
OTHERWISE ... SETUP X.X END OF LEVELS

INS PRNT EXIT

SETUP X.X [LEVEL ID] ) [Gas/Conc.], [Status Block Set]

CHOOSE ACTION Submenu
PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT SETUP X.X ACTION TO PERFORM:GENERATE

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

Deletes the LEVEL shown Edits the LEVEL shown in

in the message field the message field

Scrolls back and forth between

existing LEVELS Toggle to scroll though the available instructions:
GENERATE & MANUAL

88 07223D DCN7107
Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator

4.12.5.1. Creating a Generate LEVEL

To create a LEVEL using the AUTO generation function, press:

Starting at the CHOOSE ACTION Submenu

CHOOSE ACTION Submenu

SETUP X.X ACTION TO PERFORM:GENERATE

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X GENERATE:ZERO

ZERO ENTR EXIT

Toggle to scroll through
the available gas types
(as programmed during
initial setup.

SETUP X.X GENERATE:0.0 PPB O3

0 0 0 .0 PPB O3 ENTR EXIT Toggle to scroll

through the
Toggle these buttons available units of
to set the target measure
concentration.
SETUP X.X GENERATE:0.0 PPB O3

0 .0 0 0 PCT O3 ENTR EXIT

EXIT discards the
new setting

STANDBY LEVEL:0

0 0 ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new

Toggle these buttons LEVEL number
until the designation of
the existing defined level
ENTR accepts the new
program is reached.
LEVEL number

07223D DCN7107 89
Operating the Calibrator Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

4.12.5.2. Editing or Deleting a LEVEL

To edit or delete an existing LEVEL, press:
Make sure that the calibrator STANDBY ACT =STANDBY
is in standby mode. <TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 LEVL SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X [LEVEL ID] ) [Gas/Conc.], [Status Block Set]

PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT

Continue pressing NEXT or PREV until until

LEVEL to be edited or deleted appears

SETUP X.X 25 ) 150 PPB O3, 04 00

PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X DELETE STEP? SETUP X.X LEVEL NUMBER:12

YES NO Toggle to select the <SET SET> EDIT EXIT

parameter to be
edited
 Level ID Number
 Action
 Status Block 1 Press EDIT then follow the instructions for the
 Status Block 2 parameter.

Levels are displayed according to the following Format:

 LEVEL ID: Any number between 0 and 99. This will be the number used to
select the level when activating / deactivating it, or when editing or deleting it.
 Gas Conc: The concentration setting, in ppb, for the O3 generator to produce.
 Status Block Setting: This will be displayed as two pairs of 1-digit numbers.
 The First pair corresponds to Status Block 1.
 The Second pair corresponds to Status Block 2.

n each case:
 The left digit will be a number between 1 and 4 representing the binary
setting of bits 1 through 4 and;
 The right digit will be a number between 1 and 4 representing the binary
setting of bits 5 through 8.
LEVEL ID STATUS BLOCK 1 setting:
0000 0100

25) 150 PPB O3, 04 83

1000 0011
STATUS BLOCK 2 setting:
O3 CONCENTRATION

Figure 4-5: LEADS Level Display Format

90 07223D DCN7107
Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Operating the Calibrator

4.12.6. CONFIGURING LEVEL STATUS BLOCKS

There are two STATUS BLOCKS associated with LEADS LEVELS.
 BLOCK 1: This block corresponds to the physical CONTROL OUTPUT
connections located on the back panel of the T703 (see Figure 3-4, Figure
3-12 and Section 3.2.5).
 BLOCK 2: The second status block does not correspond to any physical
output but is used to communicate status over the serial data port
To configure the either of the STATUS BLOCKS, press:
Make sure that the calibrator STANDBY ACT =STANDBY
is in standby mode.
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 LEVL SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X [LEVEL ID] )[Gas/Conc.],[Status Block Set’g]

PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT

Toggle to scroll to the
LEVEL for editing.
SETUP X.X LEVEL NUMBER:12

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

Continue pressing SET> until Desired

Status Block is reached

SETUP X.X STATUS BLOCK 2:DISABLED

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X STATUS BLOCK 2:OFF

EXIT discards the
OFF ENTER EXIT new setting

Turns the CC ENTR accepts the

input ON/OFF new setting

SETUP X.X STATUS BLOCK 2:[0]0000000

<CH CH> [0] ENTER EXIT EXIT discards the

Moves the new setting
cursor one
character left or ENTR accepts the
right. new setting
Toggle to turn the selected bit ON/OFF (0 or 1).
Each bit shown on the display represents one of the control
output pins located on the back of the calibrator.
The left most bit is Bit 1, the next bit to the right, bit 2,
progressing rightward to bit 8.

07223D DCN7107 91
Operating the Calibrator Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

This page intentionally left blank.

92 07223D DCN7107
5. COMMUNICATIONS
5.1. USING THE ANALYSER’S COMMUNICATION PORTS
The T703 is equipped with two serial communication ports, labeled RS232 (male
DB-9 connector) and COM2 (female DB-9 connector), a USB com port and an
Ethernet port located on the rear panel.
The RS232 (COM1) and COM2 ports operate similarly and give the user the
ability to communicate with, issue commands to, and receive data from the
calibrator through an external computer system or terminal.
 The RS-232 port (COM1) can also be configured to operate in standard or
RS-232 multidrop mode (Section 5.3).
 The COM2 port is configured for standard RS-232 operation by default, but
can be configured for half-duplex RS-485 communication. (Contact the
factory for RS-485 communication configuration).
 The COM2 port is disabled for all but Multidrop communications when the
unit is configured for USB communications.
The Ethernet connector allows the instrument to be connected to a network
running TCP/IP or to the public Internet if access is available. The network must
have routers capable of operating at 10Base-T or 100Base-T. DHCP is enabled by
default (Section 5.6.1). This configuration is useful for quickly getting an
instrument up and running on a network. However, for permanent Ethernet
connections, a static IP address should be used (Section 5.6.1.1).

5.1.1. RS-232 DTE AND DCE COMMUNICATION

RS-232 was developed for allowing communications between data terminal
equipment (DTE) and data communication equipment (DCE). Basic data
terminals always fall into the DTE category whereas modems are always
considered DCE devices.
Electronically, the difference between the DCE & DTE is the pin assignment of
the Data Receive and Data Transmit functions.
 DTE devices receive data on pin 2 and transmit data on pin 3.
 DCE devices receive data on pin 3 and transmit data on pin 2.
A switch located below the serial ports on the rear panel allows the user to switch
between DTE (for use with data terminals) or DCE (for use with modems). Since
computers can be either DTE or DCE, check your computer to determine which
mode to use. Edit the Instrument and Gateway IP addresses and Subnet Mask to
the desired settings. Then, from the computer, enter the same information through
an application such as HyperTerminal.

07223D DCN7107 93
Communications Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

5.1.2. SERIAL COM PORT DEFAULT SETTINGS AND CONNECTOR

PIN ASSIGNMENTS
Received from the factory, the calibrator is set up to emulate an RS-232 DCE
device.
 RS-232 (COM1): RS-232 (fixed), DB-9 male connector.
 Baud rate: 115200 bits per second (baud).
 Data Bits: 8 data bits with 1 stop bit.
 Parity: None.
 COM2: RS-232 (configurable to RS 485), DB-9 female connector.
 Baud rate: 19200 bits per second (baud).
 Data Bits: 8 data bits with 1 stop bit.
 Parity: None.

Figure 5-1: Default Pin Assignments for Rear Panel COM Port connectors (RS-232 DCE & DTE)

The signals from these two connectors are routed from the motherboard via a
wiring harness to two 10-pin connectors on the CPU card, J11 and J12.

94 07223D DCN7107
Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Communications

Figure 5-2: CPU COM1 & COM2 Connector Pin-Outs for RS-232 Mode

Teledyne API offers two mating cables, one of which should be applicable for
your use.
 Part number WR000077, a DB-9 female to DB-9 female cable, 6 feet long.
Allows connection of the serial ports of most personal computers. Also
available as Option 60 (see Section 1.2).
 Part number WR000024, a DB-9 female to DB-25 male cable. Allows
connection to the most common styles of modems (e.g. Hayes-compatible)
and code activated switches.
Both cables are configured with straight-through wiring and should require no
additional adapters.

NOTE
Cables that appear to be compatible because of matching connectors may incorporate internal
wiring that makes the link inoperable. Check cables acquired from sources other than Teledyne
API for pin assignments before using.

To assist in properly connecting the serial ports to either a computer or a modem,

there are activity indicators just above the RS-232 port. Once a cable is
connected between the calibrator and a computer or modem, both the red and
green LEDs should be on.
If the lights are not lit, use the slide switch on the rear panel to switch between
DTE and DCE modes

07223D DCN7107 95
Communications Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

If both LEDs are still not illuminated, make sure the cable properly constructed.

5.1.3. COM PORT BAUD RATE

To select the baud rate of either one of the COM Ports, press:
STANDBY ACT =STANDBY

<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT

SETUP X.X COMMUNICATIONS MENU

ID COM1 COM2 EXIT

SETUP X.X COM1 MODE:0

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X COM1 BAUD RATE:19200

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

Toggle to cycle
through the available SETUP X.X COM1 BAUD RATE:19200
Baud rates:
300 PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT
1200
4800
9600
19200 SETUP X.X COM1 BAUD RATE:19200
38400 EXIT discards the new
PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT
57600 setting
115200
ENTR accepts the
new setting

5.1.4. COM PORT COMMUNICATION MODES

Each of the calibrator‟s serial ports can be configured to operate in a number of
different modes, listed in Table 7-1. As modes are selected, the calibrator sums
the Mode ID numbers and displays this combined number on the front panel
display. For example, if quiet mode (01), computer mode (02) and Multi-Drop-

96 07223D DCN7107
Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Communications

enabled mode (32) are selected, the Calibrator would display a combined MODE
ID of 35.
Table 5-1: COM Port Communication Modes

1
MODE ID DESCRIPTION
Quiet mode suppresses any feedback from the calibrator (such as warning messages)
to the remote device and is typically used when the port is communicating with a
QUIET 1 computer program where such intermittent messages might cause communication
problems.
Such feedback is still available but a command must be issued to receive them.
Computer mode inhibits echoing of typed characters and is used when the port is
COMPUTER 2 communicating with a computer operated control program.
When enabled, the serial port requires a password before it will respond. The only
SECURITY 4 command that is active is the help screen (? CR).
When turned on this mode switches the COM port settings
from
E, 7, 1 2048 No parity; 8 data bits; 1 stop bit
to
Even parity; 7 data bits; 1 stop bit
Configures the COM2 Port for RS-485 communication. RS-485 mode has precedence
RS-485 1024 over multidrop mode if both are enabled.
MULTIDROP Multidrop protocol allows a multi-instrument configuration on a single communications
PROTOCOL 32 channel. Multidrop requires the use of instrument IDs.
ENABLE Enables to send a modem initialization string at power-up. Asserts certain lines in the
MODEM 64 RS-232 port to enable the modem to communicate.
ERROR Fixes certain types of parity errors at certain Hessen protocol installations.
CHECKING
2 128
XON/XOFF Disables XON/XOFF data flow control also known as software handshaking.
HANDSHAKE
2 256
Enables CTS/RTS style hardwired transmission handshaking. This style of data
HARDWARE
8 transmission handshaking is commonly used with modems or terminal emulation
HANDSHAKE
protocols as well as by Teledyne Instrument‟s APICOM software.
HARDWARE Disables the HARDWARE FIFO (First In – First Out), When FIFO is enabled it
FIFO
2 512 improves data transfer rate for that COM port.
COMMAND Enables a command prompt when in terminal mode.
PROMPT 4096
1
Modes are listed in the order in which they appear in the
SETUP > MORE > COMM > COM[1 OR 2] > MODE menu
2
The default setting for this feature is ON. Do not disable unless instructed to by Teledyne API‟s Technical Support
personnel.

Note
Communication Modes for each COM port must be configured independently.

Press the following menu buttons to select communication modes for a one of the
COM Ports, such as the following example where RS-485 mode is enabled:

07223D DCN7107 97
Communications Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

STANDBY ACT =STANDBY

<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT

SETUP X.X COMMUNICATIONS MENU

ID COM1 COM2 EXIT

Combined Mode ID
SETUP X.X COM1 MODE:0 displayed here
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X COM1 QUIET MODE:OFF

PREV NEXT OFF EXIT

Use the PREV and
NEXT to scroll
between the
available modes
Continue pressing NEXT until ...

SETUP X.X COM1 RS-485 MODE:OFF

PREV NEXT OFF ENTR EXIT

ON/OFF activates /
deactivates the
selected mode.
SETUP X.X COM1 RS-485 MODE:ON

PREV NEXT OFF ENTR EXIT

EXIT discards the new
setting

ENTR accepts the

new setting
PREV and NEXT scroll to other COM modes you
want to enable or disable

98 07223D DCN7107
Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Communications

5.1.5. COM PORT TESTING

The serial ports can be tested for correct connection and output in the COM
menu. This test sends a string of 256 „w‟ characters to the selected COM port.
While the test is running, the red LED on the rear panel of the calibrator should
flicker.
To initiate the test press the following key sequence.

STANDBY ACT =STANDBY

<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT

SETUP X.X COMMUNICATIONS MENU

ID INET COM1 COM2 EXIT

SETUP X.X COM1 MODE:0

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

Continue pressing <SET or SET> until ...

SETUP X.X COM1: TEST PORT

<SET SET> TEST ENTR EXIT

Test Runs
SETUP X.X TRANSMITTING TO COM1
Automatically

SETUP X.X COM1: TEST PORT

PREV NEXT OFF EXIT

07223D DCN7107 99
Communications Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

5.1.6. MACHINE ID
Each model of Teledyne API instruments is initially configured with a default
Machine ID code, which is editable; all T703 calibrators have a Machine ID of
either 703 or 0. The Machine ID number is only important if more than one
calibrator is connected to the same communications channel such as when several
calibrators are on the same Ethernet LAN, in a RS-232 multidrop chain (See
Section 5.3) or operating over a RS-485 network (See Section 5.4): If two
calibrators of the same model type are used on one channel, their Machine ID
numbers must differ.
To edit the instrument‟s Machine ID, press:
STANDBY ACT =STANDBY

<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT

SETUP X.X COMMUNICATIONS MENU

ID INET COM1 COM2 EXIT

SETUP X.X MACHINE ID:703 ID

EXIT discards the new
0 7 0 0 ENTR EXIT
setting
Toggle to cycle
through the available ENTR accepts the
character set: 0-9 new setting

The ID number is only important if more than one calibrator is connected to the
same communications channel (e.g., a multi-drop setup). Different models of
Teledyne API‟s calibrators have different default ID numbers, but if two
calibrators of the same model type are used on one channel (for example, two
T703‟s), the ID of one instrument needs to be changed.
The ID can also be used for to identify any one of several calibrators attached to
the same network but situated in different physical locations.

100 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Communications

5.1.7. TERMINAL OPERATING MODES

The T703 can be remotely configured, calibrated or queried for stored data
through the serial ports. As terminals and computers use different
communication schemes, the calibrator supports two communicate modes
specifically designed to interface with these two types of devices.
 Computer mode is used when the calibrator is connected to a computer with
a dedicated interface program.
 Interactive mode is used with a terminal emulation programs such as
HyperTerminal or a “dumb” computer terminal. The commands that are used
to operate the calibrator in this mode are listed in Table 5-2.

5.1.7.1. Help Commands in Terminal Mode

Table 5-2: Terminal Mode Software Commands

COMMAND Function
Control-T Switches the calibrator to terminal mode
(echo, edit). If mode flags 1 & 2 are OFF,
the interface can be used in interactive
mode with a terminal emulation program.
Control-C Switches the calibrator to computer mode
(no echo, no edit).
CR A carriage return is required after each
(carriage return) command line is typed into the
terminal/computer. The command will not
be sent to the calibrator to be executed until
this is done. On personal computers, this is
achieved by pressing the ENTER key.
BS Erases one character to the left of the
(backspace) cursor location.
ESC Erases the entire command line.
(escape)
? [ID] CR This command prints a complete list of
available commands along with the
definitions of their functionality to the
display device of the terminal or computer
being used. The ID number of the
calibrator is only necessary if multiple
calibrators are on the same
communications line, such as the multi-
drop setup.
Control-C Pauses the listing of commands.
Control-P Restarts the listing of commands.

07223D DCN7107 101

Communications Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

5.1.7.2. Command Syntax

Commands are not case-sensitive and all arguments within one command (i.e. ID
numbers, keywords, data values, etc.) must be separated with a space character.
All Commands follow the syntax:
X [ID] COMMAND <CR>
Where:
X is the command type (one letter) that defines the type of command.
Allowed designators are listed in Table 5-2 and in Appendix A

[ID] is the machine identification number (Section 5.1.6). Example: the

Command “? 200” followed by a carriage return would print the list
of available commands for the revision of software currently
installed in the instrument assigned ID Number 200.

COMMAND is the command designator: This string is the name of the command
being issued (LIST, ABORT, NAME, EXIT, etc.). Some commands
may have additional arguments that define how the command is to
be executed. Press ? <CR> or refer to Appendix A for a list of
available command designators.

<CR> is a carriage return. All commands must be terminated by a

carriage return (usually achieved by pressing the ENTER key on a
computer).

Table 5-3: Teledyne API Serial I/O Command Types

COMMAND COMMAND TYPE

C Calibration
D Diagnostic
L Logon
T Test measurement
V Variable
W Warning

102 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Communications

5.1.7.3. Data Types

Data types consist of integers, hexadecimal integers, floating-point numbers,
Boolean expressions and text strings.
 Integer data are used to indicate integral quantities such as a number of
records, a filter length, etc. They consist of an optional plus or minus sign,
followed by one or more digits. For example, +1, -12, 123 are all valid
integers.
 Hexadecimal integer data are used for the same purposes as integers. They
consist of the two characters “0x,” followed by one or more hexadecimal
digits (0-9, A-F, a-f), which is the „C‟ programming language convention. No
plus or minus sign is permitted. For example, 0x1, 0x12, 0x1234abcd are all
valid hexadecimal integers.
 Floating-point numbers are used to specify continuously variable values such
as temperature set points, time intervals, warning limits, voltages, etc. They
consist of an optional plus or minus sign, followed by zero or more digits, an
optional decimal point and zero or more digits. (At least one digit must
appear before or after the decimal point.) Scientific notation is not permitted.
For example, +1.0, 1234.5678, -0.1, 1 are all valid floating-point numbers.
 Boolean expressions are used to specify the value of variables or I/O signals
that may assume only two values. They are denoted by the keywords ON
and OFF.
 Text strings are used to represent data that cannot be easily represented by
other data types, such as data channel names, which may contain letters and
numbers. They consist of a quotation mark, followed by one or more
printable characters, including spaces, letters, numbers, and symbols, and a
final quotation mark. For example, “a”, “1”, “123abc”, and “()[]<>” are all valid
text strings. It is not possible to include a quotation mark character within a
text string.
 Some commands allow you to access variables, messages, and other items.
When using these commands, you must type the entire name of the item;
you cannot abbreviate any names.

5.1.7.4. Status Reporting

Reporting of status messages as an audit trail is one of the three principal uses for
the RS-232 interface (the other two being the command line interface for
controlling the instrument and the download of data in electronic format). You
can effectively disable the reporting feature by setting the interface to quiet mode
(Section 5.1.4, Table 5-1).
Status reports include warning messages, calibration and diagnostic status
messages. Refer to Appendix A for a list of the possible messages, and this for
information on controlling the instrument through the RS-232 interface.

07223D DCN7107 103

Communications Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

5.1.7.5. General Message Format

All messages from the instrument (including those in response to a command line
request) are in the format:
X DDD:HH:MM [Id] MESSAGE<CRLF>
Where:
X is a command type designator, a single character indicating the
message type, as shown in the Table 6-27.
DDD:HH:MM is the time stamp, the date and time when the message was
issued. It consists of the Day-of-year (DDD) as a number from 1
to 366, the hour of the day (HH) as a number from 00 to 23, and
the minute (MM) as a number from 00 to 59.
[ID] is the calibrator ID, a number with 1 to 4 digits.
MESSAGE is the message content that may contain warning messages, Test
Functions, variable values, etc.
<CRLF> is a carriage return / line feed pair, which terminates the message.
The uniform nature of the output messages makes it easy for a host computer to
parse them into an easy structure. Keep in mind that the front panel display does
not give any information on the time a message was issued, hence it is useful to
log such messages for trouble-shooting and reference purposes. Terminal
emulation programs such as HyperTerminal can capture these messages to text
files for later review.

5.1.7.6. COM Port Password Security

In order to provide security for remote access of the T703, a LOGON feature can
be enabled to require a password before the instrument will accept commands.
This is done by turning on the SECURITY MODE (Mode 4, Section 5.1.4).
Once the SECURITY MODE is enabled, the following items apply.
 A password is required before the port will respond or pass on commands.
 If the port is inactive for one hour, it will automatically logoff, which can also
be achieved with the LOGOFF command.
 Three unsuccessful attempts to log on with an incorrect password will cause
subsequent logins to be disabled for 1 hour, even if the correct password is
used.
 If not logged on, the only active command is the '?' request for the help
screen.
 The following messages will be returned at logon:
 LOGON SUCCESSFUL - Correct password given
 LOGON FAILED - Password not given or incorrect
 LOGOFF SUCCESSFUL - Connection terminated successfully
To log on to your calibrator with SECURITY MODE feature enabled, type:
LOGON 940331
940331 is the default password. To change the default password, use the variable
RS232_PASS issued as follows:
V RS232_PASS=NNNNNN
Where N is any numeral between 0 and 9.

104 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Communications

5.2. REMOTE ACCESS BY MODEM

The T703 can be connected to a modem for remote access. This requires a cable
between the calibrator‟s COM port and the modem, typically a DB-9F to DB-
25M cable (available from Teledyne API with part number WR0000024).
Once the cable has been connected, check to make sure:
 The DTE-DCE is in the DCE position.
 The T703 COM port is set for a baud rate that is compatible with the modem,
 The Modem is designed to operate with an 8-bit word length with one stop
bit.
 The MODEM ENABLE communication mode is turned ON (Mode 64, see
Section 5.1.4).
Once this is completed, the appropriate setup command line for your modem can
be entered into the calibrator. The default setting for this feature is
AT Y0 &D0 &H0 &I0 S0=2 &B0 &N6 &M0 E0 Q1 &W0

This string can be altered to match your modem‟s initialization and can be up to
100 characters long.
To change this setting press:
STANDBY ACT =STANDBY

<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

SETUP X.X COM1 MODE:0
O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT Continue pressing <SET or SET> until ...

SETUP X.X COM1 PORT INIT:AT Y0 &DO &H &I0

SETUP X.X COMMUNICATIONS MENU
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT
ID COM1 COM2 EXIT

SETUP X.X COM1 PORT INIT:AT Y0 &DO &H &I0

<CH CH> INS DEL [A] ENTR EXIT

EXIT discards the
The <CH and CH> new setting
keys move the cursor
left and right along the ENTR accepts the
text string new setting

The INS and CH> key The DEL Toggle this key to cycle through the
inserts a new deletes available character set:
character before the character at  Alpha: A-Z (Upper and Lower
cursor position the cursor Case);
position  Special Characters: space ‟ ~ ! # $
% ^ & * ( ) - _ = +[ ] { } < > | ; : , . / ?
 Numerals: 0-9

07223D DCN7107 105

Communications Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

To Initialize the modem press:

STANDBY ACT =STANDBY

<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT

SETUP X.X COMMUNICATIONS MENU

ID COM1 COM2 EXIT

SETUP X.X COM1 MODE:0

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

Continue pressing <SET or SET> until ...

SETUP X.X COM1: INITIALIZE MODEM

<SET SET> INIT ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X INITIALIZING MODE

Test Runs
Automatically
SETUP X.X MODEM INITIALIZED

PREV NEXT OFF EXIT

If there is a problem initializing the

modem the message,
“MODEM NOT INITIALIZED”
will appear.

106 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Communications

5.3. MULTIDROP RS-232 SET UP

When the RS-232 Multidrop option is installed, connection adjustments and
configuration through the menu system are required. This section provides
instructions for the internal connection adjustments, then for external
connections, and ends with instructions for menu-driven configuration.
Note that because the RS-232 Multidrop option uses both the RS232 and COM2
DB9 connectors on the instrument‟s rear panel to connect the chain of
instruments, COM2 port is no longer available for separate RS-232 or RS-485
operation.

CAUTION – Risk of Instrument Damage and Warranty Invalidation

Printed circuit assemblies (PCAs) are sensitive to electro-static discharges too
small to be felt by the human nervous system. Damage resulting from failure to
use ESD protection when working with electronic assemblies will void the
instrument warranty.

For more information on preventing ESD damage see A Primer on Electro-Static

Discharge; the manual can be downloaded from our website at http://www.teledyne-
api.com under Help Center > Product Manuals in the Special Manuals section.

In each instrument with the Multidrop option there is a shunt jumpering two pins
on the serial Multidrop and LVDS printed circuit assembly (PCA), as shown in
Figure 5-3. This shunt must be removed from all instruments except that
designated as last in the multidrop chain, which must remain terminated. This
requires powering off and opening each instrument and making the following
adjustments:
1. With NO power to the instrument, remove its top cover and lay the rear panel
open for access to the Multidrop/LVDS PCA, which is seated on the CPU.
2. On the Multidrop/LVDS PCA‟s JP2 connector, remove the shunt that jumpers
Pins 21  22 as indicated in Figure 5-3. (Do this for all but the last
instrument in the chain where the shunt should remain at Pins 21  22).
3. Check that the following cable connections are made in all instruments (again
refer to Figure 5-3):
 J3 on the Multidrop/LVDS PCA to the CPU‟s COM1 connector
(Note that the CPU‟s COM2 connector is not used in Multidrop)
 J4 on the Multidrop/LVDS PCA to J12 on the motherboard
 J1 on the Multidrop/LVDS PCS to the front panel LCD

07223D DCN7107 107

Communications Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

Figure 5-3: Jumper and Cables for Multidrop Mode

4. Close the instrument.

5. Referring to Figure 5-4, use straight-through DB9 male-DB9 female cables to
interconnect the host RS232 port to the first instrument‟s RS232 port; then
from the first instrument‟s COM2 port to the second instrument‟s RS232 port;
from the second instrument‟s COM2 port to the third instrument‟s RS232 port,
etc., connecting in this fashion up to eight instruments, subject to the distance
limitations of the RS-232 standard.
6. On the rear panel of each instrument, adjust the DCE DTE switch so that the
green and the red LEDs (RX and TX) of the COM1 connector (labeled
RS232) are both lit. (Ensure you are using the correct RS-232 cables
internally wired specifically for RS-232 communication).
7. BEFORE communicating from the host, power on the instruments and check
that the Machine ID (Section 5.6.2) is unique for each.
a. In the SETUP Model menu, use SETUP>MORE>COMM>ID. The default ID
is typically either the model number or “0”.
b. To change the identification number, press the button below the digit to be
changed.
c. Press/select ENTR to accept the new ID for that instrument.
8. Next, in the SETUP>MORE>COMM>COM1 menu (do not use the COM2
menu for multidrop), edit the COM1 MODE parameter as follows: press/select
EDIT and set only QUIET MODE, COMPUTER MODE, and MULTIDROP
MODE to ON. Do not change any other settings.
9. Press/select ENTER to accept the changed settings, and ensure that COM1
MODE now shows 35.

108 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Communications

10. Press/select SET> to go to the COM1 BAUD RATE menu and ensure it reads
the same for all instruments (edit as needed so that all instruments are set at
the same baud rate).

NOTE:
Teledyne API recommends setting up the first link, between the Host and the first instrument and
testing it before setting up the rest of the chain.
The (communication) Host instrument can address only one instrument at a time, each by its
unique ID (see Step 7 above).

Female DB9
Host
Male DB9
RS-232 port

Analyzer Analyzer Analyzer Last Analyzer

COM2 COM2 COM2 COM2

RS-232 RS-232 RS-232 RS-232

Ensure jumper is
installed between
JP2 pins 21  22 in
last instrument of
multidrop chain.

Figure 5-4: RS232-Multidrop PCA Host/Calibrator Interconnect Diagram

5.4. RS-485 CONFIGURATION OF COM2

As delivered from the factory, COM2 is configured for RS-232 communications.
This port can be reconfigured for operation as a non-isolated, half-duplex RS-485
port. To configure the instrument for RS-485 communication, please contact the
factory. (Using COM2 for RS-485 communications disables the optional USB
com port).

5.5. REMOTE ACCESS VIA THE USB PORT (OPTION)

The calibrator can be connected to a personal computer by direct connection
through their respective USB ports.

07223D DCN7107 109

Communications Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

1. Install the Teledyne T-Series USB driver on your computer, downloadable

from the Teledyne API website under Help Center>Software Downloads
(www.teledyne-api.com/software).
2. Run the installer file: “TAPIVCPInstaller.exe”

3. Connect the USB cable between the USB ports on your personal computer
and your calibrator. The USB cable should be a Type A – Type B cable,
commonly used as a USB printer cable.
4. Determine the Windows XP Com Port number that was automatically
assigned to the USB connection. (Start → Control Panel → System →
Hardware → Device Manager). This is the com port that should be set in the
communications software, such as APIcom or Hyperterminal.

Refer to the Quick Start (Direct Cable Connection) section of the Teledyne
APIcom Manual, PN 07463.

110 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Communications

5. In the instrument‟s SETUP>MORE>COMM>COM2 menu, make the following

settings:

Baud Rate: 115200

COM2 Mode Settings:
Quiet Mode ON
Computer Mode ON
MODBUS RTU OFF
MODBUS ASCII OFF
E,8,1 MODE OFF
E,7,1 MODE OFF
RS-485 MODE OFF
SECURITY MODE OFF
MULTIDROP MODE OFF
ENABLE MODEM OFF
ERROR CHECKING ON
XON/XOFF HANDSHAKE OFF
HARDWARE HANDSHAKE OFF
HARDWARE FIFO ON
COMMAND PROMPT OFF

5.6. REMOTE ACCESS VIA THE ETHERNET

The calibrator can be connected to any standard 10Base-T or 100Base-T Ethernet
network via low-cost network hubs, switches or routers. The interface operates
as a standard TCP/IP device on port 3000. This allows a remote computer to
connect through the internet to the calibrator using APICOM, terminal emulators
or other programs.
Under the SETUP>MORE>COMM menu the INET submenu is used to manage
and configure the Ethernet interface with your LAN or Internet Server(s). The
calibrator is shipped with DHCP enabled by default. This allows the instrument to
be connected to a network or router with a DHCP server, but for a permanent
Ethernet connection, configure the instrument with a static IP address (Section
5.6.1.1).
The Ethernet LEDs located on the connector indicate the Ethernet connection
status.
Table 5-4: Ethernet Status Indicators
LED FUNCTION
amber (link) On when connection to the LAN is valid.
green (activity) Flickers during any activity on the LAN.

07223D DCN7107 111

Communications Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

5.6.1. CONFIGURING THE ETHERNET INTERFACE USING DHCP

The Ethernet feature for your T703 uses Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) to configure its
interface with your LAN automatically. This requires your network servers also be
running DHCP. The calibrator will do this the first time you turn the instrument on
after it has been physically connected to your network. Once the instrument is
connected and turned on, it will appear as an active device on your network without
any extra set up steps or lengthy procedures.

NOTE
It is a good idea to check the INET settings the first time you power up your calibrator after it has
been physically connected to the LAN/Internet to make sure that the DHCP has successfully
downloaded the appropriate information from you network server(s).
The Ethernet configuration properties are viewable via the calibrator’s front panel.
Table 5-5: LAN/Internet Configuration Properties

PROPERTY DEFAULT DESCRIPTION

STATE
This displays whether the DHCP is turned ON or OFF.
DHCP STATUS ON

INSTRUMENT This string of four packets of 1 to 3 numbers each (e.g.

0.0.0.0
IP ADDRESS 192.168.76.55.) is the address of the calibrator itself.
A string of numbers very similar to the Instrument IP address (e.g.
GATEWAY IP
0.0.0.0 192.168.76.1.) that is the address of the computer used by your LAN
ADDRESS
to access the Internet.
Also, a string of four packets of 1 to 3 numbers each (e.g.
255.255.252.0) that defines that identifies the LAN to which the
device is connected.
SUBNET MASK 0.0.0.0 All addressable devices and computers on a LAN must have the
same subnet mask. Any transmissions sent devices with different
subnet masks are assumed to be outside of the LAN and are routed
through a different gateway computer onto the Internet.
This number defines the terminal control port by which the
1
TCP PORT 3000 instrument is addressed by terminal emulation software, such as
Internet or Teledyne API‟s APICOM.
The name by which your calibrator will appear when addressed from
other computers on the LAN or via the Internet. While the default
HOST NAME T703
setting for all Teledyne API‟s T703 calibrators is “T703”, the host
name may be changed to fit customer needs.
1
Do not change the setting for this property unless instructed to by Teledyne API‟s Technical Support
personnel.

NOTE
If the gateway IP, instrument IP and the subnet mask are all zeroes (e.g. “0.0.0.0”), the DCHP was
not successful in which case you may have to configure the calibrator’s Ethernet properties
manually.
See your network administrator.

112 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Communications

To view the above properties listed in Table 7-5, press:

STANDBY ACT =STANDBY

<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT

SETUP X.X COMMUNICATIONS MENU

ID INET COM1 COM2 EXIT

SETUP X.X ENTER PASSWORD:818

8 1 8 ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X DHCP:ON

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X INST IP:0.0.0.0

<SET SET> EXIT

EDIT is
disabled SETUP X.X GATEWAY IP:0.0.0.0
when DHCP <SET SET> EXIT
is ON

SETUP X.X SUBNET MASK IP:0.0.0.0

<SET SET> EXIT

DO NOT alter unless

instructed to by Teledyne SETUP X.X TCP PORT:3000
API‟s Customer Service <SET SET> EDIT EXIT
personnel.

SETUP X.X HOSTNAME:

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X INITIALIZING INET 0%

INITIALIZATION process proceeds

automatically

SETUP X.X INITIALIZATION SUCCEEDED SETUP X.X INITIALIZATION FAILED

SETUP X.X COMMUNICATIONS MENU

ID INET COM1 COM2 EXIT Contact your

IT Network
Administrator

07223D DCN7107 113

Communications Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

5.6.1.1. Manually Configuring the Network IP Addresses

Here are several circumstances when you may need to manually set the Ethernet
configuration:
 Your LAN is not running a DHCP software package,
 The DHCP software is unable to initialize the calibrator‟s interface;
 You wish to configure the interface with a specific IP address, such as for a
permanent Ethernet connection..
Manually configuring the Ethernet interface requires that you first turn DHCP to
OFF before setting the INSTRUMENT IP, GATEWAY IP and SUBNET
MASK parameters:
STANDBY ACT =STANDBY

<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT

SETUP X.X COMMUNICATIONS MENU

ID INET COM1 COM2 EXIT

SETUP X.X ENTER PASSWORD:818

8 1 8 ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X DHCP:ON

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X DHCP:ON

Toggle to turn
ON ENTR EXIT
DHCP OFF

SETUP X.X DHCP:OFF

ENTR accepts OFF ENTR EXIT

the new setting
EXIT ignores the
new setting
Continue to Step 2 Below

114 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Communications

STEP 2: Configure the INSTRUMENT IP, GATEWAY IP and SUBNET MASK

addresses by pressing:

Internet Configuration Touchscreen Button Functions

From Step 1 above) BUTTON FUNCTION
Press to cycle through the range of numerals and
[0]
available characters (“0 – 9” & “ . ”)
<CH CH> Moves the cursor one character left or right.
SETUP X.X DHCP: OFF DEL Deletes a character at the cursor location.
Accepts the new setting and returns to the previous
SET> EDIT EXIT ENTR
menu.
Ignores the new setting and returns to the previous
EXIT
menu.
SETUP X.X INST IP: 000.000.000.000 Some buttons only appear when applicable.

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

Cursor
location is
indicated by
brackets
SETUP X.X INST IP: [0] 00.000.000

<CH CH> DEL [0] ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X GATEWAY IP: 000.000.000.000

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X GATEWAY IP: [0] 00.000.000

<CH CH> DEL [?] ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X SUBNET MASK:255.255.255.0

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X SUBNET MASK:[2]55.255.255.0

SETUP X.X TCP PORT 3000 <CH CH> DEL [?] ENTR EXIT

<SET EDIT EXIT

The PORT number needs to remain at 3000.

Pressing EXIT from Do not change this setting unless instructed to by
Teledyne Instruments Customer Service personnel.
any of the above
display menus
causes the Ethernet
to reinitialize its
internal interface SETUP X.X INITIALIZING INET 0%
firmware …
INITIALIZING INET 100%

SETUP X.X INITIALIZATION SUCCEEDED SETUP X.X INITIALIZATION FAILED

SETUP X.X COMMUNICATIONS MENU Contact your IT

Network Administrator
ID INET COM1 EXIT

07223D DCN7107 115

Communications Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

5.6.2. CHANGING THE CALIBRATOR’S HOSTNAME

The HOSTNAME is the name by which the calibrator appears on your network.
The default name for all Teledyne API T703 calibrators is T703. To change this
name (particularly if you have more than one T703 calibrator on your network),
press.
STANDBY ACT =STANDBY

<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

SETUP X.X ENTER PASSWORD:818
O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT
8 1 8 ENTR EXIT

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

SETUP X.X DHCP:ON
COMM VARS DIAG EXIT
<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X COMMUNICATIONS MENU

ID INET COM1 COM2 EXIT Continue pressing SET> until ...

SETUP X.X HOSTNAME: T703

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

SETUP X.X HOSTNAME: T703

BUTTON FUNCTION <CH CH> INS DEL [?] ENTR EXIT

<CH Moves the cursor one character to the left.
CH> Moves the cursor one character to the right.
INS Inserts a character before the cursor location.
DEL Deletes a character at the cursor location.
Press this BUTTON to cycle through the range Use these buttons to edit the HOSTNAME
of numerals and characters available for
[?]
insertion. 0-9, A-Z, space ‟ ~ !  # $ % ^ & * (
) - _ = +[ ] { } < >\ | ; : , . / ?
Accepts the new setting and returns to the SETUP X.X HOSTNAME: T703
ENTR
previous menu.
Ignores the new setting and returns to the <CH CH> INS DEL [?] ENTR EXIT ENTR accepts
EXIT
previous menu.
Some buttons only appear when applicable.
the new setting
EXIT ignores the
new setting
SETUP X.X INITIALIZING INET 0%

INITIALIZATION process proceeds

automatically

SETUP X.X INITIALIZATION SUCCEEDED SETUP X.X INITIALIZATION FAILED

SETUP X.X COMMUNICATIONS MENU

ID INET COM1 COM2 EXIT Contact your

IT Network
Administrator

116 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Communications

5.7. APICOM REMOTE CONTROL PROGRAM

APICOM is an easy-to-use, yet powerful interface program that allows the user to
access and control any of Teledyne API‟s main line of ambient and stack-gas
instruments from a remote connection through direct cable, modem or Ethernet.
Running APICOM, a user can:
 Establish a link from a remote location to the T703 through direct cable
connection via RS-232 modem or Ethernet.
 View the instrument‟s front panel and remotely access all functions that could
be accessed when standing in front of the instrument.
 Remotely edit system parameters and set points.
 Download, view, graph and save data for predictive diagnostics or data
analysis.
 Retrieve, view, edit, save and upload DAS configurations.
 Check on system parameters for trouble-shooting and quality control.
APICOM is very helpful for initial setup, data analysis, maintenance and trouble-
shooting. Figure 5-5 shows examples of APICOM‟s main interface, which
emulates the look and functionality of the instruments actual front panel

Figure 5-5: APICOM Remote Control Program Interface

NOTE
APICOM is included free of cost with the calibrator and the latest versions can also be
downloaded for free at http://www.teledyne-api.com/software/apicom/.
The T703 calibrator is fully supported by APICOM revision 3.9.4 and later.
Instruments with the LEADS support option must run APICOM revision 4.0 and later

07223D DCN7107 117

Communications Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

This page intentionally left blank.

118 07223D DCN7107

6. CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION
Basic electronic calibration of the Calibrator is performed at the factory.
Normally there is no need to perform this factory calibration in the field however,
the performance of several of the instrument‟s key subsystems should be verified
periodically and if necessary adjusted. These subsystems are:
 O3 Photometer: The O3 photometer performance should be periodically
verified against an external standard (see Section 6.1).
 O3 Generator: The O3 generator should be periodically calibrated (see
Section 6.2).

6.1. VERIFYING/CALIBRATING THE O3 PHOTOMETER

The accuracy of calibration gas produced by the T703 depends entirely on the
accuracy of the photometer; therefore, it is very important that the photometer is
operating properly and accurately.
The verification procedure can be performed using the instruments internal O3
generator (see Figure 6-1) or an external source of O3 (see Figure 6-2). In either
case, an external source of zero air (such as a Teledyne API‟s Model 701 Zero
Air Generator) is required.
6.1.1. SETUP FOR VERIFYING AND CALIBRATING THE O3
PHOTOMETER
Note
This operation requires an external reference photometer.

07223D DCN7107 119

Calibration and Verification Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

PHOTOMETER INLET
PHOTOMETER OUTLET

PHOTOMETER ZERO IN
PHOTOMETER ZERO OUT

EXHAUST line: Max Length=3 meters ( or 10 feet)

EXHAUST
ZERO AIR IN
VENT
DRY AIR IN Use 3/8" O.D. tubing for VENT line
CAL GAS OUT Capped when event flow is > 2LPM
CAL GAS OUT

Photometric

Enclosure Wall
O3 Calibrator

REFERENCE
OPTIONAL Ambient PHOTOMETER
Desiccant Air

TELEDYNE INSTRUMENTS
MODEL 701
ZERO GAS GENERATOR

Figure 6-1: Set up for Verifying Optional O3 Photometer Using Internal O3 Generator

120 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Calibration and Verification

External Zero Air

Enclosure Wall
External O3 Source

Enclosure Wall
Source

ZERO AIR CALIBRATION MANIFOLD

REFERENCE
PHOTOMETER
O3 CALIBRATION MANIFOLD

To other calibrators or
instruments

Vent line

Max Length=3 meters

PHOTOMETER INLET
( or 10 feet)
Capped PHOTOMETER OUTLET
Vent line PHOTOMETER ZERO IN

Max Length=3 meters PHOTOMETER ZERO OUT Capped

( or 10 feet) Vent line
EXHAUST
ZERO AIR IN Max Length=3 meters ( or 10 feet)
VENT
DRY AIR IN CAL GAS OUT
CAL GAS OUT

Photometric
O3 Calibrator

Figure 6-2: Set up for Verifying Optional O3 Photometer Using an External O3 Generator

NOTE
The manifolds as shown in the above drawing are oriented to simplify the drawing.
All unused ports should be capped.
A Minimum of 1.1 LPM is required for the external zero air source

6.1.1.1. Calibration Manifold Exhaust/Vent Line

The manifold‟s excess gas should be vented to a suitable vent outside of the
room. This vent should be of large enough internal diameter to avoid any
appreciable pressure drop, and it must be located sufficiently downstream of the
output ports to assure that no ambient air enters the manifold due to eddy currents
or back diffusion.

NOTE
It is recommended that the calibration manifold’s exhaust vent have a minimum internal diameter
of 3/8 inch and a maximum length of 3 meters (or 10 feet)

07223D DCN7107 121

Calibration and Verification Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

6.1.2. VERIFYING O3 PHOTOMETER PERFORMANCE

To verify the performance of the internal photometer perform the following steps:
STANDBY ACT=STANDBY
Make sure that the
calibrator is in <TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
STANDBY mode

STANDBY SYSTEM RESET

AUTO

STANDBY GENERATE:ZERO

ZERO ENTR SETUP

Toggle to switch
to O3 generation
mode
STANDBY GENERATE:0.0 PPB O3

0 0 0 0 PPB O3 ENTR EXIT

Toggle these
buttons to set the Toggle to set the
target units of measure.
concentration.
STANDBY GENERATE:0.0 PPB O3

0 4 0 0 PPB O3 ENTR EXIT

GENERATE ACT = 400 PPB O3

Wait
A MINIMUM <SET SET> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
OF
10 MINUTES
or until the
ACT reading
settles down Record O3 concentration readings displayed by the ACT
test function and by the external reference photometer

Repeat this procedure for as many points along the

performance range of the calibrator as required

NOTE
The readings recorded from the ACT test function and the external reference photometer should
be within 1% of each other.

6.1.3. CALIBRATING THE O3 PHOTOMETER

The following procedure sets values held in the calibrator‟s memory of for zero
point OFFSET and SLOPE.

122 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Calibration and Verification

6.1.3.1. Photometer Zero Calibration

To set the zero point offset for the T703 Photometric Calibrator‟s photometer,
press:
STANDBY ACT =STANDBY

<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X O3 GAS CONFIG

MODE ADJ PHOT EXIT

SETUP X.X O3 GAS CONFIG

BCAL DARK EXIT

SYSTEM ENTER PASSWORD:0

0 0 0 ENTR EXIT

Toggle these buttons until

PASSWORD = 717

SETUP X.X O3 PHOTOMETER BENCH CAL

EDIT CAL EXIT

SETUP X.X BENCH CAL:XZRO

Press ZERO if using the
Internal ZERO SPAN XZRO XSPN ENTR EXIT
O3 Generator
Press XZRO if using an
External The Param field displays the
O3 Generator BCAL XZRO [TEST FUNCTION Message Field] Test Function currently
selected
<TST TST> ZERO SPAN EXIT

Allow zero air to enter the

PHOTOMETER IN port at the rear of the calibrator.
Wait
A MINIMUM
OF
10 MINUTES
BCAL XZRO [TEST FUNCTION Message Field]

<TST TST> ZERO EXIT

BCAL XZRO ARE YOU SURE?

Press YES to changes the
YES NO OFFSET & SLOPE values
for the O3 measurement.
Press NO to leave the
photometer calibration
values unchanged.

07223D DCN7107 123

Calibration and Verification Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

6.1.3.2. Photometer Span Calibration

To set the response SLOPE for the T703 Photometric Calibrator‟s photometer,
press:
STANDBY ACT =STANDBY

<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X O3 GAS CONFIG

MODE ADJ PHOT EXIT

SETUP X.X O3 GAS CONFIG

BCAL DARK EXIT

SYSTEM ENTER PASSWORD:0

0 0 0 ENTR EXIT

Toggle these buttons until

PASSWORD = 717

SETUP X.X O3 PHOTOMETER BENCH CAL

EDIT CAL EXIT

SETUP X.X BENCH CAL:XSPN

Press SPAN if using the
Internal ZERO SPAN XZRO XSPN ENTR EXIT
O3 Generator
Press XSPN if using an
External The Message field displays
O3 Generator BCAL XSPN [TEST FUNCTION Message Field] the Test Function currently
selected
<TST TST> ZERO SPAN EXIT

Allow calibration gas to gas to enter the

PHOTOMETER IN port at the rear of the
calibrator.
Wait
A MINIMUM
OF
10 MINUTES
It is recommended
BCAL XSPN [TEST FUNCTION Message Field]
that you use an O3
<TST TST> ZERO SPAN EXIT Span concentration
of 400 PPB

BCAL XSPN ACTUAL CONC: 400.0 PPB

0 0 4 0 0 .0 ENTR EXIT EXIT discards

Toggle these buttons to enter
the new setting
the exact span cal value as
measured by the reference
ENTR accepts
photometer
the new setting
(see figures 8-3 and 8-4)

BCAL XSPN ARE YOU SURE?

Press YES to changes the
YES NO OFFSET & SLOPE values
for the O3 measurement.
Press NO to leave the
photometer calibration
values unchanged.

124 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Calibration and Verification

6.1.4. O3 PHOTOMETER DARK CALIBRATION

The Dark Calibration Test turns off the Photometer UV Lamp and records any
offset signal level of the UV Detector-Preamp-Voltage to Frequency Converter
circuitry. This allows the instrument to compensate for any voltage levels
inherent in the Photometer detection circuit that might affect the output of the
detector circuitry and therefore the calculation of O3 concentration.

STANDBY ACT =STANDBY

<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X O3 GAS CONFIG

MODE ADJ PHOT EXIT

SETUP X.X O3 GAS CONFIG

BCAL DARK EXIT

SETUP X.X CALIBRATING DARK OFFSET

SETUP X.X DARK CAL 34% COMPLETE

The DARK CAL procedure progresses automatically

until ...

Yes DARK CAL

Successful?

No

SETUP X.X INVALID DARK CAL OFFS=XXXX.X MV

07223D DCN7107 125

Calibration and Verification Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

6.1.5. O3 PHOTOMETER BACKPRESSURE COMPENSATION

CALIBRATION
Any time there is a pneumatic configuration change, there is risk of impacting the
internal measure/reference pressure. To compensate for this, a backpressure
compensation calibration is required each time. Set the calibrator to generate
ozone at the flow rate intended for operation. While the instrument is generating
ozone, go to the SETUP>MORE>DIAG>…>BACKPRESSURE
COMPENSATION menu and press ENTR, shown in the following illustration, to
initiate the calibration; the operation will take a few minutes:
GENERATE A-CAL=0.000 LPM
Make sure that the instrument
is generating ozone at the <TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
intended operational flow rate.

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

GAS SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM FLOW VARS DIAG EXIT

SETUP X.X ENTER PASSWORD

8 1 8 ENTR EXIT

DIAG SIGNAL I/O

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

Continue pressing NEXT until ...

DIAG BACKPRESSURE COMPENSATION

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

6.2. CALIBRATING THE O3 GENERATOR

The T703/T703U calibrator‟s software includes a routine for automatically
calibrating the O3 generator. A calibration table of drive voltages stored in the
calibrator‟s memory is the basis for this calibration. This table is used by the
T703/T703U to set initial O3 generator drive settings.

126 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Calibration and Verification

6.2.1. O3 GENERATOR CALIBRATION TABLE

When the T703/T703U is operated in BENCH mode, this table is used for the
initial setting only. After a short delay time, the bench feedback control will take
over and control the O3 generator drive voltage to match the concentration
requested.
The instrument software will interpolate between two values in the table when an
intermediate concentration is requested.

For each point included in the table used by the T703/T703U to calibrate the O3
generator the user can set a drive voltage and a dwell time for that point. Each
point can also be individually turned off or on.
When the T703/T703U is operated in CONST mode, the initial O3 generator
drive setting will be set by the calibration table and does not change.

07223D DCN7107 127

Calibration and Verification Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

6.2.2. VIEWING O3 GENERATOR CALIBRATION POINTS

To view these calibration points, press:

STANDBY ACT =STANDBY

Make sure that the
calibrator is in standby <TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
mode.

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT

SETUP X.X ENTER PASSWORD

8 1 8 ENTR EXIT

Toggle to enter the correct

PASSWORD
DIAG SIGNAL I/O

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

Continue pressing NEXT until ...

DIAG O3 GEN CALIBRATION

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG O3 GEN CALIBRATION

CAL PNTS EXIT

DIAG O3GEN 1) 500 MV, 5.0 MIN, ON

PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT

Toggle to move between

calibration points

128 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Calibration and Verification

6.2.3. ADDING OR EDITING O3 GENERATOR CALIBRATION POINTS

To add a calibration point to the table or edit an existing point, press:
Make sure that the STANDBY ACT =STANDBY
calibrator is in standby
mode. <TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT Continue pressing NEXT until ...

SETUP X.X ENTER PASSWORD DIAG O3 GEN CALIBRATION

8 1 8 ENTR EXIT PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

Toggle to enter the correct

PASSWORD DIAG O3 GEN CALIBRATION
DIAG SIGNAL I/O
CAL PNTS EXIT
PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG O3GEN 1) 500 MV, 5.0 MIN, ON

PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT

Toggle to the place in the table where
the point is to be added or edited. New
Points are inserted BEFORE the
displayed point. DIAG O3GEN CAL. POINT DRIVE:0 MV

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

Toggle to move between

calibration points parameters
DIAG O3GEN CAL. POINT DRIVE:0 MV

0 3 0 0 ENTR EXIT EXIT discards

the new setting
Toggle to set the drive voltage ENTR accepts
the new setting
DIAG O3GEN CAL. POINT DRIVE:300 MV

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

DIAG O3GEN CAL. POINT DURATION: 0.0 MIN

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

DIAG O3GEN CAL. POINT DURATION: 0.0 MIN

0 5 .0 ENTR EXIT EXIT discards

the new setting
Toggle these to set the dwell
ENTR accepts
time for the point.
the new setting
DIAG O3GEN CAL. POINT DURATION: 0.0 MIN

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

NOTE DIAG O3GEN CAL. POINT DURATION: 0.0 MIN

When a point is added to the table
its default condition is ON (enabled). <SET SET> EDIT EXIT

DIAG O3GEN CAL. POINT DURATION: 0.0 MIN

EXIT discards
0 5 .0 ENTR EXIT
the new setting
Toggle to set the dwell time ENTR accepts
for the point. the new setting

07223D DCN7107 129

Calibration and Verification Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

6.2.4. DELETING O3 GENERATOR CALIBRATION POINTS

To delete an existing calibration point, press:
Make sure that the STANDBY ACT =STANDBY
calibrator is in standby
mode. <TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT Continue pressing NEXT until ...

SETUP X.X ENTER PASSWORD

DIAG O3 GEN CALIBRATION
8 1 8 ENTR EXIT
PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

Toggle to enter the correct

PASSWORD
DIAG O3 GEN CALIBRATION
DIAG SIGNAL I/O
CAL PNTS EXIT
PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG O3GEN 1) 500 MV, 5.0 MIN, ON

PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT

Continue pressing PREV & NEXT until your

reach the point to be deleted

DIAG O3GEN 8) 1500 MV, 5.0 MIN, ON

PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT

DIAG O3GEN DELETE?

YES NO

DIAG O3GEN DELETED

DIAG O3GEN 8) 2000 MV, 5.0 MIN, ON

PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT

130 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Calibration and Verification

6.2.5. TURNING O3 GENERATOR CALIBRATION POINTS ON / OFF

To enable or disable an existing calibration point, press:
Make sure that the STANDBY ACT =STANDBY
calibrator is in standby
mode. <TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT Continue pressing NEXT until ...

SETUP X.X ENTER PASSWORD

DIAG O3 GEN CALIBRATION
8 1 8 ENTR EXIT
PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

Toggle to enter the correct

PASSWORD
DIAG O3 GEN CALIBRATION
DIAG SIGNAL I/O
CAL PNTS EXIT
PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG O3GEN 1) 500 MV, 5.0 MIN, ON

PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT

Continue pressing PREV & NEXT until your

reach the point to be turned ON/OFF

DIAG O3GEN 8) 1500 MV, 5.0 MIN, ON

PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT

DIAG O3GEN CAL. POINT DRIVE:0 MV

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

Continue pressing SET> until ...

DIAG O3GEN CAL. POINT ENABLELD:ON

<SET SET> EDIT EXIT

DIAG O3GEN CAL. POINT ENABLELD:ON

EXIT discards
ON ENTR EXIT the new setting
Turns the cal point ON / OFF ENTR accepts
the new setting

07223D DCN7107 131

Calibration and Verification Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

6.2.6. PERFORMING AN AUTOMATIC CALIBRATION OF THE O3

GENERATOR
To run the automatic O3 generator calibration program, press:
Make sure that the STANDBY ACT =STANDBY
calibrator is in standby
mode. <TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT

SETUP X.X ENTER PASSWORD

8 1 8 ENTR EXIT

Toggle to enter the correct

PASSWORD
DIAG SIGNAL I/O

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

Continue pressing NEXT until ...

DIAG O3 GEN CALIBRATION

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG O3 GEN CALIBRATION

CAL PNTS EXIT

DIAG O3 GEN CAL 0% COMPLETE

EXIT
EXIT aborts
the calibration
Test runs automatically

DIAG O3 GEN CAL 100% COMPLETE

132 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Calibration and Verification

6.3. CALIBRATING GAS PRESSURE SENSORS

The T703 Calibrator has two sensors that monitor the pressure of the gases
flowing through the instrument: a Regulator pressure sensor and a Photometer
Sample Gas pressure sensor. The T703U also has those two sensors plus one
more: an O3 Generator Regulator pressure sensor. The data collected by these
sensors are used to compensate the final concentration calculations for changes in
atmospheric pressure and are stored in the CPU‟s memory as test functions:

Table 6-1: T703/T703U Pressure Sensors

ASSOCIATED PRESSURE MONITOR

SENSOR UNITS
TEST FUNCTION MEASUREMENT POINT
Regulator Pressure Sensor Capped fitting on backside of regulator
REG PRESSURE PSIG
assembly. See Figure 6-5.
Use monitor to measure ambient
Photometer Sample Gas
PHOTO SPRESS IN-HG-A atmospheric pressure at the calibrator‟s
Pressure Sensor
location.
(T703U only) O3 Generator Capped fitting on O3 Generator Regulator
O3 PRES PSIG
Regulator Pressure Sensor assembly. See Figure 6-6.

6.3.1. GAS PRESSURE SENSOR CALIBRATION SET UP

The procedures described in this section require an independent, calibrated
pressure meter/monitor to be attached at the location shown in Figure 6-3 for
T703, or at the locations shown in Figure 6-4 for T703U.

Figure 6-3: Pressure Calibration Monitor Point – T703

07223D DCN7107 133

Calibration and Verification Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

Figure 6-4: Pressure Calibration Monitor Points – T703U

Attach Pressure
Monitor Here

Pressure
Regulator

Figure 6-5: Pressure Regulator Monitor Connection Point (T703 and T703U)

134 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Calibration and Verification

Figure 6-6: O3 Regulator Pressure Monitor Point (T703U only)

6.3.2. CALIBRATING THE PRESSURE SENSORS

The following procedure requires a pump. If your unit does not have the internal
pump option, temporarily connect an external pump.
1. Turn off the calibrator and open the top cover.
2. Connect a pressure meter to the Regulator Pressure measurement fitting
(see Figure 6-5). This fitting is located on the backside of the regulator
assembly.
3. If the unit is a T703U, also connect a pressure meter to the O3 Regulator (Figure 6-6).
4. Turn on the calibrator and perform the following steps:

07223D DCN7107 135

Calibration and Verification Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

STANDBY ACT =STANDBY

Make sure the calibrator is
in STANDBY mode. <TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VA DIAG EXIT

SETUP X.X ENTER PASSWORD

8 1 8 ENTR EXIT

Toggle to enter the correct

PASSWORD
DIAG SIGNAL I/O

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

Continue pressing NEXT until ...

If the unit is a T703U, the
menu item, O3 PRESS, for
O3 Regulator Pressure DIAG PRESSURE CALIBRATION
displays first.
PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG PCAL O3 PRESS: 15.02 PSIG 703U only

0 1 5 .0 2 ENTR EXIT

DIAG PCAL SAMPLE PRESS: 28.00 IN-HG-A

0 2 8 .0 0 ENTR EXIT

DIAG PCAL REGULATOR PRESS: 00.56 PSIG

Toggle to change the calibrator’s
0 0 0 .5 6 ENTR EXIT
pressure display to match the
value measured by the pressure
monitor installed in-line with the
pressure sensor being calibrated.

5. Turn OFF the calibrator, remove the pressure monitor, replace the cap on the
pressure measurement fitting.

6.4. GAS FLOW CALIBRATION

The T703/T703U has two gas flow characteristics that affect its performance: the
flow of gas through the sample chamber of the instrument‟s photometer and the
total gas flow being output. While both are stored in the calibrator‟s memory and
used to compensate the final concentration calculations for changes in
atmospheric pressure, they are calculated quite differently:
CALCULATING THE PHOTOMETER SAMPLE GAS FLOW RATE
This flow rate is measured directly by a flow sensor located pressure / flow
sensor PCA. A slope factor, stored in the calibrator‟s memory the last time a
PHOTO FLOW calibration operation (see Section 6.4.1) was performed, is and
applied to the reading from that sensor.

136 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Calibration and Verification

The calculated photometer sample gas flow value is viewable on the instrument‟s
front panel using the PHOTO FLOW test function and can be output via the
TEST CHANNEL output using the SAMPLE FLOW function.
CALCULATING THE OUTPUT GAS FLOW RATE
This flow rate is calculated by applying a separate slope factor, also stored in the
calibrator‟s memory, to an interpolated valued based on the following table of
internal gas pressure as measured by the O3 gas input pressure sensor. The
output-flow slope value is determined by performing an OUPUT FLOW
calibration operation (see Section 6.4.2).
Table 6-2: T703/T703U Gas Pressure to Output Flow conversion Table

T703 REGULATOR PRESSURE TO OUTPUT FLOW

PSIG LPM
0 0.000
1 0.676
2 1.214
3 1.659
4 2.071
5 2.463
6 2.816
7 3.178
8 3.536
9 3.851
10 4.166
15 5.744
20 7.282
25 8.755
30 10.254
35 11.695
40 13.146

The calculated OUTPUT FLOW value is viewable on the instrument‟s front

panel using the OUTPUT FLOW test function and can be output via the
T703/T703U‟s TEST CHANNEL using the OUTPUT FLOW function.

07223D DCN7107 137

Calibration and Verification Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

6.4.1. CALIBRATING THE PHOTOMETER’S SAMPLE GAS FLOW

NOTE
The procedure described in this section requires an independent, calibrated gas flow
meter/monitor be connected to the EXHAUST fitting on the back of the T703/T703U.

During the PHOTO FLOW calibration, the T703/T703U software automatically

turns the DC pump downstream from the photometer ON. PHOTO FLOW
calibration is followed by ACTUAL OUTPUT FLOW (output gas flow)
calibration (Section 6.4.2).
To perform a PHOTO FLOW calibration, press:
STANDBY ACT =STANDBY
Make sure that the
calibrator is in standby <TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
mode.

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

An external flow meter
O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT is needed to perform
this operation.
SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT

SETUP X.X ENTER PASSWORD

8 1 8 ENTR EXIT

Toggle to enter the correct

PASSWORD
DIAG SIGNAL I/O

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

Continue pressing NEXT until ...

DIAG PHOTO FLOW SENSOR CAL

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG FCAL WAITING FOR FLOW Instrument is calibrating

the photo flow.

DIAG FCAL ACTUAL PHOTO FLOW: 1.000 LPM At this point the photo
1 .0 0 0 0 ENTR EXIT flow has been calibrated.

The next step in the menu is to adjust this

reading to match the flow value as measured
by the external flow meter. (See section on
“Calibrating the Output Gas Flow”).

138 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Calibration and Verification

6.4.2. CALIBRATING THE OUTPUT GAS FLOW

6.4.2.1. Output Gas Flow Set Up
The procedure described in this section requires an independent, calibrated flow
meter/monitor and the following set up:

Figure 6-7: Output Flow Calibration Monitor Point – T703

Figure 6-8: Output Flow Calibration Monitor Point – T703U

07223D DCN7107 139

Calibration and Verification Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

6.4.2.2. Performing an Output Gas Flow Calibration

During the PHOTO FLOW calibration, the T703/T703U software automatically
turns the DC pump downstream from the photometer OFF and the AC dry air
pump ON. Once the PHOTO FLOW has been calibrated (Section 8.4.1 – menu
sequence included here for continuity), the next step is to adjust the “ACTUAL
PHOTO FLOW” values to match the flow measured by the external flow meter in
order to calibrate the output gas flow (ACTUAL OUTPUT FLOW), as follows:
STANDBY ACT =STANDBY
Make sure that the
calibrator is in <TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
standby mode.

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU An external flow

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT meter is needed to
perform this
operation.
SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT

SETUP X.X ENTER PASSWORD

8 1 8 ENTR EXIT
This
portion of
the Toggle to enter the
correct PASSWORD
procedure
DIAG SIGNAL I/O
was
performed PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT
in the
preceding
section
Continue pressing NEXT until ...

DIAG PHOTO FLOW SENSOR CAL

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG FCAL WAITING FOR FLOW

Instrument is
calibrating the photo
flow.
DIAG FCAL ACTUAL PHOTO FLOW: 1.000 LPM

1 .0 0 0 0 ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the user-

Adjust this value by adjusted flow values.
toggling these buttons to ENTR accepts the new
match the actual flow as flow values and
measured by the external
calibrates the actual
flow meter. DIAG FCAL WAITING FOR FLOW
output flow.

Instrument is
calibrating the actual
output flow.
DIAG FCAL ACTUAL OUTPUT FLOW: 1.000 LPM
Do NOT press the ENTR button at 1 .0 0 0 0 ENTR EXIT
this point.
Doing so will cause the slope
applied to the Output Flow reading
be recalculated.

140 07223D DCN7107

7. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE & PROCEDURES
Predictive diagnostic functions including failure warnings and alarms built into
the calibrator‟s firmware allow the user to determine when repairs are necessary
without performing painstaking preventative maintenance procedures.
For the most part, the T703 calibrator is maintenance free, there are, however, a
minimal number of simple procedures that when performed regularly will ensure
that the T703 photometer continues to operate accurately and reliably over its the
lifetime.
Repairs and troubleshooting are covered in Section 8 of this manual.

7.1. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

Table 7-1 below shows the recommended maintenance schedule for the T703.
Please note that in certain environments (i.e. dusty, very high ambient pollutant
levels) some maintenance procedures may need to be performed more often than
shown.

NOTE
A Span and Zero Calibration Check (see CAL CHECK REQ’D Column of Table 7-1) must be
performed following certain of the maintenance procedure listed below.
See Section 6.1 for instructions on performing a calibration check.

CAUTION

RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK. DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE PERFORMING ANY OF

THE FOLLOWING OPERATIONS THAT REQUIRE ENTRY INTO THE INTERIOR OF THE
INSTRUMENT.

NOTE

THE OPERATIONS OUTLINED IN THIS CHAPTER ARE TO BE PERFORMED BY

QUALIFIED MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL ONLY.

07223D DCN7107 141

Maintenance Schedule & Procedures Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

This page intentionally left blank.

142 07223D DCN7107

Maintenance Schedule & Procedures Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

Table 7-1: T703 Maintenance Schedule

Cal Date Performed

Manual
Item Action Freq Check
Section
Req’d.

Weekly or after
Verify Test Record and
any Maintenance No 3.4.4
Functions analyze
or Repair

Photometer
Pump No Replacement Required. Under Normal Circumstances the Pumps Will Last the Lifetime of the Instrument.
Diaphragm

Dry Air
Pump Replace Annually Yes 7.4
Diaphragm
Cleaning of the Photometer Absorption Tube Should Not Be Required
Inspect as long as
Absorption Yes after
--- As Needed 7.3 ONLY CLEAN, DRY, PARTICULATE FREE
Tube cleaning
Clean Zero Air (Diluent Gas)
is used with the T703 Calibrator
Annually or after
Perform Verify Leak
any Maintenance N0 7.2.1
Leak Check Tight
or Repair

Pneumatic Examine Yes if

As needed ---
lines and clean cleaned

07223D DCN7107 143

Maintenance Schedule & Procedures Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

This page intentionally left blank.

144 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Maintenance Schedule & Procedures

7.2. PERFORMING LEAK CHECKS

Leaks are the most common cause of instrument malfunction; Section 7.2.1
describes a procedure for performing a leak check.
7.2.1. PRESSURE LEAK CHECK
The following pressure leak check instructions can be used with either a leak
checker (similar to the Teledyne API‟s part number 01960, which contains a
small pump, shut-off valve and pressure gauge) or a tank of pressurized gas, with
the two-stage regulator adjusted to ≤ 15 psi, a shutoff valve and pressure gauge
may be used.

CAUTION
Once the fittings have been wetted with soap solution, do not apply a vacuum as this will
cause soap solution to be drawn into the instrument, contaminating it.
DO NOT EXCEED 15 PSI PRESSURE.

1. Turn OFF power to the calibrator.

2. Remove the instrument cover
3. Install a leak checker or tank of gas as described above on the “DRY AIR IN”
port at the rear panel.
4. Install caps on the Internal Vent and on the following rear panel fittings:
 Exhaust
 Vent
 Zero Air In
 Both CALGAS OUT fittings
Due to normal internal leakage that occurs with pumps, they will need to be
bypassed for the leak check:
5. Locate the dry air pump.
6. Disconnect the two fittings on the dry air pump and install a union fitting in
place of the pump.
7. Locate the photometer pump.
8. Disconnect the two fittings on the photometer pump and install a union fitting
in place of the pump.
9. Pressurize the calibrator with the leak checker or with the tank – without
exceeding 15 psi pressure, allowing enough time to pressurize the
instrument fully.
10. Check each fitting with soap bubble solution, and look for bubbles (do not
reapply vacuum as doing so will draw soap solution into the instrument and
contaminate it).
11. Once the leak has been located and repaired, remove any residual soap
solution from the instrument interior with a clean, absorbent cloth.
The leak-down rate should be < 1 in-Hg (0.4 psi) in 5 minutes after the pressure is
shut off.

07223D DCN7107 145

Maintenance Schedule & Procedures Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

Figure 7-1: T703 Pneumatic setup for performing Pressure Leak Checks

Figure 7-2: T703U Pneumatic Setup for Performing Pressure Leak Checks

146 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Maintenance Schedule & Procedures

7.3. CLEANING OR REPLACING THE ABSORPTION TUBE

NOTE:
Although this procedure should never be needed as long as the user is careful only to supply the
photometer with clean, dry and particulate free zero air, it is included here for those rare
occasions when cleaning or replacing the absorption tube may be required.

1. Remove the center cover from the optical bench.

2. Unclip the sample thermistor from the tube.
3. Loosen the two screws on the round tube retainers at either end of the tube.
4. Using both hands, carefully rotate the tube to free it.
5. Slide the tube towards the lamp housing.
 The front of the tube can now be slid past the detector block and out of
the instrument.

CAUTION

DO NOT CAUSE THE TUBE TO BIND AGAINST THE METAL HOUSINGS.

THE TUBE MAY BREAK AND CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY.

6. Clean the tube with Distilled or de-ionized water by running a swab from end-
to-end.
7. Air-dry the tube.
8. Check the cleaning job by looking down the bore of the tube.
 It should be free from dirt and lint.
9. Inspect the o-rings that seal the ends of the optical tube (these o-rings may
stay seated in the manifolds when the tube is removed.)
 If there is any noticeable damage to these o-rings, they should be
replaced.
10. Re-assemble the tube into the lamp housing and perform an AUTO LEAK
CHECK on the instrument.

NOTE:
It is important for proper optical alignment that the tube be pushed all the way towards the front of
the optical bench when it is re-assembled.
This will ensure that the tube is assembled with the forward end against the stop inside the
detector manifold.

7.4. REBUILDING THE DRY AIR PUMP

The diaphragm in the sample pump will periodically wear out and require
replacement. A sample rebuild kit is available. See Appendix B of this manual
for the part number of the pump rebuild kit. Instructions and diagrams are
included with the kit.
Always perform a Flow and Leak Check after rebuilding the Sample Pump.

07223D DCN7107 147

Maintenance Schedule & Procedures Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

7.5. PHOTOMETER UV SOURCE LAMP ADJUSTMENT

This procedure details the steps for adjustment of the UV source lamp in the
optical bench assembly. This procedure should be done whenever the PHOTO
REFERENCE test function value drops below 3000 mV.
1. Make sure the instrument is warmed-up and has been running for at least 15
minutes before proceeding.
2. Remove the cover from the instrument.
3. Locate the Photometer (see Figure 3-5)
4. Locate the UV DETECTOR GAIN ADJUST POT on the photometer
assembly (see Figure 7-3).
5. Perform the following procedure:

148 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Maintenance Schedule & Procedures

Make sure that the STANDBY ACT =STANDBY

instrument is in Standby
mode. <TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT

SETUP X.X ENTER PASSWORD

8 1 8 ENTR EXIT

Toggle these buttons to

enter the correct
PASSWORD
DIAG SIGNAL I/O

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG I/O 1) CONTROL_IN_2=OFF

PREV NEXT JUMP PRNT EXIT

DIAG I/O JUMP TO:1

1 7 ENTR EXIT

Toggle these buttons to

show the ID number for
the desired signal
(see Appendix A) DIAG 17) PHOTO_DET = 3342.2 MV

PREV NEXT PRNT EXIT

Additional adjustment can be made by physically
rotating the lamp in it‟s housing.
 To do this, slightly loosen the UV lamp
setscrew.
Using an insulated pot adjustment tool, Turn the UV
 Next, slowly rotate the lamp up to ¼ turn in
DETECTOR GAIN ADJUSTMENT POT until the value of
either direction while watching the
PHOTO_DET is as close as possible to 4600.0 MV.
PHOTO_DET signal.
 Once the optimum lamp position is
determined, re-tighten the lamp
setscrew
If a minimum reading of 3500.0 mV can not be reached,
the lamp must be replaced.

6. Replace the cover on the instrument.

07223D DCN7107 149

Maintenance Schedule & Procedures Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

Figure 7-3: Photometer – Location of UV Detector Gain Adjustment & UV Lamp Set Screw

7.6. PHOTOMETER UV SOURCE LAMP REPLACEMENT

This procedure details the steps for replacement of the UV source lamp in the
optical bench assembly. This procedure should be done whenever the lamp can
no longer be adjusted as described in Section 10.2.3.
1. Turn the instrument off.
2. Remove the cover from the instrument.
3. Locate the Optical Bench Assembly (see Figure 3-5)
4. Locate the UV lamp at the rear of the optical bench assembly (see Figure
7-3)
5. Unplug the lamp cable from the power supply connector on the side of the
optical bench.
6. Slightly loosen (do not remove) the UV lamp setscrew and pull the lamp from
its housing.

NOTE
The UV lamp contains mercury (Hg), which is considered hazardous waste. The lamp should be
disposed of in accordance with local regulations regarding waste containing mercury.

7. Install the new lamp in the housing, pushing it all the way in. Leave the UV
lamp setscrew loose for now.
8. Turn the instrument back on and allow it to warm up for at least 15 minutes.
9. Turn the UV detector gain adjustment pot (See Figure 7-3) clockwise to its
minimum value. The pot should click softly when the limit is reached.
10. Perform the UV Lamp Adjustment procedure described in Section 7.5, with
the following exceptions:
11. Slowly rotate the lamp in its housing (up to ¼ turn in either direction) until a
MAXIMUM value (or 4600 mVDC) is observed.
 Make sure the lamp is pushed all the way into the housing while
performing this rotation.
 If the PHOTO_DET will not drop below 5000 mV while performing this
rotation, contact TAPI Technical Support for assistance.

150 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Maintenance Schedule & Procedures

12. Once a lamp position is found that corresponds to a maximum observed

value for PHOTO_DET, tighten the lamp setscrew at the approximate
maximum value observed.
 If the value of PHOTO_DET is not within the range of 4400 – 4600 mV,
adjust it accordingly.
13. Replace the cover on the instrument.

7.7. ADJUSTMENT OR REPLACEMENT OF OZONE

GENERATOR UV LAMP
This procedure details the steps for replacement and initial adjustment of the
ozone generator lamp. If you are adjusting an existing lamp, skip to Step 8.
1. Turn off the instrument.
2. Remove the cover from the instrument.
3. Locate the O3 generator (see Figure 3-5).
UV Lamp

Set Screws
Lamp
O-ring
O3 Generator
Body

Figure 7-4: O3 Generator Temperature Thermistor and DC Heater Locations

4. Remove the two setscrews on the top of the O3 generator and gently pull out
the old lamp.
5. Inspect the o-ring beneath the nut and replace if damaged.
6. Install the new lamp in O3 generator housing, ensuring that it is fully seated.

7. Tighten the two set screws.
8. Turn on instrument and allow it to stabilize for at least 30 minutes.

9. Replace the calibrator‟s cover

10. Perform an auto-leak check (See Section 10.2.1).
11. Calibrate the Ozone Generator. (see Section 6.2)

07223D DCN7107 151

Maintenance Schedule & Procedures Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

This page intentionally left blank.

152 07223D DCN7107

8. GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING & SERVICE
This section contains a variety of methods for identifying and solving
performance problems with the calibrator.

NOTE
The operations outlined in this chapter must be performed by qualified maintenance
personnel only.

WARNING

 Risk of electrical shock. Some operations need to be carried out with the
instrument open and running.
 Exercise caution to avoid electrical shocks and electrostatic or mechanical
damage to the calibrator.
 Do not drop tools into the calibrator or leave those after your procedures.
 Do not shorten or touch electric connections with metallic tools while operating
inside the calibrator.
 Use common sense when operating inside a running calibrator.

8.1. GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING

The T703 Photometric Calibrator has been designed so that problems can be
rapidly detected, evaluated and repaired. During operation, it continuously
performs diagnostic tests and provides the ability to evaluate its key operating
parameters without disturbing monitoring operations.
A systematic approach to troubleshooting will generally consist of the following
five steps:
1. Note any warning messages and take corrective action as necessary.
2. Examine the values of all TEST functions and compare them to factory
values. Note any major deviations from the factory values and take
corrective action.
3. Use the internal electronic status LEDs to determine whether the electronic
communication channels are operating properly.
 Verify that the DC power supplies are operating properly by checking the
voltage test points on the relay PCA.
 Note that the calibrator‟s DC power wiring is color-coded and these
colors match the color of the corresponding test points on the relay PCA.
4. Suspect a leak first!
 Technical Support data indicate that the majority of all problems are
eventually traced to leaks in the internal pneumatics of the calibrator or
the diluent gas and source gases delivery systems.
 Check for gas flow problems such as clogged or blocked internal/external
gas lines, damaged seals, punctured gas lines, a damaged /
malfunctioning pumps, etc.

07223D DCN7107 153

General Troubleshooting & Service Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

5. Follow the procedures defined in Section 3.4.4 to confirm that the

calibrator‟s vital functions are working (power supplies, CPU, relay PCA,
keyboard, PMT cooler, etc.).
 See Figure 3-5 for general layout of components and sub-assemblies in
the calibrator.
 See the wiring interconnect diagram and interconnect list in Appendix D.

8.1.1. FAULT DIAGNOSIS WITH WARNING MESSAGES

The most common and/or serious instrument failures will result in a warning
message being displayed on the front panel. Table 8-1 lists warning messages,
along with their meaning and recommended corrective action.
It should be noted that more than two or three warning messages occurring at the
same time is often an indication that some fundamental sub-system (power
supply, relay PCA, motherboard) has failed rather than an indication of the
specific failures referenced by the warnings. In this case, it is recommended that
proper operation of power supplies (See Section 8.4.3), the relay PCA (See
Section 8.4.7), and the motherboard (See Section8.4.9) be confirmed before
addressing the specific warning messages.
If a Warning Message is active, the FAULT LED flashes, the Param field
displays the Warning message, and the CLR button appears/becomes active
(press to clear Warning message).However, if there is more than one warning in
queue or if you are in the TEST menu and have not yet cleared the message, the
MSG button displays. The following display/touchscreen examples provide an
illustration of each:

154 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual General Troubleshooting & Service

Top: the CLR button is available to clear the warning message displayed in the Param field.
Bottom: the MSG button indicates that at least one warning message has not yet been cleared.

The calibrator also alerts the user via the Serial I/O COM port(s) and causes the
FAULT LED on the front panel to blink.
To view or clear the various warning messages press:

07223D DCN7107 155

General Troubleshooting & Service Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

STANDBY SYSTEM RESET

Suppresses the
TEST GEN STBY SEQ MSG CLR SETUP
warning messages

STANDBY SYSTEM RESET

TEST GEN STBY SEQ MSG CLR SETUP MSG returns the active
warnings to the message
field.
STANDBY SYSTEM RESET

TEST GEN STBY SEQ MSG CLR SETUP Press CLR to clear the current
message.
If more than one warning is
active, the next message will take
SYSTEM ANALOG CAL WARNING its place.
TEST CLR SETUP
Once the last warning has
been cleared, the MESSAGE NOTE:
FIELD will return to displaying If a warning message persists after
the currently selected TEST STANDBY ACT =STANDBY
several attempts to clear it, the message
FUNCTION and value. may indicate a real problem and not an
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
artifact of the warm-up period

Table 8-1: Front Panel Warning Messages

WARNING FAULT CONDITION POSSIBLE CAUSES

Configuration and Calibration - Failed Disk on Chip
CONFIG INITIALIZED data reset to original Factory - User has erased configuration data
state.
Data Storage in DAS was - Failed Disk-on-Module.
DATA INITIALIZED
erased. - User cleared data.
2
The CPU is unable to - I C has failed
communicate with either the
LAMP DRIVER WARN
O3 generator or photometer
2
lamp I C driver chip.
- No IZS option installed, instrument improperly configured
- O3 generator heater
IZS Ozone Generator Temp is
O3 GEN LAMP TEMP - O3 generator temperature sensor
outside of control range of
WARNING
48C  3C. - Relay controlling the O3 generator heater
- Entire Relay PCA
2
- I C Bus
-
The photometer pump failed to - Failed Pump
1 turn on within the specified - Problem with Relay PCA
O3 PUMP WARNING
timeout period (default = 30 - 12 VDC power supply problem
sec.).
Possible failure of:
- Bench lamp heater
- Bench lamp temperature sensor
PHOTO LAMP TEMP The photometer lamp temp is
- Relay controlling the bench heater
WARNING < 51C or >61C.
- Entire Relay PCA
2
- I C Bus
- Hot Lamp
Value output during the - Faulty UV source lamp
Photometer‟s reference cycle - Noisy UV detector
PHOTO LAMP
changes from measurement to - Faulty UV lamp power supply
STABILITY WARNING
measurement more than 25%
of the time. - Faulty ± 15 VDC power supply

156 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual General Troubleshooting & Service

WARNING FAULT CONDITION POSSIBLE CAUSES

Occurs when Ref is Possible failure of:
PHOTO REFERENCE
<2500 mVDC - UV Lamp
WARNING
or >4950 mVDC. - UV Photo-Detector Preamp
- THIS WARNING only appears on Serial I/O COM Port(s)
Motherboard not detected on Front Panel Display will be frozen, blank or will not
REAR BOARD NOT DET
power up. respond.
- Failure of Motherboard
2
- I C Bus failure
The CPU cannot communicate
RELAY BOARD WARN
with the Relay PCA. - Failed relay PCA
- Loose connectors/wiring
- This message occurs at power on.
- If it is confirmed that power has not been interrupted:
SYSTEM RESET The computer has rebooted. - Failed +5 VDC power
- Fatal error caused software to restart
- Loose connector/wiring

8.1.2. FAULT DIAGNOSIS WITH TEST FUNCTIONS

In addition to being useful predictive diagnostic tools, the test functions viewable
from the calibrator‟s front panel can be used to isolate and identify many
operational problems when combined with a thorough understanding of the
calibrator‟s Theory of Operation (see Section 9).
The acceptable ranges for these test functions are listed in the “Nominal Range”
column of the calibrator Final Test and Validation Data Sheet shipped with the
instrument. Values outside these acceptable ranges indicate a failure of one or
more of the calibrator‟s subsystems. Functions whose values are still within the
acceptable range but have significantly changed from the measurement recorded
on the factory data sheet may also indicate a failure.
A worksheet has been provided in Appendix C to assist in recording the value of
these Test Functions.
Table 8-2 contains some of the more common causes for these values to be out of
range.
Table 8-2: Test Functions - Indicated Failures

TEST FUNCTION DIAGNOSTIC RELEVANCE AND CAUSES OF FAULT CONDITIONS.

Gas flow problems directly affect the concentration accuracy of the O3 calibration gases.
This number is computed using data from the calibrator‟s
OUTPUT FLOW
- Check for Gas Flow problems.
- Check the pressure regulator
Check the O3 generator heater and temperature sensors
O3 GEN DRIVE
Possible causes of faults are the same as O3 GEN LAMP TEMP WARNING from Table 8-1
Incorrect Lamp temperature can affect the efficiency and durability of the O3 generators UV
O3 LAMP TEMP lamp.
Possible causes of faults are the same as O3 GEN LAMP TEMP WARNING from Table 8-1
REG PRESSURE Same as REGULATOR PRESSURE WARNING from Table 8-1
If the Box Temperature is out of range, make sure that the:
BOX TEMP Box Temperature typically runs ~7C warmer than ambient temperature.
- The Exhaust-Fan is running

07223D DCN7107 157

General Troubleshooting & Service Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

TEST FUNCTION DIAGNOSTIC RELEVANCE AND CAUSES OF FAULT CONDITIONS.

- The there is sufficient open space to the side and rear of instrument to allow adequate
ventilation.
If the value displayed is too high the UV Source has become brighter. Adjust the variable
gain potentiometer on the UV Preamp Board in the optical bench.
If the value displayed is too low:
- < 100mV – Bad UV lamp or UV lamp power supply.
- < 2000mV – Lamp output has dropped, adjust UV Preamp Board or replace lamp.
PHOTO MEASURE If the value displayed is constantly changing:
&
- Bad UV lamp.
PHOTO REFERENCE
- Defective UV lamp power supply.
2
- Failed I C Bus.
If the PHOTO REFERENCE value changes by more than 10mV between zero and
span gas:
- Defective/leaking switching valve.
Gas flow problems directly affect the accuracy of the photometer measurements and
PHOTO FLOW therefore the concentration accuracy of cal gas mixtures involving O3 and GPT mixtures.
- Check for Gas Flow problems.
Poor photometer temp control can cause instrument noise, stability and drift. Temperatures
PHOTO LAMP TEMP outside of the specified range or oscillating temperatures are cause for concern.
Possible causes of faults are the same as PHOTO LAMP TEMP WARNING from Table 8-1
The pressure of the gas in the photometer‟s sample chamber is used to calculate the
concentration of O3 in the gas stream. Incorrect sample pressure can cause inaccurate
PHOTO SPRESS readings.
- Check for Gas Flow problems. See Section Table 8-1.
The temperature of the gas in the photometer‟s sample chamber is used to calculate the
concentration of O3 in the gas stream. Incorrect sample temperature can cause inaccurate
readings.
Possible causes of faults are:
- Bad bench lamp heater
PHOTO STEMP
- Failed sample temperature sensor
- Failed relay controlling the bench heater
- Failed Relay PCA
2
- I C Bus malfunction
- Hot Lamp
Values outside range indicate:
Contamination of the Zero Air or Span Gas supply.
Instrument is miss-calibrated.
PHOTO SLOPE
Blocked Gas Flow.
Faulty Sample Pressure Sensor or circuitry.
Bad/incorrect Span Gas concentration.
Values outside range indicate:
PHOTO OFFSET
Contamination of the Zero Air supply.
Time of Day clock is too fast or slow.
TIME To adjust see Section 4.7.2.
Battery in clock chip on CPU board may be dead.

8.1.3. USING THE DIAGNOSTIC SIGNAL I/O FUNCTION

The Signal I/O parameters found under the DIAG Menu combined with a
thorough understanding of the instruments Theory of Operation (found in Section
9) are useful for troubleshooting in three ways:

158 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual General Troubleshooting & Service

 The technician can view the raw, unprocessed signal level of the calibrator‟s
critical inputs and outputs.
 Many of the components and functions that are normally under algorithmic
control of the CPU can be manually exercised.
 The technician can directly control the signal level Analog and Digital Output
signals.
This allows the technician to observe systematically the effect of directly
controlling these signals on the operation of the calibrator. Figure 8-1 is an
example of how to use the Signal I/O menu to view the raw voltage of an input
signal or to control the state of an output voltage or control signal. The specific
parameter will vary depending on the situation.
Make sure that the STANDBY ACT =STANDBY
calibrator is in
<TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP
standby mode.

SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS FLOW DIAG EXIT

SETUP X.X ENTER PASSWORD:818

8 1 8 ENTR EXIT

Toggle to enter
the correct
PASSWORD DIAG SIGNAL I/O

NEXT ENTR EXIT

DAIG I/O 0) ST_SYSTEM_OK=OFF

PREV NEXT EDIT PRNT EXIT

Toggle PREV / NEXT
to cycle through the
available signals
DAIG I/O 1) ST_CAL_ACTIVE=OFF

PREV NEXT JUMP EDIT PRNT EXIT

Press JUMP to go
directly to a specific
signal “address”.
DAIG I/O JUMPTO: 0

0 0 JUMP ENTR EXIT

Toggle to set No.
of the signal to
JUMP to.
EXAMPLE
DAIG I/O JUMPTO: 7

0 7 JUMP ENTR EXIT

DAIG I/O 7) PHOTO_REF_VALVE=OFF

PREV NEXT JUMP OFF PRNT EXIT

On status signals this Pressing PRNT will send a formatted

button toggles the printout to the serial port and can be
signal ON / OFF captured with a computer or other
output device.

Figure 8-1: Example of Signal I/O Function

07223D DCN7107 159

 General Troubleshooting & Service Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

8.2. USING THE ANALOG OUTPUT TEST CHANNEL

The signals available for output over the analog output channel can also be used
as diagnostic tools. See Section 4.9 for instruction on activating the analog
output and selecting a function.
Table 8-3: Test Channel Outputs as Diagnostic Tools
TEST FULL CAUSES OF EXTREMELY
DESCRIPTION ZERO
CHANNEL SCALE HIGH / LOW READINGS
NONE TEST CHANNEL IS TURNED OFF
If the value displayed is:
- >5000 mV: The UV source has become brighter. Adjust the
UV Detector Gain potentiometer.
The raw output of the - < 100mV – Bad UV lamp or UV lamp power supply.
O3 PHOTO
MEAS
photometer during its 0 mV 5000 mV* - < 2000mV – Lamp output has dropped, adjust UV Preamp
measure cycle Board or replace lamp.
If the value displayed is constantly changing:
- Bad UV lamp.
- Defective UV lamp power supply.
- Failed I2C Bus.
The raw output of the
O3 PHOTO
REF
photometer during its 0 mV 5000 mV If the PHOTO REFERENCE value changes by more than
reference cycle 10mV between zero and span gas:
- Defective/leaking M/R switching valve.

Output flow rate

OUTPUT Possible causes of faults are the same as O3 GEN REFERENCE
(computed from 0 LPM 6.000 LPM
FLOW WARNING from Table 8-1
regulator pressure).
The pressure of gas in
SAMPLE
the photometer 0 In-Hg-A 40 In-Hg-A Check for Gas Flow problems.
PRESSURE
absorption tube
SAMPLE The gas flow rate
0 cm3/min 1000 cc/m Check for Gas Flow problems.
FLOW through the photometer
The temperature of gas
SAMPLE Possible causes of faults are the same as PHOTO STEMP from
in the photometer 0 C 70 C
TEMP Table 8-2
absorption tube
Possible failure of:
- Bench lamp heater
PHOTO - Bench lamp temperature sensor
The temperature of the
LAMP 0 CC 70 C - Relay controlling the bench heater
photometer UV lamp
TEMP - Entire Relay PCA
- I2C Bus
- Hot” Lamp
The temperature of the
O3 LAMP
O3 generator‟s UV 0 mV 5000 mV Same as PHOTO LAMP TEMP WARNING from Table 8-1
TEMP
lamp
The temperature inside
CHASSIS Possible causes of faults are the same as BOX TEMP from Table
the chassis (same as 0 C 70 C
TEMP 8-2
BOX TEMP)
- I2C Bus malfunction
- Gas flow problem through the photometer.
- Electronic failure of the photometer subsystems
The current
- Failure or pressure / temperature sensors associated with the
O3 PHOTO concentration of O3
--- photometer
CONC being measured by the
photometer. - Bad/incorrect Span Gas concentration
- Contamination of the Zero Air supply.
- Malfunction of the O3 generator.
- Internal A/D converter problem

160 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual General Troubleshooting & Service

8.3. USING THE INTERNAL ELECTRONIC STATUS LEDS

Several LEDs are located inside the instrument to assist in determining if the
calibrators CPU, I2C bus and Relay PCA are functioning properly.
8.3.1. CPU STATUS INDICATOR
DS5, a red LED, that is located on upper portion of the motherboard, just to the
right of the CPU board, flashes when the CPU is running the main program loop.
After power-up, approximately 30 – 60 seconds, DS5 should flash on and off. If
characters are written to the front panel display but DS5 does not flash then the
program files have become corrupted, contact Technical Support because it may
be possible to recover operation of the calibrator. If after 30 – 60 seconds neither
DS5 is flashing and no characters have been written to the front panel display
then the CPU is bad and must be replaced.

Motherboard

CPU Status LED

Figure 8-2: CPU Status Indicator

8.3.2. RELAY PCA STATUS LEDS

There are sixteen status LEDs on the Relay PCA. Not all are used on this model.

8.3.2.1. I2C Bus Watchdog Status LEDs

The most important is D1 (see Figure 8-3), which indicates the health of the I2C
bus.
Table 8-4: Relay PCA Watchdog LED Failure Indications

LED Function Fault Status Indicated Failure(s)

2
D1 I C bus Health Continuously ON Failed/Halted CPU
(Red) (Watchdog Circuit) or Faulty Motherboard or Relay PCA
Continuously OFF Faulty Connectors/Wiring between Motherboard or Relay
PCA
Failed/Faulty +5 VDC Power Supply (PS1)

07223D DCN7107 161

General Troubleshooting & Service Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

If D1 is blinking, then the other LEDs can be used in conjunction with DIAG
Menu Signal I/O to identify hardware failures of the relays and switches on the
Relay.

8.3.2.2. Troubleshooting with Relay Board Status LEDs

D9 (Green) – O3 Pump
T703U only:
D8 (Green) – Zero Air Shutoff Valve Option D10 (Green)
D7 (Green) – Photometer Meas/Ref Valve O3 Divert Valve
D2 (Yellow) – Zero Air Pump Option

T703U only: D11 (Green) – O3 Generator Valve

D15 (Green) - Photometer Lamp Heater
D16 (Green) – O3 Generator Lamp Heater

D1 (RED)
Watchdog
Indicator

Figure 8-3: Relay PCA Status LEDs Used for Troubleshooting

Table 8-5: Relay PCA Status LED Failure Indications

LED INDICATES ACTIVATED BY DIAGNOSTIC TECHNIQUE

Pump should start /stop. If not:

 Failed pump
D2
AC- powered Zero Air Pump  Failed AC Relay on Relay PCA
Yello ZERO_AIR_PUMP
(option) status  Failed Relay PCA
w
 Faulty AC Power Supply (PS2)
 Faulty Connectors/Wiring
D7 Valve should audibly change states. If not:
Photometer Meas/Ref Valve status PHOTO_REF_VALVE  Failed Valve
Green
 Failed Relay Drive IC on Relay PCA
D8  Failed Relay PCA
Zero Air Shutoff Valve (option) status ZA_SHUTOFF_VALVE  Faulty +12 VDC Supply (PS2)
Green
 Faulty Connectors/Wiring
Pump should start /stop. If not:
 Failed pump
D9  Failed Drive IC on Relay PCA
DC-powered O3 Pump status O3_PUMP_ON
Green  Failed Relay PCA
 Faulty +12 VDC Supply (PS2)
 Faulty Connectors/Wiring
D10 Valve should audibly change states. If not:
T703U Divert Valve status O3_DIVERT_VALVE  Failed Valve
Green
 Failed Relay Drive IC on Relay PCA
D11  Failed Relay PCA
T703U O3 Generator Valve status O3_GEN_VALVE  Faulty +12 VDC Supply (PS2)
Green
 Faulty Connectors/Wiring
D15 Voltage displayed should change. If not:
Photometer Heater status PHOTO_LAMP_HEATER
Green  Failed Heater

162 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual General Troubleshooting & Service

 Faulty Temperature Sensor

D16
Status of O3 Generator Heater status O3_GEN_HEATER  Failed AC Relay
Green
 Faulty Connectors/Wiring

8.4. SUBSYSTEM CHECKOUT

The preceding sections of this manual discussed a variety of methods for
identifying possible sources of failures or performance problems within the T703
calibrator. In most cases, this includes a list of possible components or
subsystems that might be the source of the problem. This section describes how
to check individual components or subsystems to determine if which is actually
the cause of the problem being investigated.
8.4.1. VERIFY SUBSYSTEM CALIBRATION
A good first step when troubleshooting the operation of the T703 calibrator is to
verify that its major subsystems are properly calibrated. These are:
 Test Channel D > A conversion (see Section 4.9.2).
 Gas pressure calibration (see Section 6.3).
 Photometer calibration (see Section 6.1).
 O3 generator calibration (see Section 6.2).

8.4.2. AC MAIN POWER

The T703 calibrator‟s electronic systems will operate with any of the specified
power regimes. As long as system is connected to 100-120 VAC or 220-240
VAC at either 50 or 60 Hz it will turn on and after about 30 seconds show a front
panel display.
 Internally, the status LEDs located on the Relay PCA, motherboard and CPU
should turn on as soon as the power is supplied.
 If they do not, check the circuit breaker built into the ON/OFF switch on the
instruments front panel

CAUTION
SHOULD THE AC POWER CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP, INVESTIGATE AND CORRECT
THE CONDITION CAUSING THIS SITUATION BEFORE TURNING THE
CALIBRATOR BACK ON.

8.4.3. DC POWER SUPPLY

If you have determined that the calibrator‟s AC mains power is working, but the
unit is still not operating properly, there may be a problem with one of the
instrument‟s switching power supplies. The supplies can have two faults, namely
no DC output, and noisy output.

To assist tracing DC Power Supply problems, the wiring used to connect the
various printed circuit assemblies and DC Powered components and the

07223D DCN7107 163

General Troubleshooting & Service Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

associated test points on the relay PCA follow a standard color-coding scheme as
defined in the following table.

TP1 TP2 TP3 TP4 TP5 TP6 TP7

DGND +5V AGND +15V -15V +12R 12V

Figure 8-4: Location of DC Power Test Points on Relay PCA

Table 8-6: DC Power Test Point and Wiring Color Codes

NAME TEST POINT# TP AND WIRE COLOR

Dgnd 1 Black
+5V 2 Red
Agnd 3 Green
+15V 4 Blue
-15V 5 Yellow
+12R 6 Purple
+12V 7 Orange
A voltmeter should be used to verify that the DC voltages are correct per the
values in the table below, and an oscilloscope, in AC mode, with band limiting
turned on, can be used to evaluate if the supplies are producing excessive noise (>
100 mV p-p).
Table 8-7: DC Power Supply Acceptable Levels

POWER CHECK RELAY PCA TEST POINTS

VOLTAGE MIN V MAX V
SUPPLY FROM TEST POINT TO TEST POINT

164 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual General Troubleshooting & Service

ASSY NAME # NAME #

PS1 +5 Dgnd 1 +5 2 4.8 5.25
PS1 +15 Agnd 3 +15 4 13.5 16V
PS1 -15 Agnd 3 -15V 5 -14V -16V
PS1 Agnd Agnd 3 Dgnd 1 -0.05 0.05
PS1 Chassis Dgnd 1 Chassis N/A -0.05 0.05
PS2 +12 +12V Ret 6 +12V 7 11.75 12.5
PS2 +12 V ret +12V Ret 6 Dgnd 1 -0.05 0.05

8.4.4. I2C BUS

Operation of the I2C bus can be verified by observing the behavior of D1 on the
relay PCA & D2 on the Valve Driver PCA. Assuming that the DC power supplies
are operating properly, the I2C bus is operating properly if D1 on the relay PCA
and D2 of the Valve Driver PCA are flashing
There is a problem with the I2C bus if both D1 on the relay PCA and D2 of the
Valve Driver PCA are ON/OFF constantly.
8.4.5. TOUCHSCREEN INTERFACE
Verify the functioning of the touch screen by observing the display when pressing
a touch-screen control button. Assuming that there are no wiring problems and
that the DC power supplies are operating properly, but pressing a control button
on the touch screen does not change the display, any of the following may be the
problem:
 The touch-screen controller may be malfunctioning.
 The internal USB bus may be malfunctioning.
You can verify this failure by logging on to the instrument using APICOM or a
terminal program. If the instrument responds to remote commands and the
display changes accordingly, the touch-screen interface may be faulty.
8.4.6. LCD DISPLAY MODULE
Verify the functioning of the front panel display by observing it when power is
applied to the instrument. Assuming that there are no wiring problems and that
the DC power supplies are operating properly, the display screen should light and
show the splash screen and other indications of its state as the CPU goes through
its initialization process.

8.4.7. RELAY PCA

The Relay PCA can be most easily checked by observing the condition of the
status LEDs located along its upper edge (see Section 8.3.2 and Figure 8-3:
Relay PCA Status LEDs Used for Troubleshooting), and using the
SIGNAL I/O submenu under the DIAG menu (see Section 8.1.3) to toggle each
LED ON or OFF.

07223D DCN7107 165

General Troubleshooting & Service Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

If D1 on the Relay PCA is flashing and the status indicator for the output in
question (Pump power, Heater power, Valve Drive, etc.) toggles properly using
the Signal I/O function, then the associated control device on the Relay PCA is
bad. Several of the control devices are in sockets and can be easily replaced. The
table below lists the control device associated with a particular function.
Table 8-8: Relay PCA Control Devices

CONTROL
FUNCTION IN SOCKET
DEVICE
UV Lamp Heater Q2 No
O3 Gen Heater Q3 No
All Valves U5 Yes
AC Dry air Pump K1 No
DC Photometer Pump U1 No

8.4.8. PHOTOMETER O3 GENERATOR PRESSURE /FLOW SENSOR

ASSEMBLY
This assembly is only present in calibrators with O3 generator and/or photometer
installed. The pressure/flow sensor PCA, located at the rear of the instrument
between the O3 generator and the photometer pump (see Figure 3-5 for T703; see
Figure 3-7 for T703U) can be checked with a Voltmeter. The following
procedure assumes that the wiring is intact and that the motherboard as well as
the power supplies are operating properly:
BASIC PCA OPERATION:
 Measure the voltage across C1; it should be 10 VDC ± 0.25 VDC. If not then
the board is bad.
 Measure the voltage between TP2 and TP1 C1; it should be 10 VDC ± 0.25
VDC. If not then the board is bad.
 Measure the voltage across C2; it should be 5 VDC ± 0.25 VDC. If not then
the board is bad.

166 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual General Troubleshooting & Service

PHOTOMETER PRESSURE SENSOR (ABSOLUTE PRESSURE):

1. Measure the pressure on the inlet side of S1 with an external pressure meter.
2. Measure the voltage across TP4 and TP1.
 The expected value for this signal should be:

Expected mVDC =
( Pressure
30.0Hg-In-A )
x 4660mvDC + 250mvDC ± 10%rdg

EXAMPLE: If the measured pressure is 20 Hg-in-A, the expected voltage level

between TP4 and TP1 would be between 2870 mVDC and 3510 mVDC.
EXAMPLE: If the measured pressure is 25 Hg-in-A, the expected voltage level
between TP4 and TP1 would be between 3533 mVDC and 4318 mVDC.
 If this voltage is out of range, then either pressure transducer S1 is bad,
the board is bad or there is a pneumatic failure preventing the pressure
transducer from sensing the absorption cell pressure properly.

O3 GENERATOR PRESSURE SENSOR (GAUGE PRESSURE):

1. Measure the pressure on the inlet side of S2 with an external pressure meter.
2. Measure the voltage across TP5 and TP1.
 The expected value for this signal should be:

Expected mVDC =
( Pressure
100psig )
x 4250mvDC + 250mvDC ± 10%rdg
EXAMPLE: If the measured pressure is 25 psig, the expected voltage level
between TP4 and TP1 would be between 1182 mVDC and 1444 mVDC.
EXAMPLE: If the measured pressure is 30 psig, the expected voltage level
between TP4 and TP1 would be between 1373 mVDC and 1677 mVDC.
 If this voltage is out of range, then either pressure transducer S1 is bad,
the board is bad or there is a pneumatic failure preventing the pressure
transducer from sensing the absorption cell pressure properly.

PHOTOMETER FLOW SENSOR:

 Measure the voltage across TP3 and TP1.
3
 With proper flow (800 cc /min through the photometer), this should be
approximately 4.5V (this voltage will vary with altitude).
 With flow stopped (photometer inlet disconnected or pump turned OFF)
the voltage should be approximately 1V.
 If the voltage is incorrect, the flow sensor S3 is bad, the board is bad or
there is a leak upstream of the sensor.

07223D DCN7107 167

General Troubleshooting & Service Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

8.4.9. MOTHERBOARD
8.4.9.1. A/D Functions
The simplest method to check the operation of the A-to-D converter on the
motherboard is to use the Signal I/O function under the DIAG menu to check the
two A/D reference voltages and input signals that can be easily measured with a
voltmeter.
1. Use the Signal I/O function (See Section 8.1.3 and Appendix A) to view the
value of REF_4096_MV and REF_GND. If both are within 3 mV of nominal
(4096 and 0), and are stable, ±0.5 mV then the basic A/D is functioning
properly. If not then the motherboard is bad.
2. Choose a parameter in the Signal I/O function such as
PHOTO_LAMP_DRIVE, O3_GEN_TEMP or PHOTO_FLOW.
 Compare these voltages at their origin (see the interconnect drawing and
interconnect list in Appendix D) with the voltage displayed through the
signal I/O function.
 If the wiring is intact but there is a large difference between the
measured and displayed voltage (±10 mV) then the motherboard is bad.

168 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual General Troubleshooting & Service

8.4.9.2. Test Channel / Analog Outputs Voltage

To verify that the analog output is working properly, connect a voltmeter to the
output in question and perform an analog output step test as follows:
STANDBY ACT =STANDBY

Make sure that <TST TST> GEN STBY SEQ SETUP

the calibrator
is in standby
mode.
SETUP X.X PRIMARY SETUP MENU

O3 SEQ CFG CLK PASS MORE EXIT

SETUP X.X SECONDARY SETUP MENU

COMM VARS DIAG EXIT

SETUP X.X ENTER PASSWORD

0 0 0 ENTR EXIT

Toggle to enter
the correct
PASSWORD
DIAG SIGNAL I/O

PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT

DIAG AOUT ANALOG OUTPUT

Performs analog
output step test 20% EXIT
0% to 100%

DIAG AOUT ANALOG OUTPUT

 Pressing the button under “0%” pause [20%] EXIT

the test. Brackets will appear around the
value: EXAMPLE: [20%]
 Pressing the same button again will
resume the test.

For each of the steps the output should be within 1% of the nominal value listed
in the table below except for the 0% step, which should be within 0mV ±2 to 3
mV. Make sure you take into account any offset that may have been programmed
into channel (See Section 4.9.1.5).

07223D DCN7107 169

General Troubleshooting & Service Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

Table 8-9: Analog Output Test Function - Nominal Values Voltage Outputs

FULL SCALE OUTPUT OF VOLTAGE RANGE

(see Section 4.9.1.3)
100mV 1V 5V 10V
STEP % NOMINAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE
1 0 0 0 0 0
2 20 20 mV 0.2 1 2
3 40 40 mV 0.4 2 4
4 60 60 mV 0.6 3 6
5 80 80 mV 0.8 4 8
6 100 100 mV 1.0 5 10

If one or more of the steps fails to be within these ranges, it is likely that there has
been a failure of the either or both of the DACs and their associated circuitry on
the motherboard.

8.4.9.3. Status Outputs

To test the status output electronics:
1. Connect a jumper between the “D“ pin and the “” pin on the status output
connector.
2. Connect a 1000 ohm resistor between the “+” pin and the pin for the status
output that is being tested.
3. Connect a voltmeter between the “” pin and the pin of the output being
tested (see table below).
4. Under the DIAG> SIGNAL I/O menu (See Section8.1.3), scroll through the
inputs and outputs until you get to the output in question.
5. Alternately, turn on and off the output noting the voltage on the voltmeter.
 It should vary between 0 volts for ON and 5 volts for OFF.
Table 8-10: Status Outputs Check

PIN
STATUS
(LEFT TO RIGHT)
1 ST_SYSTEM_OK
2 SPARE
3 ST_CAL_ACTIVE
4 ST_DIAG_MODE
5 ST_TEMP_ALARM
6 ST_PRESS_ALARM
7 and 8 SPARE

170 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual General Troubleshooting & Service

8.4.9.4. Control Inputs

Table 8-11: T703 Control Input Pin Assignments and Corresponding Signal I/O Functions
CONNECTOR INPUT CORRESPONDING I/O SIGNAL
Top A CONTROL_IN_1
Top B CONTROL_IN_2
Top C CONTROL_IN_3
Top D CONTROL_IN_4
Top E CONTROL_IN_5
Top F CONTROL_IN_6
Bottom G CONTROL_IN_7
Bottom H CONTROL_IN_8
Bottom I CONTROL_IN_9
Bottom J CONTROL_IN_10
Bottom K CONTROL_IN_11
Bottom L CONTROL_IN_12

The control input bits can be tested by applying a trigger voltage to an input and
watching changes in the status of the associated function under the SIGNAL I/O
submenu:
EXAMPLE: to test the “A” control input:
1. Under the DIAG> SIGNAL I/O menu (See Section8.1.3), scroll through the
inputs and outputs until you get to the output named 0) CONTROL_IN_1.
2. Connect a jumper from the “+” pin on the appropriate connector to the “U” on
the same connector.
3. Connect a second jumper from the “” pin on the connector to the “A” pin.
4. The status of 0) CONTROL_IN_1 should change to read “ON”.
8.4.9.5. Control Outputs
Table 8-12: Control Outputs Pin Assignments and Corresponding Signal I/O Functions Check

PIN (LEFT TO RIGHT) STATUS

1 CONTROL_OUT_1
2 CONTROL_OUT_2
3 CONTROL_OUT_3
4 CONTROL_OUT_4
5 CONTROL_OUT_5
6 CONTROL_OUT_6
7 CONTROL_OUT_7
8 CONTROL_OUT_8
9 CONTROL_OUT_9
10 CONTROL_OUT_10
11 CONTROL_OUT_11
12 CONTROL_OUT_12

07223D DCN7107 171

General Troubleshooting & Service Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

To test the Control Output electronics:

1. Connect a jumper between the “E“ pin and the “” pin on the status output
connector.
2. Connect a 1000 ohm resistor between the “+” pin and the pin for the status
output that is being tested.
3. Connect a voltmeter between the “” pin and the pin of the output being
tested (see Table 8-12).
4. Under the DIAG> SIGNAL I/O menu (See Section8.1.3), scroll through the
inputs and outputs until you get to the output in question.
5. Alternately, turn on and off the output noting the voltage on the voltmeter.
 It should vary between 0 volts for ON and 5 volts for OFF.

8.4.10. CPU
There are two major types of CPU board failures, a complete failure and a failure
associated with the Disk On Module (DOM). If either of these failures occurs,
contact the factory.
For complete failures, assuming that the power supplies are operating properly
and the wiring is intact, the CPU is faulty if on power-on, the watchdog LED on
the motherboard is not flashing.
In some rare circumstances, this failure may be caused by a bad IC on the
motherboard, specifically U57, the large, 44 pin device on the lower right hand
side of the board. If this is true, removing U57 from its socket will allow the
instrument to start up but the measurements will be invalid.
If the instrument stops during initialization (the front panel display shows a fault
or warning message), it is likely that the DOM, the firmware or the configuration
and data files have been corrupted.
8.4.11. RS-232 COMMUNICATIONS
8.4.11.1. General RS-232 Troubleshooting
Teledyne API calibrators use the RS-232 communications protocol to allow the
instrument to be connected to a variety of computer-based equipment. RS-232
has been used for many years and as equipment has become more advanced,
connections between various types of hardware have become increasingly
difficult. Generally, every manufacturer observes the signal and timing
requirements of the protocol very carefully.
Problems with RS-232 connections usually center around four general areas:
 Incorrect cabling and connectors. See Section 5.1.2 for connector and pin-
out information.
 The BAUD rate and protocol are incorrectly configured. See Section 5.1.3.
 If a modem is being used, additional configuration and wiring rules must be
observed. See Section 5.2
 Incorrect setting of the DTE – DCE Switch is set correctly. See Section
5.1.1.

172 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual General Troubleshooting & Service

 Verify that cable (03596) that connects the serial COM ports of the CPU to
J12 of the motherboard is properly seated

8.4.11.2. Troubleshooting Calibrator/Modem or Terminal Operation

These are the general steps for troubleshooting problems with a modem
connected to a Teledyne API calibrator.
 Check cables for proper connection to the modem, terminal or computer.
 Check to make sure the DTE-DCE is in the correct position as described in
Section 5.1.1.
 Check to make sure the set up command is correct (See Section 5.2)
 Verify that the Ready to Send (RTS) signal is at logic high. The T703 sets
pin 7 (RTS) to greater than 3 volts to enable modem transmission.
 Make sure the BAUD rate, word length, and stop bit settings between
modem and calibrator match, See Section 5.1.3.
 Use the RS-232 test function to send “w” characters to the modem, terminal
or computer; See Section 5.1.5
 Get your terminal, modem or computer to transmit data to the calibrator
(holding down the space bar is one way); the green LED should flicker as the
instrument is receiving data.
 Make sure that the communications software or terminal emulation software
is functioning properly.

NOTE
Further help with serial communications is available in a separate manual “RS-232 Programming
Notes” Teledyne API part number 013500000.

8.4.12. TEMPERATURE PROBLEMS

Individual control loops are used to maintain the set point of the UV lamp and
ozone generator. If any of these temperatures are out of range or are poorly
controlled, the T703 will perform poorly.

8.4.12.1. Box / Chassis Temperature

The box temperature sensor is mounted to the motherboard and cannot be
disconnected to check its resistance. Rather check the BOX TEMP signal using
the SIGNAL I/O function under the DIAG Menu (see Section 8.1.3). This
parameter will vary with ambient temperature, but at ~30oC (6-7 above room
temperature) the signal should be ~1450 mV.

8.4.12.2. Photometer Sample Chamber Temperature

The temperature of the gas in the photometer sample chamber should read
approximately 5.0C higher than the box temperature.

07223D DCN7107 173

General Troubleshooting & Service Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

8.4.12.3. UV Lamp Temperature

There are three possible causes for the UV Lamp temperature to have failed.
 The UV Lamp heater has failed. Check the resistance between pins 5 and 6
on the six-pin connector adjacent to the UV Lamp on the Optical Bench.
 It should be approximately 30 Ohms.
2
 Assuming that the I C bus is working and that there is no other failure with
the Relay board, the FET Driver on the Relay Board may have failed.
 Using the PHOTO_LAMP HEATER parameter under the SIGNAL I/O
function of the DIAG menu, as described above, turn on and off the UV
Lamp Heater (D15 on the relay board should illuminate as the heater is
turned on).
 Check the DC voltage present between pin 1 and 2 on J13 of the Relay
Board.
 If the FET Driver has failed, there will be no change in the voltage across
pins 1 and 2.
 If the FET Driver Q2 checks out OK, the thermistor temperature sensor in the
lamp assembly may have failed.
 Unplug the connector to the UV Lamp Heater/Thermistor PCB, and
measure the resistance of the thermistor between pins 5 and 6 of the 6-
pin connector.
o
 The resistance near the 58 C set point is ~8.1k ohms.
8.4.12.4. Ozone Generator Temperature
There are three possible causes for the Ozone Generator temperature to have
failed.
 The O3 generator heater has failed. Check the resistance between pins 5
and 6 on the 6-pin connector adjacent to the UV Lamp on the O3 Generator.
It should be approximately 5 Ohms.
2
 Assuming that the I C bus is working and that there is no other failure with
the Relay board, the FET Driver on the Relay Board may have failed. Using
the O3_GEN_HEATER parameter under the SIGNAL I/O function of the
DIAG menu, as described above, turn on and off the UV Lamp Heater.
Check the DC voltage present between pin 1 and 2 on J14 of the Relay
Board.

If the FET Driver has failed, there should be no change in the voltage across
pins 1 and 2.
 If the FET Driver checks out OK, the thermistor temperature sensor in the
lamp assembly may have failed. Unplug the connector to the Ozone
Generator Heater/Thermistor PCB, and measure the resistance of the
thermistor between pins 5 and 6 of the 6-pin connector.

8.5. TROUBLESHOOTING THE O3 PHOTOMETER

8.5.1. DYNAMIC PROBLEMS WITH THE O3 PHOTOMETER
Dynamic problems are problems, which only manifest themselves when the
photometer is measuring O3 concentration gas mixtures. These can be the most
difficult and time consuming to isolate and resolve.

174 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual General Troubleshooting & Service

Since many photometer behaviors that appear to be a dynamic in nature are often
a symptom of a seemingly unrelated static problems, it is recommended that
dynamic problems not be addressed until all static problems, warning conditions
and subsystems have been checked and any problems found are resolved.
Once this has been accomplished, the following most common dynamic problems
should be checked.

8.5.1.1. Noisy or Unstable O3 Readings at Zero

 Check for leaks in the pneumatic system as described in Section 7.2
 Confirm that the Zero gas is free of Ozone.
 Confirm that the Source Lamp is fully inserted and that the lamp hold-down
thumb- screw is tight.
 Check for a dirty Absorption Cell and/or pneumatic lines. Clean as
necessary as described in Section 7.2
 Disconnect the exhaust line from the optical bench (the pneumatic line at the
lamp end of the bench) and plug the port in the bench. If readings remain
noisy, the problem is in one of the electronic sections of the instrument. If
readings become quiet, the problem is in the instrument's pneumatics.

8.5.1.2. Noisy, Unstable, or Non-Linear Span O3 Readings

 Check for leaks in the pneumatic systems as described in Section 7.2.
 Check for proper operation of the meas/ref switching valve as described in
Section 8.5.2.
 Check for dirty absorption cell and clean or replace as necessary as
described in Section 7.2
 Check for operation of the A/D circuitry on the motherboard. See Section
8.4.9.1.
 Confirm the Sample Temperature, Sample Pressure and Sample Flow
readings are correct. Check and adjust as required.

8.5.1.3. Slow Response to Changes in Concentration

 Check for dirty absorption cell and clean or replace as necessary as
described in Section 7.2
 Check for pneumatic leaks as described in Section 7.2
 Check for improper materials in the inlet manifold.
3
 The photometer needs 800 cc /min of gas flow. Make sure that this is
accounted for when calculating total required output flow for the calibrator (see
Section 3.4.7).

8.5.1.4. The Analog Output Signal Level Does Not Agree With Front Panel
Readings
 Confirm that the recorder offset (see Section 4.9.1.5) is set to zero.
 Perform an AOUTS calibration (see Section 4.9.2) and photometer dark
calibration (see Section 6.1.4).

07223D DCN7107 175

General Troubleshooting & Service Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

8.5.1.5. Cannot Zero

 Check for leaks in the pneumatic system as described in Section 7.2.
 Confirm that the Zero gas is free of Ozone.
3
 The photometer needs 800 cc /min of gas flow. Make sure that this is
accounted for when calculating total required output flow for the calibrator (see
Section 3.4.7).

8.5.1.6. Cannot Span

 Check for leaks in the pneumatic systems as described in Section 7.2.
 Check for proper operation of the meas/ref switching valve as described in
Section 8.5.2.
 Check for dirty absorption cell and clean or replace as necessary as
described in Section 7.2
 Check for operation of the A/D circuitry on the motherboard. See Section
8.4.9.1.
 Confirm the Sample Temperature, Sample Pressure and Sample Flow
readings are correct. Check and adjust as required.
3
 The photometer needs 800 cc /min of gas flow. Make sure that this is
accounted for when calculating total required output flow for the calibrator
(see Section 3.4.7).

8.5.2. CHECKING MEASURE / REFERENCE VALVE

To check the function of the photometer‟s measure / reference valve:
1. Set the calibrator‟s front panel display to show the PHOTO REFERENCE test
function (see Section 4.1).
2. Follow the instructions in Sections 6.1.1 and 6.1.3.1 for performing a zero
point calibration of the photometer.
 Press XZRO and allow the calibrator to stabilize.
3. Before completing the calibration by pressing the ZERO button, note of the
displayed value.
4. Press the final Zero button, then press “NO” when asked, “ARE YOU SURE”.
5. Follow the instructions in Section 6.1.3.2 for performing a span point
calibration of the photometer.
 Press XSPN and allow the calibrator to stabilize.
6. Before completing the calibration by pressing the SPAN button, note of the
displayed value of PHOTO REF.
 If the O3 REF value has decreased by more than 2 mV from its value
with Zero-gas, then there is a "cross-port" leak in the m/r valve.
7. Press the final Zero button then press “NO” when asked, “ARE YOU SURE”.

8.6. TROUBLE SHOOTING THE O3 GENERATOR

Troubleshooting the O3 generator differs between the T703 (Section 8.6.1) and
the T703U (Section 8.6.2).

176 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual General Troubleshooting & Service

WARNING
Hazardous voltage present - use caution.

8.6.1. TROUBLESHOOTING THE O3 GENERATOR IN THE T703

(See Section 8.6.1 for troubleshooting the T703U O3 generator).
1. Unplug the cable connector at P1 on the Lamp Power Supply and confirm
that +15VDC is present between Pins 1 and 2 on the cable connector.
2. If this voltage is incorrect, check the DC test points on the relay PCA as
described in Section 8.4.3.
3. Begin generating O3.
4. Scroll to the Test Function O3GENDRV and note the reading in mVDC
[XXXX.X].
5. Remove the cover of the O3 generator and check for the presence of the
following voltages on the UV lamp power supply PCA:
 Reading between TP1 and TP4 (grnd) should match the O3GENDRV
test function reading [XXXX.X] mVDC ± 10 mVDC
If this voltage is incorrect, either the UV lamp power supply PCA is faulty
2
or the I C bus is not communicating with the UV lamp power supply PCA.
 Reading of +5VDC should be seen between TP3 and TP4 (grnd).
If this voltages is less than 4.8 or greater than 5.25, either the 5 VDC
power supply or the UV lamp power supply PCA are faulty.
If the above voltages check out, it is more likely that a problem is due to the UV
Lamp than due to the Lamp Power Supply. Replace the UV Lamp and if the
problem persists, replace the Lamp Power Supply.

8.6.2. TROUBLESHOOTING THE O3 GENERATOR IN THE T703U

(See Section 8.6.1 for troubleshooting the T703 O3 generator).
1. Make sure the calibrator is idling in STANDBY mode.
2. Unplug the cable connector at P1 on the Lamp Power Supply and confirm
that +15VDC is present between Pins 1 and 2 on the cable connector.
3. If this voltage is incorrect, check the DC test points on the relay PCA as
described in Section 8.4.3.
4. Remove the cover of the photometer (see Figure 9-23) and check for the
presence of the following voltages on the UV lamp power supply PCA:
 +800 mVDC ± 10 mVDC between TP1 and TP4 (grnd)
If this voltage is incorrect, either the UV lamp power supply PCA is faulty
2
or the I C bus is not communicating with the UV lamp power supply PCA.

 +5VDC between TP3 and TP4 (grnd)

If this voltages is less than 4.8 or greater than 5.25, either the 5 VDC
power supply or the UV lamp power supply PCA are faulty.

If the above voltages check out, it is more likely that a problem is due to the UV
Lamp than due to the Lamp Power Supply. Replace the UV Lamp and if the
problem persists, replace the Lamp Power Supply.

07223D DCN7107 177

General Troubleshooting & Service Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

8.7. REPAIR PROCEDURES

8.7.1. REPAIRING SAMPLE FLOW CONTROL ASSEMBLY
The critical flow orifice is housed in the flow control assembly (Teledyne API
part number: 001760400) located on the top of the optical bench. A sintered filter
protects the jewel orifice so it is unusual for the orifice to need replacing, but if it
does, or the filter needs replacement please use the following procedure (see the
Spare Parts list in Appendix B for part numbers and kits):
1. Turn off power to the calibrator.
2. Locate the assembly to be repaired, see Figure 9-1 (T703) or Figure 9-2
(T703U).
3. Disconnect the pneumatic connection from the flow assembly.
4. Remove the fitting and the components as shown in the exploded view in
Figure 8-5.
5. Replace the o-rings (p/n OR000001) and the sintered filter (p/n FL000001).
6. If replacing the critical flow orifice itself (P/N 000941000), make sure that the
side with the colored window (usually red) is facing downstream to the gas
flow.
®
7. Apply new Teflon tape to the male connector threads.
8. Reassemble in reverse order.

Pneumatic Connector, Male 1/8”

(P/N FT_70

Spring
(P/N HW_20)

Sintered Filter
(P/N FL_01)

Critical Flow Orifice

(P/N 000941000)
Make sure it is placed with the
jewel down)
O-Ring
(P/N OR_01)

Purge Housing
(P/N 000850000)

Figure 8-5: Critical Flow Restrictor Assembly Disassembly

8.7.2. DISK-ON-MODULE REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE

178 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual General Troubleshooting & Service

NOTE
Printed circuit assemblies (PCAs) are sensitive to electro-static discharges too small to be felt by
the human nervous system. Failure to use ESD protection when working with electronic
assemblies will void the instrument warranty.
For more information on preventing ESD damage see A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge; the
manual can be downloaded from our website at http://www.teledyne-api.com under Help Center >
Product Manuals in the Special Manuals section.

Replacing the Disk-on-Module (DOM) will cause loss of all DAS data; it also
may cause loss of some instrument configuration parameters unless the
replacement DOM carries the exact same firmware version. Whenever changing
the version of installed software, the memory must be reset. Failure to ensure that
memory is reset can cause the instrument to malfunction, and invalidate
measurements.
After the memory is reset, the A/D converter must be re-calibrated, and all
information collected in Step 1 below must be re-entered before the instrument
will function correctly. Also, zero and span calibration should be performed.
1. Document all instrument parameters that may have been changed, such as
range, auto-cal, analog output, serial port and other settings before replacing
the DOM. (You will need this information to re-enter at the end of this
procedure).
2. Turn off power to the instrument, fold down the rear panel by loosening the
mounting screws.
3. When looking at the electronic circuits from the back of the instrument, locate
the Disk-on-Module in the right most socket of the CPU board.
4. The DOM should carry a label with firmware revision, date and initials of the
programmer.
5. Remove the nylon fastener that mounts the DOM over the CPU board, and
lift the DOM off the CPU. Do not bend the connector pins.
6. Install the new Disk-on-Module, making sure the notch at the end of the chip
matches the notch in the socket.
7. It may be necessary to straighten the pins somewhat to fit them into the
socket. Press the DOM all the way in and reinsert the offset clip.
8. Close the rear panel and turn on power to the machine.
9. If the replacement DOM carries a firmware revision, re-enter all of the setup
information.

10. Recalibrate A/D converter, and conduct a Zero and Span calibration as well.

07223D DCN7107 179

General Troubleshooting & Service Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

8.8. FAQ’S
The following list is from the TAPI Technical Support Department of the 10 most
commonly asked questions relating to the Model T703 Photometric Calibrator.
QUESTION ANSWER
My ozone ACT =XXXX, why? Look at the Photo Ref/Meas readings from the photometer UV lamp detector
are most likely too low and need to be adjusted. See Section 7.5
When I generate ozone, it Perform an O3 Gen Calibration. See Section 6.2.
takes a long time to settle out
or it fluctuates around the
target concentration until finally
stabilizing.

Why does the ENTR key Sometimes the ENTR key will disappear if you select a setting that is invalid or
sometimes disappear on the out of the allowable range for that parameter, such as trying to set the 24-hour
front panel display? clock to 25:00:00. Once you adjust the setting to an allowable value, the ENTR
button will re-appear.
How do I make the RS-232 See Sections 3.2.6.3 and 5.1
Interface Work?
When should I change the The sintered filters do not require regular replacement. Should one require
sintered filter(s) in the replacement as part of a troubleshooting or repair exercise, see Section 8.7.1.
calibrators flow control(s) and
how do I change them?
How often should I rebuild the The photometer pump has been designed for longer service life than standard
photometer pump on my diaphragm pumps. When the pump wears out, the entire pump must be
calibrator? replaced.
How long do the UV lamps of The typical lifetime is about 2-3 years.
the O3 generator and
photometer last?

8.9. TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE

If this manual and its trouble-shooting / service sections do not solve your
problems, technical assistance may be obtained from
TELEDYNE-API, TECHNICAL SUPPORT
9480 CARROLL PARK DRIVE
SAN DIEGO, CALIFORNIA 92121-5201
USA

Toll-free Phone: 800-324-5190

Phone: 858-657-9800
Fax: 858-657-9816
Email: [email protected]
Website: http://www.teledyne-api.com/
Before you contact Technical Support, fill out the problem report form in
Appendix C, which is also available online for electronic submission at
http://www.teledyne-api.com/forms/.

180 07223D DCN7107

9. PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
9.1. PNEUMATIC OPERATION
9.1.1. GAS FLOW CONTROL
Gas flow rates are set by various flow control assemblies in the gas stream(s),
locations indicated in Figure 9-1Figure 9-2.

Figure 9-1. Location of Gas Flow Control Assemblies - T703

07223D DCN7107 181

Principles of Operation Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

Figure 9-2: Location of Gas Flow Control Assemblies - T703U

9.1.1.1. Photometer Critical Flow Orifice

Critical flow orifices are a remarkably simple way to regulate stable gas flow
rates. They operate without moving parts by taking advantage of the laws of fluid
dynamics. By restricting the flow of gas though the orifice, a pressure differential
is created. This pressure differential combined with the action of the calibrator‟s
pump draws the gas through the orifice.
As the pressure on the downstream side of the orifice (the pump side) continues
to drop, the speed that the gas flows though the orifice continues to rise. Once
the ratio of upstream pressure to downstream pressure is greater than 2:1, the
velocity of the gas through the orifice reaches the speed of sound. As long as that
ratio stays at least 2:1 the gas flow rate is unaffected by any fluctuations, surges,
or changes in downstream pressure because such variations only travel at the
speed of sound themselves and are therefore cancelled out by the sonic
shockwave at the downstream exit of the critical flow orifice.
The actual flow rate of gas through the orifice (volume of gas per unit of time),
depends on the size and shape of the aperture in the orifice. The larger the hole,
the more gas molecules, moving at the speed of sound, pass through the orifice.
9.1.2. INTERNAL GAS PRESSURE SENSORS
There are two pressure sensors in the T703/T703U: one for the regulator and one
for the photometer. See Figure 3-5 (T703) or Figure 3-7 (T703U) for the location
of the Pressure/Flow Sensor.
A 100 psig pressure sensor on this PCA is used to monitor the downstream
regulator pressure. This value is displayed on the front panel as a test
measurement called REG PRESSURE.
A second pressure located on the rear PCA measures the pressure of gas in the
photometer‟s absorption tube. This sensor is a 0-15 psia (absolute pressure)

182 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Principles of Operation

range sensor. This data is used by the CPU when calculating the O3
concentration inside the absorption tube. This value is displayed on the front
panel as a test measurement called PHOTO SPRESS. Note that this value is
converted to units of Inches of Mercury (IN-HG-A) when displayed on the front
panel.

9.2. ELECTRONIC OPERATION

9.2.1. OVERVIEW
RS232 COM2 USB COM
Male Female port Ethernet

Analog Outputs

COM1 (RS-232 only)

TEST

COM2 (RS-232 or RS-485)

or USB
CHANNEL Aout 4 Status Outputs
OUTPUT 1-8
Aout 3
Control Outputs
Aout 2 1 - 12
Aout 1
Control Inputs
Touchscreen
1 - 12
Display
Analog Outputs
External Digital I/O
(D/A)

O3 Generator Input Power Up

Circuit PC 104
Pressure Sensor
CPU Card
Sensor Inputs

Photometer Sample Gas Disk on

Converter

Pressure Sensor Module

A/D

Flash
Box
Chip
Temperature CPU
Status
LED

Photometer
M/R Valve

Thermistor Interface I2C Bus

Divert Valve

O3 Generator In T703U o nly.

RELAY
UV O3 Gen Valve
PCA
Lamp O3 Generator Photometer
UV Lamp UV Lamp I2C
Temperature Temperature Status Photometer
O3 Generator
LED Lamp Heater
Lamp Supply
Photometer Sample Gas
Temperature O3 Generator
Lamp Heater

Photometer
Pump

Photometer Absorption tube Photometer

Photometer Lamp Power
Detector Detector
Preamp Supply

Figure 9-3: Electronic Block Diagram

The core of the calibrator is a microcomputer (referred to as the CPU) that

controls various internal processes, interprets data, makes calculations, and

07223D DCN7107 183

Principles of Operation Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

reports results using specialized firmware developed by Teledyne API. It

communicates with the user as well as receives data from and issues commands
to a variety of peripheral devices via a separate printed circuit assembly called the
motherboard.
The motherboard is directly mounted to the inside rear panel and collects data,
performs signal conditioning duties and routes incoming and outgoing signals
between the CPU and the calibrator‟s other major components.
Data are generated by the various sub components of the T703 (e.g. flow data
from the MFCs, O3 concentration from the photometer). Analog signals are
converted into digital data by a unipolar, analog-to-digital converter, located on
the motherboard.
A variety of sensors report the physical and operational status of the calibrator‟s
major components, again through the signal processing capabilities of the
motherboard. These status reports are used as data for the concentration
calculations and as trigger events for certain control commands issued by the
CPU. They are stored in memory by the CPU and in most cases can be viewed
but the user via the front panel display.

9.2.2. CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT (CPU)

The unit‟s CPU card (Figure 9-4) is installed on the motherboard located inside
the rear panel. It is a low power (5 VDC, 720mA max), high performance, Vortex
86SX-based microcomputer running Windows CE. Its operation and assembly
conform to the PC-104 specification.

Figure 9-4: CPU Board Annotated

184 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Principles of Operation

The CPU includes two types of non-volatile data storage: a Disk on Module
(DOM) and an embedded flash chip.

9.2.2.1. Disk On Module (DOM)

The DOM is a 44-pin IDE flash chip with a storage capacity up to 256 MB. It is
used to store the computer‟s operating system, the Teledyne API firmware, and
most of the operational data.

9.2.2.2. Flash Chip

This non-volatile, embedded flash chip includes 2MB of storage for calibration
data as well as a backup of the calibrator‟s configuration. Storing these key data
onto a less frequently accessed chip significantly decreases the chance of data
corruption.
In the unlikely event that the flash chip should fail, the calibrator will continue to
operate with just the DOM. However, all configuration information will be lost,
requiring the unit to be recalibrated.
9.2.3. RELAY PCA
The relay board is one of the central switching and power distribution units of the
calibrator. It contains power relays, valve drivers and status LEDs for all heated
zones and valves, as well as thermocouple amplifiers, power distribution
connectors and the two switching power supplies of the calibrator. The relay
board communicates with the motherboard over the I2C bus. Its status indicators
and components can be used for troubleshooting power problems and valve or
heater functionality.
Generally, the relay PCA is located in the right-rear quadrant of the calibrator and
is mounted vertically on the backside of the same bracket as the instrument‟s DC
power supplies, however the exact location of the relay PCA may differ from
model to model.

07223D DCN7107 185

Principles of Operation Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

Status LED’s Watchdog DC Power Supply

(D2 through D16) Status LED (D1) Test Points

I2C Connector

DC Valve & Power

Photometer Connections
Pump for DC
Control Heaters

AC Pump
Configuration
Plug DC
Valve Control
Drivers
AC Power
OUT to Dry
Air Pump

DC Valve &
Photometer
AC Power Pump Control
IN Connector

DC Power
Dry Air AC Pump Distribution
Control Relay Connectors

Figure 9-5: Relay Board PCA with AC Relay Retainer Removed

This version of the Relay PCA includes one AC relay that controls the AC-
powered Dry Air (zero air) pump and A plastic insulating safety shield covers the
remaining empty AC Relay sockets.
CAUTION
NEVER REMOVE THIS SAFETY SHIELD WHILE THE INSTRUMENT IS PLUGGED IN AND
TURNED ON. THE CONTACTS OF THE AC RELAY SOCKETS BENEATH THE SHIELD
CARRY HIGH AC VOLTAGES EVEN WHEN NO RELAYS ARE PRESENT

9.2.3.1. Valve Control

The relay board also hosts two valve driver IC's, each of which can drive up four
valves. In the T703, the relay PCA controls only those valves associated with the
O3 generator and photometer.
In the T703U, the relay PCA controls two additional valves: the Divert valve and
the O3 Gen valve.

186 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Principles of Operation

9.2.3.2. Heater Control

The relay PCA controls the DC heaters for the O3 generator and photometer lamp
housing.
MOTHER BOARD

A/D
Converter
Thermistor(s)
(V/F)
(e.g. photometer sample gas temp.;
photometer UV lamp temp.; O 3 generator
lamp temp.; ect.)

RELAY PCA CPU

DC
Control
Logic

O3 Generator PHOTOMETER
Lamp Heater Lamp Heater

Figure 9-6: Heater Control Loop Block Diagram.

9.2.3.3. Relay PCA Status LEDs and Watch Dog Circuitry

Sixteen LEDs are located on the calibrator‟s relay board (Figure 9-7) to indicate
the status of the calibrator‟s heating zones and some of its valves; included is a
general operating watchdog indicator. Table 9-1 shows the states of these LEDs
and their respective functionality. Not all LEDs are used.
D9 (Green) – O3 Pump
T703U only:
D8 (Green) – Zero Air Shutoff Valve Option D10 (Green)
D7 (Green) – Photometer Meas/Ref Valve O3 Divert Valve
D2 (Yellow) – Zero Air Pump Option

T703U only: D11 (Green) – O3 Generator Valve

D15 (Green) - Photometer Lamp Heater
D16 (Green) – O3 Generator Lamp Heater

D1 (RED)
Watchdog
Indicator

Figure 9-7: Status LED Locations – Relay PCA

07223D DCN7107 187

Principles of Operation Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

Table 9-1: Relay Board Status LEDs

LED COLOR DESCRIPTION FUNCTION/INDICATION

2
Watchdog Circuit; I C bus 2
D1 Red Blinks when I C bus is operating properly
operation.
D2 Yellow Zero Air Pump (option) Status When lit the zero air AC pump is running.
D3-6 SPARE
When lit the valve open to the Measure
Photometer Meas/Ref Valve gas path; when not lit while instrument is
D7 Green
Status running, the valve is open to the
Reference gas path.
D8 Green Zero Air Shutoff Valve (option) Status When lit, ZA shutoff valve open.
D9 Green O3 Pump Status When lit, O3 pump running
D10 Green T703U Divert Valve Status when lit, divert valve open.
D11 Green T703U O3 Generator Valve Status When lit, O3 generator valve open.
D12 - 14 SPARE
When lit the photometer UV lamp heater
D15 Green Photometer Lamp Heater Status
is on
When lit the O3 generator UV lamp heater
D16 Green O3 Generator Lamp Heater
is on

9.2.3.4. Relay PCA Watchdog Indicator (D1)

The most important of the status LEDs on the relay board is the red I2C Bus
watchdog LED. It is controlled directly by the calibrator‟s CPU over the I2C bus.
Special circuitry on the relay PCA watches the status of D1. Should this LED
ever stay ON or OFF for 30 seconds (indicating that the CPU or I2C bus has
stopped functioning) this Watchdog Circuit automatically shuts all valves and
turns off all heaters and lamps.

188 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Principles of Operation

9.2.4. MOTHERBOARD
This is the largest electronic assembly in the calibrator and is mounted to the rear
panel as the base for the CPU board and all I/O connectors. This printed circuit
assembly provides a multitude of functions including A/D conversion, digital
input/output, PC-104 to I2C translation, temperature sensor signal processing and
is a pass through for the RS-232 and RS-485 signals.

9.2.4.1. A to D Conversion
Analog signals, such as the voltages received from the calibrator‟s various
sensors, are converted into digital signals that the CPU can understand and
manipulate by the analog to digital converter (A/D).Under the control of the
CPU, this functional block selects a particular signal input and then coverts the
selected voltage into a digital word.
The A/D consists of a voltage-to-frequency (V-F) converter, a programmable
logic device (PLD), three multiplexers, several amplifiers and some other
associated devices. The V-F converter produces a frequency proportional to its
input voltage. The PLD counts the output of the V-F converter during a specified
time period, and sends the result of that count, in the form of a binary number, to
the CPU.
The A/D can be configured for several different input modes and ranges but in
this calibrator it is used in uni-polar mode with a +5V full scale. The converter
includes a 1% over and under-range. This allows signals from -0.05V to +5.05V
to be fully converted.
For calibration purposes, two reference voltages are supplied to the A/D
converter: Reference ground and +4.096 VDC. During calibration, the device
measures these two voltages, outputs their digital equivalent to the CPU. The
CPU uses these values to compute the converter‟s offset and slope and also uses
these factors for subsequent conversions.

9.2.4.2. Sensor Inputs

The key analog sensor signals are coupled to the A/D converter through the
master multiplexer from two connectors on the motherboard. Terminating
resistors (100 kΩ) on each of the inputs prevent cross talk between the sensor
signals.

9.2.4.3. Thermistor Interface

This circuit provides excitation, termination and signal selection for several
negative-coefficient, thermistors (temperature sensors) located inside the
calibrator.

9.2.4.4. Analog Outputs

The calibrator comes equipped with one analog output. It can be set by the user
to carry the current signal level of any one of the parameters (see Table 7-4) and
will output an analog VDC signal that rises and falls in relationship with the
value of the parameter.

07223D DCN7107 189

Principles of Operation Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

9.2.4.5. External Digital I/O

The external digital I/O performs two functions.
The STATUS outputs carry logic-level (5V) signals through an optically isolated
8-pin connector on the rear panel of the calibrator. These outputs convey on/off
information about certain calibrator conditions such as CONC VALID. They
can be used to interface with certain types of programmable devices.
The CONTROL outputs can be used to initiate actions by external peripheral
devices in conjunction with individual steps of a calibration sequence (see
Section 6.5.1.6).
The CONTROL inputs can be initiated by applying 5V DC power from an
external source such as a PLC or data logger (Section 6.5.1.5). Zero and span
calibrations can be initiated by contact closures on the rear panel.

9.2.4.6. I2C Data Bus

I2C is a two-way, clocked, bi-directional, digital serial I/O bus that is used widely
in commercial and consumer electronic systems. A transceiver on the
motherboard converts data and control signals from the PC-104 bus to I2C. The
data is then fed to the relay board, optional analog input board and valve driver
board circuitry.

9.2.4.7. Power-up Circuit

This circuit monitors the +5V power supply during calibrator start-up and sets the
analog outputs, external digital I/O ports, and I2C circuitry to specific values until
the CPU boots and the instrument software can establish control.
9.2.5. POWER SUPPLY AND CIRCUIT BREAKER
The calibrator operates in two main AC power ranges: 100-120 VAC and 220-
240 VAC (both ± 10%) between 47 and 63 Hz. A 5 ampere circuit breaker is
built into the ON/OFF switch. In case of a wiring fault or incorrect supply power,
the circuit breaker will automatically turn off the calibrator.

NOTE:
The calibrator is equipped with a universal power supply that allows it to accept any AC power
configuration, within the limits specified in Table 2-2.

CAUTION
Should the power circuit breaker trip, correct the condition causing this situation
before turning the calibrator back on.

190 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Principles of Operation

SENSOR SUITES
KEY
Sensor Control
ANALOG SENSORS & I/O Logic AC POWER
 O3 Generator
Reference detector, DC POWER
 Photometer UV Pre-Amplifiers LOGIC DEVICES
Detector & Amplifiers 2
(e.g. CPU, I C bus,
Motherboard, etc.)

AC
POWER IN
GAS
PS 1
TEMPERATURE
SENSORS +5 VDC

GAS ±15 VDC ON / OFF

PRESSURE SWITCH
SENSORS RELAY PCA
AC
Relay
Photometer
UV Lamp P/S Solenoid PS 2
Drivers (+12 VDC)
O3 Generator UV
Lamp Xfromer

O3 Generator UV DRY AIR Cooling

Lamp P/S Pump Fan

Photometer
Photometer
M/R valve Pump
Controlled
O3 Generator via I2C
UV Lamp

07223D DCN7107 191

Principles of Operation Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

SENSOR SUITES
KEY
Sensor Control
ANALOG SENSORS & I/O Logic AC POWER
Photometer UV
Detector DC POWER
Pre-Amplifiers LOGIC DEVICES
& Amplifiers (e.g. CPU, I2C bus,
Motherboard, etc.)

AC
POWER IN
GAS
PS 1
TEMPERATURE
SENSORS +5 VDC

GAS ±15 VDC ON / OFF

PRESSURE SWITCH
SENSORS RELAY PCA
AC
Relay
Photometer
UV Lamp P/S Solenoid PS 2
Drivers (+12 VDC)
O3 Generator UV
Lamp Xfromer

O3 Generator UV DRY AIR Cooling

Lamp P/S Pump Fan

Photometer
Photometer
M/R valve Pump
Controlled
O3 Generator via I2C
UV Lamp

Figure 9-8: Power Distribution Block diagram

9.2.6. AC POWER CONFIGURATION

The digital electronic systems will operate with any of the specified power
regimes. As long as instrument is connected to 100-120 VAC or 220-240 VAC at
either 50 or 60 Hz it will turn on and after about 30 seconds show a front panel
display. Internally, the status LEDs located on the Relay PCA, Motherboard and
CPU should turn on as soon as the power is supplied.
On the other hand, in some of the calibrators the dry air pump must be properly
configured for the type of power being supplied to the instrument. Figure 2-3
shows the location of the Pump AC Configuration jumper.

192 07223D DCN7107

 Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Principles of Operation

JP7
Pump
Configuration

Figure 9-9: Location of the AC Configuration Jumper for the Dry Air Pump

9.2.6.1. AC Configuration – Internal Pump (JP7)

AC power configuration for the internal dry air pump is set using Jumper set JP7.
Table 9-2: AC Power Configuration for Internal Pumps (JP7)

JUMPER
LINE LINE JUMPER
FUNCTION BETWEEN
POWER FREQUENCY COLOR
PINS
Connects pump pin 3 to 110 / 115 VAC power line 2 to 7
60 HZ WHITE Connects pump pin 3 to 110 / 115 VAC power line 3 to 8
110VAC Connects pump pins 2 & 4 to Neutral 4 to 9
115 VAC Connects pump pin 3 to 110 / 115 VAC power line 2 to 7
1
50 HZ BLACK Connects pump pin 3 to 110 / 115 VAC power line 3 to 8
Connects pump pins 2 & 4 to Neutral 4 to 9
Connects pump pins 3 and 4 together 1 to 6
60 HZ BROWN
220VAC Connects pump pin 1 to 220 / 240VAC power line 3 to 8
240 VAC 1 Connects pump pins 3 and 4 together 1 to 6
50 HZ BLUE
Connects pump pin 1 to 220 / 240VAC power line 3 to 8
1
A jumper between pins 5 and 10 may be present on the jumper plug assembly, but is only functional on the T300 and
has no function on the Models T700 or T703.

07223D DCN7107 193

Principles of Operation Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

110 VAC /115 VAC 220 VAC /240 VAC

1 6 1 6
2 7 2 7
3 8 3 8
4 9 4 9
5 10 5 10

Jumper 5-to-10 not functional

Figure 9-10: Pump AC Power Jumpers (JP7)

9.3. FRONT PANEL TOUCHSCREEN/DISPLAY INTERFACE

The most commonly used method for communicating with the T703/T703U
Dynamic Dilution Calibrator is via the instrument‟s front panel LCD touchscreen
display. The LCD display is controlled directly by the CPU board. The
touchscreen is interfaced to the CPU by means of a touchscreen controller that
connects to the CPU via the internal USB bus and emulates a computer mouse.

194 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Principles of Operation

LCD Display
and
Touchscreen

Back-Light
+5V Supply
TFT BIAS Supply PWM
10.4, -7.0, 16, 4V

3.3V Touch Screen Controller

CPU TTL Video & 3.3V 18 Bit TTL Data

Remote
Local
USB & 5V
LAN COM4 USB4
Lang. BLController
Utility Cont.

Optional LVDS Optional LVDS

USB2 HUB
USB Master

Front Panel Interface PCA Powered Powered

USB-1 USB-2

Figure 9-11: Front Panel Layout

The LCD display is controlled directly by the CPU board. The touchscreen is
interfaced to the CPU by means of a touchscreen controller that connects to the
CPU via the internal USB bus and emulates a computer mouse.

9.3.1.1. Front Panel Interface PCA

The front panel interface PCA controls the various functions of the display and
touchscreen. For driving the display it provides connection between the CPU
video controller and the LCD display module. This PCA also contains:
 power supply circuitry for the LCD display module
 a USB hub that is used for communications with the touchscreen controller
and the two front panel USB device ports
 he circuitry for powering the display backlight

9.4. SOFTWARE OPERATION

The calibrator‟s core module is a high performance, Vortex 86SX-based
microcomputer running Windows CE. Inside Windows CE, special software
developed by Teledyne API interprets user commands from the various
interfaces, performs procedures and tasks, stores data in the CPU‟s various
memory devices, and calculates the concentration of the gas being sampled.

07223D DCN7107 195

Principles of Operation Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

Windows CE

API FIRMWARE

Calibrator Operations
Memory Handling
Calibration Procedures
Configuration Procedures
PC/104 BUS
Calibration Data
Autonomic Systems
System Status Data
Diagnostic Routines

CALIBRATOR
HARDWARE

Interface Handling
Sensor input Data
Touchscreen
Measurement Analog Output Data
Algorithms for RS232 & RS485 PC/104 BUS
photometer External Digital I/O

Figure 9-12: Schematic of Basic Software Operation

9.5. O3 GENERATOR OPERATION

9.5.1. PRINCIPLE OF PHOTOLYTIC O3 GENERATION
Ozone is a naturally occurring substance that is sometimes called "activated
oxygen". It contains three atoms of oxygen (O3) instead of the usual two found in
normal oxygen (O2) that is essential for life. Because of its relatively short half-
life, ozone cannot be bottled and stored for later use and there fore must always
be generated on-site by an ozone generator. The two main principles of ozone
generation are UV-light and corona discharge. While the corona-discharge
method is most common because of its ability to generate very high
concentrations (up to 50%), it is inappropriate for calibration needs since the level
of fine control over the O3 concentration is poor. Also, the corona discharge
method produces a small amount of NO2 as a byproduct, which also may be
undesirable in a calibration application
The UV-light method is most feasible in calibration application where production
of low, accurate concentrations of ozone desired. This method mimics the
radiation method that occurs naturally from the sun in the upper atmosphere
producing the ozone layer. An ultra-violet lamp inside the generator emits a
precise wavelength of UV Light (185 nm). Ambient air] is passed over an
ultraviolet lamp, which splits some of the molecular oxygen (O2) in the gas into
individual oxygen atoms which attach to other existing oxygen molecules (O2),
forming ozone (O3).

196 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Principles of Operation

Inlet from
Diluent Source
Valve
O2 In

UV Lamp
To GPT
Chamber O3 Gen 6O2 + hv185 = 3O3
Valve

O3
Out

Flow
Control
To O3 Assembly
Exhaust

Figure 9-13: O3 Generator Internal Pneumatics

07223D DCN7107 197

Principles of Operation Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

9.5.2. GENERATOR PNEUMATIC OPERATION

The rate of flow through the O3 generator is controlled by a flow control
assembly located on the Regulator Sub-Assembly in the front of the calibrator.

O3 Generator
O3 Generator Gas Inlet
Heater Control PCA

O3 Outlet to
Photometer
and
O3 Outlet Internal Vent

Measure / Reference
Valve for
Photometer Bench

Figure 9-14: O3 Generator Valve and Gas Fixture Locations

9.5.3. O3 GENERATOR ELECTRONIC OPERATION

Electronically the O3 generator and its subcomponents act as peripheral devices
operated by the CPU via the motherboard. Sensor signals, such as the UV lamp
thermistor are routed to the motherboard, where they are digitized. Digital data is
sent by the motherboard to the calibrator‟s CPU and where required stored in
either flash memory or on the CPU‟s disk-on-chip. Commands from the CPU are
sent to the motherboard and forwarded to the various devices via the calibrator‟s
I2C bus.

198 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Principles of Operation

Thermistor Interface
Motherboard

O3 Generator Input PC 104

Pressure Sensor CPU Card

Converter
A/D
PC 104 Bus
Disk on
O3 Generator UV Lamp
O3 Generator
Lamp Heater

Module

Sensor Inputs
Temperature

O3 Generator
UV Reference
Lamp Detector I2C Bus
O3 Generator

O3 Generator
Lamp Supply

RELAY PCA
I2C
Status
LED

Figure 9-15: O3 Generator Electronic Block Diagram

Figure 9-16: O3 Generator Electronic Components Location

07223D DCN7107 199

Principles of Operation Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

9.5.3.1. O3 Generator Temperature Control

In order to operate at peak efficiency the UV lamp of the O3 generator is
maintained at a constant 48ºC. if the lamp temperature falls below 43ºC or rises
above 53ºC a warning is issued by the CPU.
This temperature is controlled as described in the section on the relay PCA (see
Section 9.2.3.2). The location of the thermistor and heater associated with the O3
generator is shown below:
UV Lamp
O3 Generator
Heater Control PCA
(Heater is located beneath
the PCA)

UV Lamp
Thermistor

Figure 9-17: O3 Generator Temperature Thermistor and DC Heater Locations

9.6. PHOTOMETER OPERATION

The calibrator‟s photometer determines the concentration of Ozone (O3) in a
sample gas drawn through it. Sample and calibration gasses must be supplied at
ambient atmospheric pressure in order to establish a stable gas flow through the
absorption tube where the gas‟ ability to absorb ultraviolet (UV) radiation of a
certain wavelength (in this case 254 nm) is measured.
Gas bearing O3 and zero air are alternately routed through the photometer‟s
absorption tube. Measurements of the UV light passing through the sample gas
with and without O3 present are made and recorded.
Calibration of the photometer is performed in software and does not require
physical adjustments. Two internal variables, a slope and offset are used to adjust
the calibration of the photometer.
The CPU uses these calibration values, the UV absorption measurements made
on the sample gas in the absorption tube along with data regarding the current
temperature and pressure of the gas to calculate a final O3 concentration.
9.6.1. MEASUREMENT METHOD
9.6.1.1. Calculating O3 Concentration
The basic principle by which photometer works is called Beer‟s Law (also
referred to as the Beer-Lambert equation). It defines the how light of a specific

200 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Principles of Operation

wavelength is absorbed by a particular gas molecule over a certain distance at a

given temperature and pressure. The mathematical relationship between these
three parameters for gasses at Standard Temperature and Pressure (STP) is:
Equation 9-5

I  Io e-LC at STP
Where:

Io is the intensity of the light if there was no absorption.

I is the intensity with absorption.

L is the absorption path, or the distance the light travels as it is being

absorbed.

C is the concentration of the absorbing gas. In the case of the Model T703,
Ozone (O3).

 is the absorption coefficient that tells how well O3 absorbs light at the
specific wavelength of interest.

To solve this equation for C, the concentration of the absorbing Gas (in this case
O3), the application of a little algebra is required to rearrange the equation as
follows:
Equation 9-6

I   1 
C  ln  o     at STP
 I   L 
Unfortunately, both ambient temperature and pressure influence the density of the
sample gas and therefore the number of ozone molecules present in the
absorption tube thus changing the amount of light absorbed.
In order to account for this effect the following addition is made to the equation:
Equation 9-7

I   1   Τ 29.92inHg 
C  ln  o        
 I    L   273  Ρ 
Where:

T = sample ambient temperature in degrees Kelvin

P = ambient pressure in inches of mercury

Finally, to convert the result into Parts per Billion (PPB), the following change is
made:
Equation 9-8

07223D DCN7107 201

Principles of Operation Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

 I o   10    29.92inHg 
9
C  ln         
 I    L   273   
In a nutshell the photometer:
 Measures each of the above variables: ambient temperature; ambient gas
pressure; the intensity of the UV light beam with and without O3 present;
 Inserts know values for the length of the absorption path and the absorption
coefficient, and:
 Calculates the concentration of O3 present in the sample gas.

9.6.1.2. The Measurement / Reference Cycle

In order to solve the Beer-Lambert equation it is necessary to know the intensity
of the light passing through the absorption path both when O3 is present and when
it is not. A valve called the measure/reference valve, physically located on front-
left corner of the O3 generator assembly (see Figures 3-4 and 9-14) alternates the
gas stream flowing to the photometer between zero air (diluent gas) and the O3
output from the O3 generator. This cycle takes about 6 seconds.
Table 9-3: Photometer Measurement / Reference Cycle

TIME INDEX STATUS

0 sec. Measure/Reference Valve Opens to the Measure Path.
0 – 2 sec. Wait Period. Ensures that the Absorption tube has been adequately flushed of any
previously present gasses.
2 – 3 sec. Analyzer measures the average UV light intensity of O3 bearing Sample Gas (I) during
this period.
3 sec. Measure/Reference Valve Opens to the Reference Path.
3 – 5 sec. Wait Period. Ensures that the Absorption tube has been adequately flushed of O 3
bearing gas.
5 – 6 sec. Analyzer measures the average UV light intensity of Non-O3 bearing Sample Gas (I0)
during this period.
CYCLE REPEAT EVERY 6 SECONDS

202 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Principles of Operation

Figure 9-18: T703 O3 Photometer Gas Flow – Measure Cycle

Figure 9-19: T703 O3 Photometer Gas Flow – Reference Cycle

07223D DCN7107 203

Principles of Operation Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

Figure 9-20: T703U O3 Photometer Gas Flow – Measure Cycle

Figure 9-21: T703U O3 Photometer Gas Flow – Reference Cycle

9.6.1.3. The Absorption Path

In the most basic terms, the photometer uses a high energy, mercury vapor lamp
to generate a beam of UV light. This beam passes through a window of material
specifically chosen to be both non-reactive to O3 and transparent to UV radiation
at 254nm and into an absorption tube filled with sample gas.
Because ozone is a very efficient absorber of UV radiation the absorption path
length required to create a measurable decrease in UV intensity is short enough
(approximately 42 cm) that the light beam is only required to make one pass

204 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Principles of Operation

through the Absorption Tube. Therefore, no complex mirror system is needed to

lengthen the effective path by bouncing the beam back and forth.
Finally, the UV passes through a similar window at the other end of the
absorption tube and is detected by a specially designed vacuum diode that only
detects radiation at or very near a wavelength of 254nm. The specificity of the
detector is high enough that no extra optical filtering of the UV light is needed.
The detector reacts to the UV light and outputs a current signal that varies in
direct relationship with the intensity of the light shining on it. This current signal
is amplified and converted to a 0 to 5 VDC voltage analog signal voltage sent to
the instrument‟s motherboard where it is digitized. The CPU to be uses this
digital data in computing the concentration of O3 in the absorption tube.
Window Window
UV Detector
ABSORPTION TUBE

Sample Gas OUT Sample Gas IN Analog current

UV
signal is output by
Source
Detector
Absorption Path Length = 42 cm

O-5 VDC
Photometer analog signal
Pre amp to
PCA Motherboard

Figure 9-22: O3 Photometer Absorption Path

9.6.1.4. Interferent Rejection

It should be noted that the UV absorption method for detecting ozone is subject to
interference from a number of sources. The photometer has been successfully
tested for its ability to reject interference from sulfur dioxide, nitrogen dioxide,
nitric oxide, water, and meta-xylene.
While the photometer rejects interference from the aromatic hydrocarbon meta-
xylene, it should be noted that there are a very large number of other volatile
aromatic hydrocarbons that could potentially interfere with ozone detection. If
the calibrator is installed in an environment where high aromatic hydrocarbon
concentrations are suspected, specific tests should be conducted to reveal the
amount of interference these compounds may be causing.
9.6.2. PHOTOMETER LAYOUT
The Photometer is where the absorption of UV light by ozone is measured and
converted into a voltage. It consists of several sub-assemblies:
 A mercury-vapor UV lamp. This lamp is coated in a material that optically
screens the UV radiation output to remove the O3 producing 185nm
radiation. Only light at 254nm is emitted.
 An AC power supply that supplies the current for starting and maintaining the
plasma arc of the mercury vapor lamp.

07223D DCN7107 205

Principles of Operation Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

 A thermistor and DC heater attached to the UV Lamp to maintain the Lamp

at an optimum operating temperature.
 42 cm long quartz absorption tube.
 A thermistor attached to the quartz tube for measuring sample gas
temperature.
 Gas inlet and outlet mounting blocks that rout sample gas into and out of the
photometer.
 The vacuum diode, UV detector that converts UV light to a DC current.
 A preamplifier assembly, which convert the Detector‟s current output into a
DC Voltage then amplifies it to a level readable by the A to D converter
circuitry of the instrument‟s motherboard

UV Lamp Power Sample Gas UV Lamp Thermistor

UV Detector Absorption Tube Transformer Thermistor (UV Lamp Heater Behind Thermistor)

Power Connector
from
+15 VDC power supply Sample Gas
Outlet
UV Detector Sample Gas Inlet UV Lamp Power UV Lamp Heater
Preamp PCA Supply UV Lamp
Control PCA
(200 VAC @ 30 kHz)

Figure 9-23: O3 Photometer Layout – Top Cover Removed

9.6.3. PHOTOMETER PNEUMATIC OPERATION

The flow of gas through the photometer is created by a small internal pump that
pulls air though the instrument. There are several advantages to this “pull
through” configuration. Placing the pump down stream from the absorption tube
avoids problems caused by the pumping process heating and compressing the
sample.
In order to measure accurately the presences of low concentrations of O3 in the
sample air it is necessary to establish and maintain a relatively constant and stable
volumetric flow of sample gas through the photometer. The simplest way to
accomplish this is by placing a flow control assembly containing a critical flow
orifice directly upstream of the pump but down stream from the absorption tube.
The critical flow orifice installed in the pump supply line is tuned to create a gas
flow of 800 cm3/min. A pressure sensor and a flow sensor, located on the O3
generator / photometer pressure flow sensor PCA, monitor the pressure and flow
rate of the gas passing through the photometers absorption tube.
See Figure 9-18 through Figure 9-22 for depictions of the gas flow related to the
photometer.

206 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Principles of Operation

9.6.4. PHOTOMETER ELECTRONIC OPERATION

Motherboard
PC 104
A/D CPU Card

Sensor Inputs
Converter
PC 104 Bus

Disk on
Module
Photometer
Sample Gas
I2C Bus
Thermistor Interface
Pressure
Sensor
RELAY PCA
Photometer M/R
Valve
Photometer I2C y (Located on O3
Detector Photometer
Status Generator Assembly)
Photometer LED
Preamp UV Lamp
Sample Gas Temperature
Temperature

Absorption tube Photometer

Photometer Photometer
Detector
Lamp Power
Pump
Supply

Photometer
Lamp Heater
Photometer

Figure 9-24: O3 Photometer Electronic Block Diagram

Like the O3 generator, the O3 photometer and its subcomponents act as peripheral
devices operated by the CPU via the motherboard. Communications to and from
the CPU are handled by the motherboard.
Outgoing commands for the various devices such as the photometer pump, the
UV lamp power supply the U\V Lamp heater are issued via the I2C bus to
circuitry on the relay PCA which turns them ON/OFF. The CPU also issues
commands over the I2C bus that cause the relay PCA to cycle the
measure/reference valve back and forth.
Incoming date the UV light detector is amplified locally then converted to digital
information by the motherboard. Output from the photometers temperature
sensors is also amplified and converted to digital data by the motherboard. The
O3 concentration of the sample gas is computed by the CPU using this data (along
with gas pressure and flow data received from the pressure sensors.

9.6.4.1. O3 Photometer Temperature Control

In order to operate at peak efficiency the UV lamp of the O 3 photometer is
maintained at a constant 58ºC. This is intentionally set at a temperature higher
than the ambient temperature of the operating environment to make sure that
local changes in temperature do not affect the UV Lamp. If the lamp temperature
falls below 56ºC or rises above 61ºC a warning is issued by the calibrator‟s CPU.
This temperature is controlled as described in the section on the relay PCA
(Section 9.2.3.2).

07223D DCN7107 207

Principles of Operation Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

The following TEST functions report these temperatures and are viewable from
the instrument‟s front panel:
 PHOTO LAMP TEMP - The temperature of the UV Lamp reported in ºC.
 PHOTO STEMP - The temperature of the Sample gas in the absorption tube
reported in ºC.

9.6.4.2. Pneumatic Sensors for the O3 Photometer

The several sensors located on the pneumatic sensor just to the left rear of the O 3
generator assembly measure the absolute pressure and the flow rate of gas inside
the photometer‟s absorption tube. This information is used by the CPU to
calculate the O3 concentration of the sample gas (See Equation 9-7). Both of
these measurements are made downstream from the absorption tube but upstream
of the pump. A critical flow orifice located between the flow sensor and the
pump maintains the gas flow through the photometer at 800 cm3/min.
The following TEST functions are viewable from the instrument‟s front panel:
 PHOTO FLOW - The flow rate of gas through the photometer measured in
LPM.
 PHOTO SPRESS – the pressure of the gas inside the absorption tube. This
pressure is reported in inches of mercury-absolute (in-Hg-A), i.e. referenced
to a vacuum (zero absolute pressure). This is not the same as PSIG.

208 07223D DCN7107

GLOSSARY
Note: Some terms in this glossary may not occur elsewhere in this manual.
Term Description/Definition

an Ethernet standard that uses twisted (“T”) pairs of copper wires to transmit at 10
10BaseT
megabits per second (Mbps)
100BaseT same as 10BaseT except ten times faster (100 Mbps)
APICOM name of a remote control program offered by Teledyne-API to its customers
ASSY Assembly
CAS Code-Activated Switch
Corona Discharge, a frequently luminous discharge, at the surface of a conductor or
CD between two conductors of the same transmission line, accompanied by ionization of the
surrounding atmosphere and often by a power loss
Converter Efficiency, the percentage of light energy that is actually converted into
CE
electricity
CEM Continuous Emission Monitoring
Chemical formulas that may be included in this document:
CO2 carbon dioxide
C3H8 propane
CH4 methane
H2O water vapor
HC general abbreviation for hydrocarbon
HNO3 nitric acid
H2S hydrogen sulfide
NO nitric oxide
NO2 nitrogen dioxide
NOX nitrogen oxides, here defined as the sum of NO and NO2
nitrogen oxides, often called odd nitrogen: the sum of NOX plus other compounds such as
NOy HNO3 (definitions vary widely and may include nitrate (NO3), PAN, N2O and other
compounds as well)
NH3 ammonia
O2 molecular oxygen
O3 ozone
SO2 sulfur dioxide
3
cm metric abbreviation for cubic centimeter (replaces the obsolete abbreviation “cc”)
CPU Central Processing Unit
DAC Digital-to-Analog Converter
DAS Data Acquisition System
DCE Data Communication Equipment
DFU Dry Filter Unit
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. A protocol used by LAN or Internet servers to
DHCP automatically set up the interface protocols between themselves and any other
addressable device connected to the network
DIAG Diagnostics, the diagnostic settings of the instrument.

07223D DCN7107 209

Glossary Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

Term Description/Definition

Disk On Module, a 44-pin IDE flash drive with up to 128MB storage capacity for
DOM
instrument‟s firmware, configuration settings and data
DOS Disk Operating System
DRAM Dynamic Random Access Memory
DR-DOS Digital Research DOS
DTE Data Terminal Equipment
Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory also referred to as a FLASH chip
EEPROM
or drive
ESD Electro-Static Discharge
ETEST Electrical Test
a standardized (IEEE 802.3) computer networking technology for local area networks
Ethernet
(LANs), facilitating communication and sharing resources
Fluorinated Ethylene Propylene polymer, one of the polymers that Du Pont markets as
FEP ®
Teflon
Flash non-volatile, solid-state memory
Fabry-Perot Interface: a special light filter typically made of a transparent plate with two
FPI
reflecting surfaces or two parallel, highly reflective mirrors
GFC Gas Filter Correlation
2 a clocked, bi-directional, serial bus for communication between individual instrument
I C bus
components
Integrated Circuit, a modern, semi-conductor circuit that can contain many basic
IC components such as resistors, transistors, capacitors etc in a miniaturized package used
in electronic assemblies
IP Internet Protocol
IZS Internal Zero Span
LAN Local Area Network
LCD Liquid Crystal Display
LED Light Emitting Diode
LPM Liters Per Minute
MFC Mass Flow Controller
M/R Measure/Reference
the mass, expressed in grams, of 1 mole of a specific substance. Conversely, one mole is
the amount of the substance needed for the molar mass to be the same number in grams
as the atomic mass of that substance.
MOLAR MASS EXAMPLE: The atomic weight of Carbon is 12 therefore the molar mass of Carbon is 12
grams. Conversely, one mole of carbon equals the amount of carbon atoms that weighs
12 grams.
Atomic weights can be found on any Periodic Table of Elements.
NDIR Non-Dispersive Infrared
NIST-SRM National Institute of Standards and Technology - Standard Reference Material
PC Personal Computer
PCA Printed Circuit Assembly, the PCB with electronic components, ready to use
PC/AT Personal Computer / Advanced Technology
PCB Printed Circuit Board, the bare board without electronic component
®
PFA Per-Fluoro-Alkoxy, an inert polymer; one of the polymers that Du Pont markets as Teflon

210 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual Glossary

Term Description/Definition

Programmable Logic Controller, a device that is used to control instruments based on a

PLC
logic level signal coming from the instrument
PLD Programmable Logic Device
PLL Phase Lock Loop
Photo Multiplier Tube, a vacuum tube of electrodes that multiply electrons collected and
PMT
charged to create a detectable current signal
P/N (or PN) Part Number
PSD Prevention of Significant Deterioration
Poly-Tetra-Fluoro-Ethylene, a very inert polymer material used to handle gases that may
PTFE ®
react on other surfaces; one of the polymers that Du Pont markets as Teflon
PVC Poly Vinyl Chloride, a polymer used for downstream tubing
Rdg Reading
specification and standard describing a serial communication method between DTE (Data
RS-232 Terminal Equipment) and DCE (Data Circuit-terminating Equipment) devices, using a
maximum cable-length of 50 feet
specification and standard describing a binary serial communication method among
RS-485 multiple devices at a data rate faster than RS-232 with a much longer distance between
the host and the furthest device
SAROAD Storage and Retrieval of Aerometric Data
SLAMS State and Local Air Monitoring Network Plan
SLPM Standard Liters Per Minute of a gas at standard temperature and pressure
STP Standard Temperature and Pressure
Transfer Control Protocol / Internet Protocol, the standard communications protocol for
TCP/IP
Ethernet devices
TEC Thermal Electric Cooler
TPC Temperature/Pressure Compensation
Universal Serial Bus: a standard connection method to establish communication between
USB peripheral devices and a host controller, such as a mouse and/or keyboard and a
personal computer or laptop
VARS Variables, the variable settings of the instrument
V-F Voltage-to-Frequency
Z/S Zero / Span

07223D DCN7107 211

Glossary Teledyne API T703/T703U Calibrator Operation Manual

This page intentionally left blank.

212 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API - Models T703, T703U, 703E MENU TREES (05745F DCN7107) APPENDIX A – Software Documentation

APPENDIX A – Software Documentation

APPENDIX A-1: SOFTWARE MENU TREES

APPENDIX A-2: SERIAL I/O SETUP VARIABLES

APPENDIX A-3: WARNINGS AND TEST FUNCTIONS

APPENDIX A-4: SIGNAL I/O DEFINITIONS

APPENDIX A-5: TERMINAL COMMAND DESIGNATORS

APPENDIX A-6: MODBUS REGISTERS

07223D DCN7107 A-1

APPENDIX A – Software Documentation Teledyne API - Models T703, T703U, 703E MENU TREES (05745F DCN7107)

A-2 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API - Models T703, T703U, 703E MENU TREES (05745F DCN7107) APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees

APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees

MAIN MENU

1
TEST1 GEN STBY SEQ2 MSG1 CLR SETUP

<TST TST> AUTO

PREV NEXT Press to
clear an
Press to cause calibrator to Press to active
enter STANDBY mode cycle warning
through the messages.
Cycles active
 O3GEN FRAC=[Value] (T703U only) GENERATE GENERATE:ZERO through warning
 O3 PRES=[Value] PSIG existing messages. See PRIMARY SETUP Menu
ZERO ENTR EXIT calibration
 A-O3=[Value] sequences.
 T-O3=[Value]
 OUT FLW=[Value] LPM Toggles to switch
to O3 generation
 REG PRES=[Value] PSIG
 BOX TMP=[Value]ºC
 O3GENDRV=[Value] MV
 O3LAMPTMP=[Value]ºC GENERATE GENERATE:0 PPB O3
 PH MEAS[Value] MV 0 0 0 0 PPB O3 ENTR EXIT

 PH REF=[Value] MV
 PH FLW=[Value] LPM PPB 1
 PH LTEMP=[Value]ºC MGM Only appears when warning messages are active.
2
 PH SPRES=[Value] IN-HG-A UGM Only appears when an one or more calibration
 PH STEMP=[Value]ºC PCT sequences are programmed into the calibrator’s
Toggle these buttons to set
PPT memory.
 PH SLOPE=[Value] the target concentration of
PPM
 PH OFFST=[Value] PPB the calibrator output for this
gas
 PH STAB=[Value] PPB
 TIME=[HH:MM:SS]

Figure A-1: Main Menu

07223D DCN7107 A-3

APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees Teledyne API - Models T703, T703U, 703E MENU TREES (05745F DCN7107)

MAIN MENU SETUP

O3 SEQ1 CFG CLK PASS MORE

See PRIMARY SETUP
Menu ON
See SECONDARY
SEQUENCE Submenu
OFF SETUP Menu
PREV NEXT

TIME DATE
MODE ADJ PHOT
 MODEL TYPE AND NUMBER
 PART NUMBER SETUP X.X TIME :21:29M
CNST REF BNCH
Causes the drive
 SERIAL NUMBER
voltage of the optional
 SOFTWARE REVISION D D MON Y Y ENTR EXIT
O3 generator to 2500
 LIBRARY REVISION
Press one of these to select mV. This is used to
 iCHIP SOFTWARE REVISION
(Only appears if INET option is
mode for O3 generator. manually adjust the installed)
position of the  CPU TYPE & OS REVISION
generators UV Lamp.  DATE FACTORY Toggle to set the Toggle to set the Toggle to set the 2-
CONFIGURATION SAVED day of the month month digit year
ENTR EXIT

Accepts selected Leaves O3 BCAL DARK SETUP X.X TIME :21:29M

O3 generator generator mode
mode unchanged and H H :M M ENTR EXIT
returns to Requires Password Initiates
previous menu authorization automatic
Dark Toggle to set the
Calibration minutes 1
Only appears when the calibrator is
Allows calibration of the O3 procedure
photometer bench. NOT running a programmed sequence
(See Chapter 8 for more Toggle to set the
information) hour
(24-hr clock)

Figure A-2: PRIMARY SETUP MENU - Basics

A-4 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API - Models T703, T703U, 703E MENU TREES (05745F DCN7107) APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees

MAIN MENU SETUP SEQ

EDIT PRNT EXIT

PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT

Inserts a new sequence Edits existing sequence

YES NO
Cycles through list of
already programmed
calibration sequences
<SET SET>

NAME Create/edit the name of the channel

Number of times to execute the same sequence
REPEAT COUNT
repeatedly (1 - 100 or 0 to execute indefinitely).
Enables or Disables the calibrator's digital contact closure
CC INPUT
inputs that can be used to initiate the sequences remotely
Enables or Disables the calibrator's
CC OUTPUT
digital contact closure outputs.
Enables or Disables the calibrator's timer feature that allows
TIMER ENABLE
the calibrator to use its internal clock to start a sequence

STEPS
PROGRESS MODES

STEP PCT ELAP REM ENTR EXIT

PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT
As the sequence runs, As the sequence runs,
the calibrator's display the calibrator's display
will show progress by will show progress as
displaying the step elapsed time. Cycles through YES NO
currently being executed list of sequence
GENERATE commands
Inserts a new step Edits programmed
As the sequence runs, the STANDBY
As the sequence runs, parameters for selected
calibrator's display will show DURATION
the calibrator's display step (See Chapter 6 for
progress as the time remaining EXECSEQ
will show progress as a See Chapter 6 for further further instructions).
of its total programmed SETCCOUTPUT
percent of its total instructions on programming each
duration MANUAL
programmed duration of these commands

Figure A-3: PRIMARY SETUP Menu - SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION Submenu

07223D DCN7107 A-5

APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees Teledyne API - Models T703, T703U, 703E MENU TREES (05745F DCN7107)

MAIN MENU SETUP MORE

VARS DIAG5
COMM
ENTER PASSWORD: 818

ID INET1 COM1 COM2

1

PREV NEXT JUMP EDIT PRNT

ENTER PASSWORD: 818 <SET SET> EDIT
0) PHOTO_LAMP=[Value]DegC
1) O3_GEN_LAMP=[Value]DegC
<SET SET> EDIT MODE BAUD RATE TEST PORT 2) O3_CONC_RANGE=[Value]PPB
3) O3_PHOTO_BENCH_ONLY=[ON/OFF]
TEST 4) ZA_PUMP_ENAB=ON/OFF]
5) STD_TEMP=[Value] DegC
6) STD_PRESS=[Value] In-Hg ENTER PASSWORD: 818
DHCP 300 7) CLOCK_ADJ[HH:MM:SS]
1200
ON OFF See SECONDARY SETUP Menu
2400
4800
DIAG Submenu
EDIT EDIT
2
9600
INSTRUMENT IP 19200
GATEWAY IP2 QUIET 38400
SUBNET MASK2 COMPUTER
57600
SECURITY 1
E, 8, 1 115200 Model 703E: only appears if optional Ethernet PCA is
TCP PORT 3
E, 7, 1 installed. NOTE: When Ethernet PCA is present COM2
RS-485 submenu disappears.
HOSTNAME4 SECURITY
2
IP, GATEWAY IP & SUBNET MASK are only editable when DHCP is
MULTIDROP PROTOCOL OFF.
3
ENABLE MODEM Although TCP PORT is editable regardless of the DHCP state, do not
SETUP X.X MACHINE ID:703 ID change the setting for this property.
ERROR CHECKING 4
XON/XOFF HANDSHAKE HOST NAME is only editable when DHCP is ON.
0 7 0 3 ENTR EXIT 5
DIAG Menu is inactive while instrument is in GENERATE mode.
HARDWARE HANDSHAKE
HARDWARE FIFO
COMMAND PROMPT

Toggle to set the ID code. ON

OFF

Figure A-4: SECONDARY SETUP Menu - Basic)

A-6 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API - Models T703, T703U, 703E MENU TREES (05745F DCN7107) APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees

MAIN MENU SETUP MORE DIAG3

ENTER PASSWORD: 818

PREV NEXT

ANALOG ANALOG I/O PHOTO FLOW TEST CHAN

O3 GEN PRESSURE
SIGNAL I/O CALIBRATION
SENSOR
CALIBRATION
OUTPUT CONFIGURATION CALIBRATION OUTPUT

Press ENTR PREV NEXT

See SECONDARY SETUP Menu
to start test <SET SET> DIAG - CALIBRATION Submenu
PREV NEXT  O3GEN FRAC=[Value] (T703U only)
 O3 PRES=[Value] PSIG
 A-O3=[Value]
0)- 11) CONTROL_IN_1 AOUTS CALIBRATED AIN CALIBRATED  T-O3=[Value]
THRU 12
12)-23) CONTROL_OUT_1 CAL <SET SET>  OUT FLW=[Value] LPM
CAL
THRU 12
24) ST_SYSTEM_OK
 REG PRES=[Value] PSIG
25) ST_CAL_ACTIVE  BOX TMP=[Value]ºC
26) ST_DIAG_MODE
27) ST_TEMP_ALARM
Initiates auto-calibration of all CONC_OUT_1 Initiates auto-calibration of the analog inputs’  O3GENDRV=[Value] MV
28) ST_PRESS_ALARM analog outputs CONC_OUT_2 zero and span points  O3LAMPTMP=[Value]ºC
29) RELAY_WATCHDOG
30) ZERO_AIR_PUMP
TEST_OUTPUT  PH MEAS[Value] MV
31) PHOTO_REF_VALVE  PH REF=[Value] MV
32) ZA_SHUTOFF_VALVE
33) O3_PUMP_ON EDIT  PH FLW=[Value] LPM
34) PHOTO_LAMP_HEATER  PH LTEMP=[Value]ºC
35) O3_GEN_HEATER
36) MAINT_MODE
 PH SPRES=[Value] IN-HG-A
37) LANG2_SELECT RANGE OVER REC AUTO1 CALIBRATED  PH STEMP=[Value]ºC
38) SEQUENCE_LED
39) AUTO_TIMER_LED
RANGE OFFSET1 CAL  PH SLOPE=[Value]
40) FAULT_LED  PH OFFST=[Value] PPB
41) AUDIBLE_BEEPER
ON  PH STAB=[Value] PPB
42 INTERNAL ANALOG
ON Sets a voltage ON CAL  TIME=[HH:MM:SS]
to VOLTAGE SIGNALS OFF offset for the
OFF output
OFF
1 2
Auto Cal Manual Cal

Initiates auto-calibration
0.1V 1V 5V 10V of the selected analog input U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100

1
Only occurs if one of the voltage ranges is selected.
2
Manual adjustment menu only appears if either the AUTO CAL feature is OFF
3
DIAG Menu is inactive while instrument is in GENERATE mode.

Figure A-5: SECONDARY SETUP Menu; DIAG Submenu – Basics

07223D DCN7107 A-7

APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees Teledyne API - Models T703, T703U, 703E MENU TREES (05745F DCN7107)

MAIN MENU SETUP MORE DIAG1

ENTER PASSWORD: 818 1
DIAG menu is inactive when instrument is in
GENERATE mode.
PREV NEXT

ANALOG ANALOG I/O O3 GEN FLOW PRESSURE TEST CHAN

SIGNAL I/O
OUTPUT CONFIGURATION CALIBRATION CALIBRATION CALIBRATION OUTPUT

ENTR ENTR ENTR

See SECONDARY SETUP Menu
See SECONDARY
DIAG – Basic
CAL PNTS SETUP Menu - Basic

Initiates automatic O3
generator calibratin DIAG PCAL DILUENT PRESS: 127.78 PSIG
procedure 1 2 7 .7 8 EXIT

Toggle to set the gas pressure.

PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
Continue pressing to
DIAG FCAL WAITING FOR FLOW
cycle through similar
adjustment for...
500 mV Cycles YES NO
600 mV through
700 mV default cal Inserts a new
Edits programmed DIAG FCAL ACTUAL FLOW: 1.000 LPM
800 mV
900 mV
points Calibration
parameters for selected
 SAMPLE PRESS
1000 mV
point
step 1 .0 0 0 0 ENTR EXIT  REGULATOR PRESS
1250 mV
DEFAULT
1500 mV
2000 mV Toggle to set the flow rate of the O3
3000 mV <SET SET> EDIT photometer sample gas
4000 mV
5000 mV

CAL. POINT DRIVE CAL.POINT DURATION CAL. POINT

ENABLE
DIAG O3GEN CAL. POINT DRIVE:0 MV DIAG O3GEN CAL. POINT DURATION:0.0 MIN
ON
0 0 0 0 ENTR EXIT 0 0 .0 ENTR EXIT
OFF

Toggle to adjust parameter.

Figure A-6: SECONDARY SETUP Menu; DIAG Submenu – GAS CONFIGURATION

A-8 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API - Models T703, T703U, 703E MENU TREES (05745F DCN7107) APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees

MAIN MENU SETUP LVL1

PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT

Inserts a new Level Edits existing Level

YES NO 1
Only appears when the
Cycles through list of optional LEADS
already programmed Levels
software is installed.
<SET SET> EDIT

LEVEL NUMBER STATUS BLOCK 1 STATUS BLOCK 2

SETUP X.X LEVEL NUMBER=0 SETUP X.X [ACTION TO PERFORM]

EDIT
0 0 ENTR EXIT PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT
OFF ON

GENERATE MANUAL ENTR

Toggle to set
LEVEL ID
Number GENERATE GENERATE:ZERO MANUAL CAL GAS TYPE:ZERO MANUAL STATUS BLOCK [1 or 2]: [0]0000000

ZERO ENTR EXIT ZERO ENTR EXIT <CH CH> [0] ENTR EXIT

Toggle to switch to O3 generation

SETUP X.X CAL GAS FLOW:0.0000 LPM Toggle to set the
Toggle to select the
selected bit
GENERATE GENERATE:0 PPB O3 0 0 .0 0 0 ENTR EXIT bit to be set

0 0 0 0 PPB O3 ENTR EXIT

PPB Toggle these keys to set the SETUP X.X DILUENT FLOW:0.000 LPM
MGM calibration gas flow rate
Toggle to set the target concentration of the UGM 0 0 .0 0 0 ENTR EXIT
calibrator output for this gas PCT
PPT
PPM
Toggle these keys to set the calibration gas flow rate OFF CNST REF BNCH

SETUP X.X O3 GEN SET POINT: 000.0 MV SETUP X.X O3 GEN SET POINT: 000.0 PPB

0 0 0 0 .0 ENTR EXIT 0 0 0 0 .0 ENTR EXIT

Toggle to set the CONSTANT drive voltage of the O3

Toggle to set output concentration of the O3 generator
generator

Figure A-7: PRIMARY SETUP Menu; LVL Submenu – programming LEADS LEVELS (optional)

07223D DCN7107 A-9

APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees Teledyne API - Models T703, T703U, 703E MENU TREES (05745F DCN7107)

This page intentionally left blank.

A-10 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API - Models T703, T703U, 703E MENU TREES (05745F DCN7107) APPENDIX A-2: Serial I/O Setup Variables

APPENDIX A-2: Serial I/O Setup Variables

Table A-1: Setup Variables

Setup Variable Numeric Default Value Description

Units Value Range
PHOTO_LAMP ºC 58 0–100 Photometer lamp temperature
set point and warning limits.
Warnings:
56–61
O3_GEN_LAMP ºC 48 0–100 O3 generator lamp temperature
set point and warning limits.
Warnings:
43–53
O3_CONC_RANGE PPB 500 0.1–20000 O3 concentration range for test
channel analog output.
O3_PHOTO_BENCH_ONLY — OFF OFF, ON O3 bench control flag. ON turns
on pump and switches
measure/reference valve only in
bench generation mode.
ZA_PUMP_ENAB — ON OFF, ON Zero air pump control. ON turns
on zero air pump when
generating ozone.
STD_TEMP ºC 25 0–100 Standard temperature for unit
conversions.
STD_PRESS "Hg 29.92 15–50 Standard pressure for unit
conversions.
CLOCK_ADJ Sec./Day 0 -60–60 Time-of-day clock speed
adjustment.
SERVICE_CLEAR — OFF OFF ON resets the service interval
ON timer.

TIME_SINCE_SVC Hours 0 0–500000 Time since last service.

SVC_INTERVAL Hours 0 0–100000 Sets the interval between service
reminders.

07223D DCN7107 A-11

APPENDIX A-3: Warnings and Test FunctionsTeledyne API - Models T703, T703U, 703E MENU TREES (05745F DCN7107)

APPENDIX A-3: Warnings and Test Functions

Table A-2: Warning Messages

NAME 1 MESSAGE TEXT DESCRIPTION

WSYSRES SYSTEM RESET Instrument was power-cycled or the CPU was reset.
WDATAINIT DATA INITIALIZED Data storage was erased.
WCONFIGINIT CONFIG INITIALIZED Configuration storage was reset to factory configuration or
erased.
WPHOTOLTEMP PHOTO LAMP TEMP Photometer lamp temperature outside of warning limits.
WARNING
WO3GENTEMP O3 GEN LAMP TEMP O3 generator lamp temperature outside of warning limits.
WARNING
WPHOTOREF PHOTO REFERENCE Photometer reference reading less than 2500 mV or greater than
WARNING 4999 mV.
WLAMPSTABIL PHOTO LAMP STABILITY Photometer lamp reference step changes occur more than 25%
WARNING of the time.

WO3PUMP O3 PUMP WARNING O3 pump failed to turn on within timeout period.

WBOXTEMP BOX TEMP WARNING Chassis temperature outside of warning limits.
WREARBOARD REAR BOARD NOT DET Rear board was not detected during power up.
WRELAYBOARD RELAY BOARD WARN Firmware is unable to communicate with the relay board.
WLAMPDRIVER LAMP DRIVER WARN Firmware is unable to communicate with either the O3 generator
2
or photometer lamp I C driver chip.
WFRONTPANEL FRONT PANEL WARN Firmware is unable to communicate with the front panel.
WANALOGCAL ANALOG CAL WARNING The A/D or at least one D/A channel has not been calibrated.
1
The name is used to request a message via the RS-232 interface, as in ―T BOXTEMP‖.

A-12 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API - Models T703, T703U, 703E MENU TREES (05745F DCN7107)APPENDIX A-3: Warnings and Test Functions

Table A-3: Test Functions

1
TEST FUNCTION NAME MESSAGE TEXT DESCRIPTION
ACTCONC ACT=GENERATE 37 PPB O3 Actual concentration being generated, computed from real-
time inputs.
TARGCONC TARG=GENERATE 100 PPB O3 Target concentration to generate.
OUTPUTFLOW OUTPUT FLOW=7.3 LPM Output flow rate (computed from regulator pressure).
REGPRESS REG PRESSURE=20.1 PSIG Regulator pressure.
BOXTEMP BOX TEMP=31.2 C Internal chassis temperature.

O3GENDRIVE O3 GEN DRIVE=800.0 MV O3 generator lamp drive output.

O3GENTEMP O3 LAMP TEMP=49.7 C O3 generator lamp temperature.
PHOTOMEAS PHOTO MEASURE=2998.8 MV Photometer detector measure reading.
PHOTOREF PHOTO REFERENCE=3000.0 Photometer detector reference reading.
MV
PHOTOFLOW PHOTO FLOW=0.2978 LPM Photometer sample flow rate.
PHOTOLTEMP PHOTO LAMP TEMP=52.6 C Photometer lamp temperature.
PHOTOSPRESS PHOTO SPRESS=29.9 IN-HG-A Photometer sample pressure.
PHOTOSTEMP PHOTO STEMP=31.8 C Photometer sample temperature.
PHOTOSLOPE PHOTO SLOPE=1.000 Photometer slope computed during zero/span bench
calibration.
PHOTOOFFSET PHOTO OFFSET=0.0 PPB Photometer offset computed during zero/span bench
calibration.
2
PHOTOSTABIL PHOTO STABIL=0.1 PPB Photometer concentration stability (standard deviation of 25
bench concentration samples taken 10 seconds apart).
TESTCHAN TEST=2753.9 MV Value output to TEST_OUTPUT analog output.
CLOCKTIME TIME=14:48:01 Current instrument time of day clock.
1
The name is used to request a message via the RS-232 interface, as in ―T BOXTEMP‖.
2
O3 photometer stability measurement option.

07223D DCN7107 A-13

APPENDIX A-4: Signal I/O Definitions Teledyne API - Models T703, T703U, 703E MENU TREES (05745F DCN7107)

APPENDIX A-4: Signal I/O Definitions

Table A-4: Signal I/O Definitions

MODELS T703, T703U, 703E I/O Signal List for Latest Revision
Signal Name Bit or Description
Channel
Number
U11, J1004, control inputs, pins 1-6 = bits 0-5, read, default I/O address 321 hex
CONTROL_IN_1 – 0–5 0 = input asserted
CONTROL_IN_6 1 = de-asserted
6–7 Always 1
U14, J1006, control inputs, pins 1-6 = bits 0-5, read, default I/O address 325 hex
CONTROL_IN_7 – 0–5 0 = input asserted
CONTROL_IN_12 1 = de-asserted
6–7 Always 1
U17, J1008, control outputs, pins 1-8 = bits 0-7, write, default I/O address 321 hex
CONTROL_OUT_1 – 0–7 0 = output asserted
CONTROL_OUT_8 1 = de-asserted
U21, J1008, control outputs, pins 9-12 = bits 0-3, write, default I/O address 325 hex
CONTROL_OUT_9 – 0–3 0 = output asserted
CONTROL_OUT_12 1 = de-asserted
U7, J108, internal inputs, pins 9-16 = bits 0-7, read, default I/O address 322 hex
0–7 Spare
U8, J108, internal outputs, pins 1-8 = bits 0-7, write, default I/O address 322 hex
0–7 Spare
U24, J1017, A status outputs, pins 1-8 = bits 0-7, write, default I/O address 323 hex
ST_SYSTEM_OK 0 0 = system OK
1 = any alarm condition or in diagnostics mode
1 Spare
ST_CAL_ACTIVE 2 0 = executing sequence
1 = not executing sequence
ST_DIAG_MODE 3 0 = in diagnostic mode
1 = not in diagnostic mode
ST_TEMP_ALARM 4 0 = any temperature alarm
1 = all temperatures OK
ST_PRESS_ALARM 5 0 = any pressure alarm
1 = all pressures OK
6-7 Spare
U27, J1018, B status outputs, pins 1-8 = bits 0-7, write, default I/O address 324 hex
0-7 Spare
2
Relay board digital output (PCF8575), write, default I C address 44 hex
RELAY_WATCHDOG 0 Alternate between 0 and 1 at least every 5 seconds to keep relay board active

A-14 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API - Models T703, T703U, 703E MENU TREES (05745F DCN7107) APPENDIX A-4: Signal I/O Definitions

MODELS T703, T703U, 703E I/O Signal List for Latest Revision
Signal Name Bit or Description
Channel
Number
ZERO_AIR_PUMP 1 0 = pump on for zero air
1 = off
2–5 Spare
PHOTO_REF_VALVE 6 0 = photometer valve in reference position
1 = measure position
ZA_SHUTOFF_VALVE 7 0 = open zero air shutoff valve
1 = close
O3_PUMP_ON 8 0 = pump on for photometer to measure O3
1 = off
9–13 Spare
PHOTO_LAMP_HEATER 14 0 = O3 photometer lamp heater on
1 = off
O3_GEN_HEATER 15 0 = O3 generator lamp heater on
1 = off
2 2
Front panel I C keyboard, default I C address 4E hex
MAINT_MODE 5 (input) 0 = maintenance mode
1 = normal mode
LANG2_SELECT 6 (input) 0 = select second language
1 = select first language (English)
SEQUENCE_LED 8 (output) 0 = sequence LED on (executing sequence)
1 = off
AUTO_TIMER_LED 9 (output) 0 = automatic timer LED on (automatic sequence timer enabled)
1 = off
FAULT_LED 10 (output) 0 = fault LED on
1 = off
AUDIBLE_BEEPER 14 (output) 0 = beeper on (for diagnostic testing only)
1 = off
Rear board primary MUX analog inputs
PHOTO_DET 0 Photometer detector reading
N/A 1 N/A
2 Spare
PHOTO_SAMP_PRES 3 Photometer sample pressure
4 Temperature MUX
REGULATOR_PRESS 5 Regulator pressure
PHOTO_FLOW 6 Photometer flow
7–8 Spare
REF_4096_MV 9 4.096V reference from MAX6241
10-11 Spare
OUTPUT_FLOW 12 Output flow
13 Spare
14 DAC loopback MUX
REF_GND 15 Ground reference

07223D DCN7107 A-15

APPENDIX A-4: Signal I/O Definitions Teledyne API - Models T703, T703U, 703E MENU TREES (05745F DCN7107)

MODELS T703, T703U, 703E I/O Signal List for Latest Revision
Signal Name Bit or Description
Channel
Number
Rear board temperature MUX analog inputs
BOX_TEMP 0 Internal box temperature
PHOTO_SAMP_TEMP 1 Photometer sample temperature
PHOTO_LAMP_TEMP 2 Photometer lamp temperature
O3_GEN_TEMP 3 O3 generator lamp temperature
4–7 Spare
Rear board DAC MUX analog inputs
DAC_CHAN_1 0 DAC channel 0 loopback
DAC_CHAN_2 1 DAC channel 1 loopback
DAC_CHAN_3 2 DAC channel 2 loopback
DAC_CHAN_4 3 DAC channel 3 loopback
Rear board analog outputs
CONC_OUT_1 0 Concentration output #1
CONC_OUT_2 1 Concentration output #2
2 Spare
TEST_OUTPUT 3 Test measurement output
2 2
I C analog output (AD5321), default I C address 18 hex
PHOTO_LAMP_DRIVE 0 O3 photometer lamp drive (0–5V)
2 2
I C analog output (AD5321), default I C address 1A hex
O3_GEN_DRIVE 0 O3 generator lamp drive (0–5V)

A-16 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API - Models T703, T703U, 703E MENU TREES (05745F DCN7107)APPENDIX A-5: Terminal Command Designators

APPENDIX A-5: Terminal Command Designators

Table A-5: Terminal Command Designators

COMMAND ADDITIONAL COMMAND SYNTAX DESCRIPTION

? [ID] Display help screen and commands list
LOGON [ID] password Establish connection to instrument
LOGOFF [ID] Terminate connection to instrument
SET ALL|name|hexmask Display test(s)
LIST [ALL|name|hexmask] [NAMES|HEX] Print test(s) to screen
T [ID]
name Print single test
CLEAR ALL|name|hexmask Disable test(s)
SET ALL|name|hexmask Display warning(s)
LIST [ALL|name|hexmask] [NAMES|HEX] Print warning(s)
W [ID]
name Clear single warning
CLEAR ALL|name|hexmask Clear warning(s)
ZERO|LOWSPAN|SPAN [1|2] Enter calibration mode
ASEQ number Execute automatic sequence
C [ID] COMPUTE ZERO|SPAN Compute new slope/offset
EXIT Exit calibration mode
ABORT Abort calibration sequence
LIST Print all I/O signals
name[=value] Examine or set I/O signal
LIST NAMES Print names of all diagnostic tests
D [ID]
ENTER name Execute diagnostic test
EXIT Exit diagnostic test
RESET [DATA] [CONFIG] [exitcode] Reset instrument
LIST Print setup variables
name[=value [warn_low [warn_high]]] Modify variable
name="value" Modify enumerated variable
V [ID]
CONFIG Print instrument configuration
MAINT ON|OFF Enter/exit maintenance mode
MODE Print current instrument mode

The command syntax follows the command type, separated by a space character. Strings in [brackets] are optional
designators. The following key assignments also apply.

Table A-6: Terminal Key Assignments

TERMINAL KEY ASSIGNMENTS

ESC Abort line
CR (ENTER) Execute command
Ctrl-C Switch to computer mode
COMPUTER MODE KEY ASSIGNMENTS
LF (line feed) Execute command
Ctrl-T Switch to terminal mode

07223D DCN7107 A-17

APPENDIX A-6: MODBUS Registers Teledyne API - Models T703, T703U, 703E MENU TREES (05745F DCN7107)

APPENDIX A-6: MODBUS Registers

MODBUS Description Units
Register
Address
(dec., 0-based)
MODBUS Floating Point Input Registers
(32-bit IEEE 754 format; read in high-word, low-word order; read-only)
0 Output flow rate LPM
2 Photometer measured ozone concentration PPB
4 N/A -
6 Ozone generator lamp drive mV
8 Ozone generator lamp temperature °C
10 Regulator pressure PSIG
12 Internal box temperature °C
14 Photometer detector measure reading mV
16 Photometer detector reference reading mV
18 Photometer sample flow rate LPM
20 Photometer lamp temperature °C
22 Photometer sample pressure Inches Hg
24 Photometer sample temperature °C
26 Photometer slope computed during zero/span bench calibration —
28 Photometer offset computed during zero/span bench calibration PPB
30 Ground reference mV
32 Precision 4.096 mV reference mV
MODBUS Discrete Input Registers
(single-bit; read-only)
0 System reset warning
1 Box temperature warning
2 Photometer lamp temperature warning
3 O3 generator lamp temperature warning
4 Photometer reference warning
5 N/A
6 O3 generator reference detector warning
7 Rear board communication warning
8 Relay board communication warning
2
9 O3 generator or photometer lamp I C driver chip communication warning
10 Front panel communication warning
11 Analog calibration warning
12 System is OK (same meaning as SYSTEM_OK I/O signal)
13 O3 generator not yet stabilized
14 Calibration is active
15 Sequence is active
1
16 Regulator pressure warning

A-18 07223D DCN7107

Teledyne API - Models T703, T703U, 703E MENU TREES (05745F DCN7107) APPENDIX A-6: MODBUS Registers

MODBUS Description Units

Register
Address
(dec., 0-based)
MODBUS Coil Registers
(single-bit; read/write)
00-99 Trigger execution of sequence whose name begins with ―00‖ - ―99‖. Turning a coil on executes a
sequence. Turning a coil off does nothing. When reading coils, the value indicates which
sequence is executing. If a coil is on, the sequence is executing; if off the sequence is not
executing. Supports nested sequences, so multiple sequence coils may be on simultaneously.
100 Turning coil on turns on purge. Turning coil off does nothing. When reading coil, the value
indicates whether purge is active. If on, purge is active; if off, purge is not active. Purge may be
invoked within a sequence, so purge coil may be on at the same time as a sequence coil.
101 Turning coil on puts instrument in standby. Turning coil off does nothing. When reading coil, the
value indicates whether instrument is in standby mode. If on, instrument is in standby; if off,
instrument is not in standby.
200-211 Connected to the control outputs (CONTROL_OUT_1– CONTROL_OUT_12). These coils may
be turned both on and off. Reading the coils indicates the current state.
1
Regulator pressure monitoring option.

07223D DCN7107 A-19

APPENDIX A-6: MODBUS Registers Teledyne API - Models T703, T703U, 703E MENU TREES (05745F DCN7107)

This page intentionally left blank.

A-20 07223D DCN7107

 APPENDIX B - Spare Parts

Use of replacement parts other than those supplied by Teledyne Advanced

Note Pollution Instrumentation (TAPI) may result in non-compliance with European
standard EN 61010-1.

Due to the dynamic nature of part numbers, please refer to the TAPI Website at
Note http://www.teledyne-api.com or call Customer Service at 800-324-5190 for more
recent updates to part numbers.

057223D DCN7107 B-1

 This page intentionally left blank.

B-2 057223D DCN7107

 T703 Spare Parts List

(Reference: 07224 11/12/2010 2:01:02 PM)

PARTNUMBER DESCRIPTION
000940100 CD, ORIFICE, .003 GREEN
006120100 ASSY,OZ.GEN LAMP (BIR) (OP5)
022710000 ABSORPTION TUBE, QUARTZ, (KB)
040010000 ASSY, FAN REAR PANEL
040030700 PCA, PRESS SENSORS (2X), PHOTO OPT
040300110 ASSY, CONFIG PLUG, 100-115V
040300210 ASSY, CONFIG PLUG, 220-240V
041200000 PCA, DET PREAMP w/OP20
041200200 PCA, DET PREAMP w/OP20
041440000 PCA, DC HTR/TEMP, BENCH
042010000 ASSY, SAMPLE THERMISTOR
045230100 PCA, RELAY CARD
046740000 ASSY, PUMP, 12VDC (OP63)
049290000 CLIP, THERMISTOR HOLDER
050700500 KIT, RELAY BD, O3 CAL
052400000 ASSY, BENCH UV LAMP, (BIR), CR *
052910100 ASSY, OPTICAL BENCH, OZONE
055220000 ASSY, VALVE W/CONN, VA 59
055730000 ASSY, REGULATOR, FILTERS, 20LPM
056420000 ASSY, FLOW CNTRL,5LPM, DILUTION
056430000 ASSY, FLOW CONTROL, PHOTO REF
057360000 ASSY, 3/8" VENT ADAPTER
057660000 ASSY, DFU FILTER
057670000 ASSY, CARBON SCRUBBER
058021400 PCA, MTHRBRD, CAL, GEN 5-I
058110000 ASSY, EXPENDABLES w/AKIT,*
058330000 ASSY, INT PUMP, 115V
058330100 ASSY, INT PUMP, 230V
064130000 ASSY, DC HEATER/THERM PCA, O3 GEN
066970000 PCA, INTRF. LCD TOUCH SCRN, F/P
067240000 CPU, PC-104, VSX-6154E, ICOP *
067300000 PCA, AUX-I/O BD, ETHERNET, ANALOG & USB
067300100 PCA, AUX-I/O BOARD, ETHERNET
067300200 PCA, AUX-I/O BOARD, ETHERNET & USB
067900000 LCD MODULE, W/TOUCHSCREEN
068810000 PCA, LVDS TRANSMITTER BOARD
069500000 PCA, SERIAL & VIDEO INTERFACE BOARD
072150000 ASSY. TOUCHSCREEN CONTROL MODULE
072230000 MANUAL, OPERATORS, T703
072250100 DOM, w/SOFTWARE, STD, T703 *
CN0000073 POWER ENTRY, 120/60 (KB)
FL0000001 FILTER, SS (KB)
FL0000003 FILTER, DFU (KB)
FL0000020 CARBON FILTER, DAU, 000 GRADE *(KB)
FM0000004 FLOWMETER (KB)
FM0000005 FLOW RESTRICTOR, 5000-1/4-10000CCM
FM0000006 FLOW RESTRICTOR, 5000-1/4-5000CCM
HW0000005 FOOT
HW0000020 SPRING

057223D DCN7107 B-3

 T703 Spare Parts List

(Reference: 07224 11/12/2010 2:01:02 PM)

PARTNUMBER DESCRIPTION
HW0000380 HANDLE, CARRYING, 9.25", BLK *
HW0000453 SUPPORT, CIRCUIT BD, 3/16" ICOP
HW0000685 LATCH, MAGNETIC, FRONT PANEL
KIT000253 ASSY & TEST, SPARE PS37
KIT000254 ASSY & TEST, SPARE PS38
KIT000289 AKIT, UV LAMP P/S PCA, 041660100
OP0000014 QUARTZ DISC .75 DIAX1/16",(KB)
OP0000031 WINDOW, QUARTZ, 1/2"DIA, .063" THICK (KB
OR0000001 ORING, 2-006VT *(KB)
OR0000016 ORING, 2-120V
OR0000026 ORING, 2-110 S604-70
OR0000034 ORING, 2-011V FT10
OR0000039 ORING, 2-012V
OR0000048 ORING, 2-112S
OR0000077 ORING, 2-018V
OR0000089 ORING, 2-016V
RL0000015 RELAY, DPDT, (KB)
SW0000025 SWITCH, POWER, CIRC BREAK, VDE/CE *(KB)
SW0000059 PRESSURE SENSOR, 0-15 PSIA, ALL SEN
SW0000060 PRESSURE SENSOR, 0-100 PSIG, ALL SEN
VA0000014 REGULATOR
VA0000060 CHECK VALVE, B, 1/4" TUBE FITTINGS
WR0000008 POWER CORD, 10A(KB)

B-4 057223D DCN7107

 T703U Spare Parts List
(Ref: 077470000, 11/19/2012, 8:51a.m.)

PARTNUMBER DESCRIPTION
000941600 CD, ORIFICE, .002
000941300 CD, ORIFICE, .006
064990100 ASSY, O3 GEN, 703U
006120100 ASSY,OZ.GEN LAMP (BIR) (OP5)
022710000 ABSORPTION TUBE, QUARTZ, (KB)
040010000 ASSY, FAN REAR PANEL (B/F)
040030700 PCA, PRESS SENSORS (2X), PHOTO OPT
040030600 PCA, PRESS SENSORS (1X), OZONE OPT
040300110 ASSY, CONFIG PLUG, 100-115V
040300210 ASSY, CONFIG PLUG, 220-240V
041200000 PCA, DET PREAMP w/OP20
041200200 PCA, DET PREAMP w/OP20
041440000 PCA, DC HTR/TEMP, BENCH
042010000 ASSY, SAMPLE THERMISTOR
045230100 PCA, RELAY CARD(KB)
046740000 ASSY, PUMP, 12VDC (PU63)
049290000 CLIP, THERMISTOR HOLDER
050700500 KIT, RELAY BD, O3 CAL, (KB)
052400000 ASSY, BENCH UV LAMP, (BIR), CR *
052910100 ASSY, OPTICAL BENCH, OZONE
059430000 ASSY, VALVE, VA59 w/o DIODE, 5" LEADS *
055730000 ASSY, REGULATOR, FILTERS, 20LPM, 703
056420000 ASSY, FLOW CNTRL,5LPM, DILUTION
056430000 ASSY, FLOW CONTROL, PHOTO REF
057360000 ASSY, 3/8" VENT ADAPTER
057660000 ASSY, DFU FILTER
057670000 ASSY, CARBON SCRUBBER
058021400 PCA, MTHRBRD, CAL, GEN 5-I (KB)
058110000 ASSY, EXPENDABLES w/AKIT,*
058330000 ASSY, INT PUMP, 115V
058330100 ASSY, INT PUMP, 230V
064130000 ASSY, DC HEATER/THERM PCA, O3 GEN
066970000 PCA, INTRF. LCD TOUCH SCRN, F/P
067240000 CPU, PC-104, VSX-6154E, ICOP *(KB)
067300000 PCA, AUX-I/O BD, ETHERNET, ANALOG & USB
067300100 PCA, AUX-I/O BOARD, ETHERNET
067300200 PCA, AUX-I/O BOARD, ETHERNET & USB
067900000 LCD MODULE, W/TOUCHSCREEN(KB)
068810000 PCA, LVDS TRANSMITTER BOARD
069500000 PCA, SERIAL & VIDEO INTERFACE BOARD
072150000 ASSY. TOUCHSCREEN CONTROL MODULE
072230000 MANUAL, OPERATORS, T703
072250100 DOM, w/SOFTWARE, STD, T703 *
FL0000001 FILTER, SS (KB)
FL0000003 FILTER, DFU (KB)
FL0000020 CARBON FILTER, DAU, 000 GRADE *(KB)
FM0000004 FLOWMETER (KB)

057223D DCN7107 B-5

 T703U Spare Parts List
(Ref: 077470000, 11/19/2012, 8:51a.m.)
PARTNUMBER DESCRIPTION
FM0000005 FLOW RESTRICTOR, 5000-1/4-10000CCM NONE
FM0000006 FLOW RESTRICTOR, 5000-1/4-5000CCM BLACK
HW0000020 SPRING
HW0000380 HANDLE, CARRYING, 9.25", BLK *
HW0000453 SUPPORT, CIRCUIT BD, 3/16" ICOP
HW0000685 LATCH, MAGNETIC, FRONT PANEL (KB)
KIT000253 ASSY & TEST, SPARE PS37
KIT000254 ASSY & TEST, SPARE PS38
KIT000289 AKIT, UV LAMP P/S PCA, 041660100
OP0000014 QUARTZ DISC .75 DIAX1/16",(KB)
OP0000031 WINDOW, QUARTZ, 1/2"DIA, .063" THICK (KB)
OR0000001 ORING, 2-006VT *(KB)
RL0000015 RELAY, DPDT, (KB)
SW0000025 SWITCH, POWER, CIRC BREAK, VDE/CE *(KB)
SW0000059 PRESSURE SENSOR, 0-15 PSIA, ALL SEN
SW0000060 PRESSURE SENSOR, 0-100 PSIG, ALL SEN
FM0000007 REGULATOR, PRESSURE, 0-30PSI(KB)
060720100 ASSY, REGULATOR W/FITTING
VA0000060 CHECK VALVE, B, 1/4" TUBE FITTINGS
WR0000008 POWER CORD, 10A(KB)
FT0000337 TEE, BRASS, 1/4" BARB
FT0000429 ORIFICE, BARB, SS, 0.012" (KB)
FT0000431 TEE, TFE, 1/4"-1/4"-1/8"
VA0000060 CHECK VALVE, B, 1/4" TUBE FITTINGS
VA0000024 VALVE, MANIFOLD, 3-WAY CLIPPARD

B-6 057223D DCN7107

 Appendix C
Warranty/Repair Questionnaire
T703, T703U, 703E
(05747E DCN7107)

CUSTOMER: _______________________________ PHONE: _____________________________________

CONTACT NAME: ___________________________ FAX NO. _____________________________________
SITE ADDRESS: ____________________________________________________________________________
MODEL TYPE: _______________ SERIAL NO.: _________________ FIRMWARE REVISION: _____________
Are there any failure messages? ________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________ (Continue on back if necessary)

PLEASE COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING TABLE:

PARAMETER ACCEPTABLE
Name in E-Series software Name in T-Series and in E-Series RECORDED VALUE
versions prior to v.C.1 w/software v. C.1 and higher. VALUE
ACT ACT PPB 1% OF TARG
TARG TAR PPB 50 – 1000 PPB
OUTPUT FLOW OUT FLW LPM 2 – 5 LPM
REG PRESSURE REG PRES PSIG 15 ± 2 PSIG @ 5 LPM
1, 2
(n/a) O3 PRES (703U only) PSIG 8 ± 1 PSIG @ 5 LPM
BOX TEMP BOX TMP ºC 20 – 35 ºC
2 2
O3 GEN REF O3GEN REF mV 0 – 5000 mV
2 2
O3 GEN DRIVE O3GENDRV mV 0 – 5000mV
2 2
O3 LAMP TEMP O3LAMPTMP ºC 48 ± 1 ºC
2 2
PHOTO MEASURE PH MEAS mV 2500 – 4700 mV
2 2
PHOTO REFERENCE PH REF mV 2500 – 4700 mV
2 2
PHOTO FLOW PH FLW LPM 0.720 – 0.880 LPM
2 2
PHOTO LAMP TEMP PH LTEMP ºC 58 ± 1 ºC
2 2
PHOTO SPRESS PH SPRES IN-HG-A -1” AMBIENT IN-HG-A
2 2
PHOTO STEMP PH STEMP ºC 25 – 48ºC
2 2
PHOTO SLOPE PH SLOPE 1 ± 0.15
2 2
PHOTO OFFSET PH OFFST PPB 0 ± 10 PPB
2
(n/a) PH STAB PPB <1 ppb on Zero Air

NOTE: Depending on options installed, not all test parameters shown will be available in your calibrator.
1
Ozone Regulator Pressure
2
If applicable option installed.

3
What is measured photometer flow rate _____________________________________________________ cc /min

Teledyne API Technical Support

Email: [email protected]
PHONE: (858) 657-9800 TOLL FREE: (800) 324-5190 FAX: (858) 657-9816
07223D DCN7107 C-1
 Appendix C
Warranty/Repair Questionnaire
T703, T703U, 703E
(05747E DCN6572)
3
What is measured O3 generator flow rate? __________________________________________________ cc /min

What is the photo reference value while generating SPAN: ___________________ ZERO: __________________

What are the failure symptoms? ________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

What tests have you done trying to solve the problem? ______________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

Thank you for providing this information. Your assistance enables Teledyne Instruments to respond faster to the
problem that you are encountering.

OTHER NOTES: _____________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

Teledyne API Technical Support

Email: [email protected]
PHONE: (858) 657-9800 TOLL FREE: (800) 324-5190 FAX: (858) 657-9816
C-2 07223D DCN7107
APPENDIX D – Wire List and Electronic Schematics

07223D DCN7107 D-1

 This page intentionally left blank.

D-2 07223D DCN7107

 T703 Interconnect List
(Reference: 073600100A DCN5882)

CONNECTION FROM CONNECTION TO

Cable Part Signal Assembly PN J/P Pin Assembly PN J/P Pin
#

0364901 CBL, AC Power, E-series

AC Line Power Entry CN0000073 L Power Switch SW0000025 L
AC Neutral Power Entry CN0000073 N Power Switch SW0000025 N
Power Grnd Power Entry CN0000073 Shield SW0000025
Power Grnd Power Entry CN0000073 Chassis 052590000
AC Line Switched Power Switch SW0000025 L PS2 (+12) 068020000 J1 1
AC Neutral Switched Power Switch SW0000025 N PS2 (+12) 068020000 J1 3
Power Grnd Power Entry CN0000073 PS2 (+12) 068020000 J1 2
AC Line Switched Power Switch SW0000025 L PS1 (+5, ±15) 068010000 J1 1
AC Neutral Switched Power Switch SW0000025 N PS1 (+5, ±15) 068010000 J1 3
Power Grnd Power Entry CN0000073 PS1 (+5, ±15) 068010000 J1 2
AC Line Switched Power Switch SW0000025 L Relay Board 045230100 J1 1
AC Neutral Switched Power Switch SW0000025 N Relay Board 045230100 J1 3
Power Grnd Power Entry CN0000073 Relay Board 045230100 J1 2
03829 CBL, DC Power to Motherboard
DGND Relay Board 045230100 J7 1 Motherboard 058021400 J15 1
+5V Relay Board 045230100 J7 2 Motherboard 058021400 J15 2
AGND Relay Board 045230100 J7 3 Motherboard 058021400 J15 3
+15V Relay Board 045230100 J7 4 Motherboard 058021400 J15 4
AGND Relay Board 045230100 J7 5 Motherboard 058021400 J15 5
-15V Relay Board 045230100 J7 6 Motherboard 058021400 J15 6
+12V RET Relay Board 045230100 J7 7 Motherboard 058021400 J15 7
+12V Relay Board 045230100 J7 8 Motherboard 058021400 J15 8
Chassis Gnd Relay Board 045230100 J7 10 Motherboard 058021400 J15 9
04105 CBL, Keyboard to Motherboard
Kbd Interupt LCD Interface PCA 066970000 J1 7 Motherboard 058021400 J106 1
DGND LCD Interface PCA 066970000 J1 2 Motherboard 058021400 J106 8
SDA LCD Interface PCA 066970000 J1 5 Motherboard 058021400 J106 2
SCL LCD Interface PCA 066970000 J1 6 Motherboard 058021400 J106 6
Shld LCD Interface PCA 066970000 J1 10 Motherboard 058021400 J106 5
041760000 CBL, DC Power, EOS
DGND Relay Board 045230100 J8 1 PS1 (+5, ±15) 068010000 J2 3
+5V Relay Board 045230100 J8 2 PS1 (+5, ±15) 068010000 J2 1
+15V Relay Board 045230100 J8 4 PS1 (+5, ±15) 068010000 J2 6
AGND Relay Board 045230100 J8 5 PS1 (+5, ±15) 068010000 J2 4
-15V Relay Board 045230100 J8 6 PS1 (+5, ±15) 068010000 J2 5
+12V RET Relay Board 045230100 J8 7 PS2 (+12) 068020000 J2 3
+12V Relay Board 045230100 J8 8 PS2 (+12) 068020000 J2 1
042790100 CBL, Heater/Thermistor
+12V RET Relay Board 045230100 J19 1 Lamp HTR/Thrm 041440000 1
+12V Relay Board 045230100 J19 2 Lamp HTR/Thrm 041440000 2
+5VANA Motherboard 058021400 J27 6 Lamp HTR/Thrm 041440000 3
THERMISTOR 3 Motherboard 058021400 J27 13 Lamp HTR/Thrm 041440000 4
+5VANA Motherboard 058021400 J27 7 Sample Therm 042010000 1
THERMISTOR 2 Motherboard 058021400 J27 14 Sample Therm 042010000 2
THERMISTOR 4 Motherboard 058021400 J27 12 O3 Gen HTR/Therm 041440100 6
+5VANA Motherboard 058021400 J27 5 O3 Gen HTR/Therm 041440100 5
+12V RET Relay Board 045230100 J14 2 O3 Gen HTR/Therm 041440100 2
+12V Relay Board 045230100 J14 1 O3 Gen HTR/Therm 041440100 1

07223D DCN7107 D-3

 T703 Interconnect List
(Reference: 073600100A DCN5882)

CONNECTION FROM CONNECTION TO

Cable Part Signal Assembly PN J/P Pin Assembly PN J/P Pin
#
042800100 CBL, Power & Signal Distribution
CH1 Motherboard 058021400 J109 6 UV Det - Bench 041200000 P3 1
AGND Motherboard 058021400 J109 12 UV Det - Bench 041200000 P3 4
+15V Relay Board 045230100 J5 4 Bench Lamp Supply 041200000 P3 2
-15V Relay Board 045230100 J5 6 Bench Lamp Supply 041200000 P3 3
+12V RET Relay Board 045230100 J5 7 Fan 040010000 P1 1
+12V Relay Board 045230100 J5 8 Fan 040010000 P1 2
CH6 Motherboard 058021400 J109 2 Photo Press/Flo 040030700 P1 4
CH4 Motherboard 058021400 J109 3 Photo Press/Flo 040030700 P1 2
CH7 Motherboard 058021400 J109 1 Photo Press/Flo 040030700 P1 5
AGND Relay Board 045230100 J9 3 Photo Press/Flo 040030700 P1 3
+15V Relay Board 045230100 J9 4 Photo Press/Flo 040030700 P1 6
DGND Relay Board 045230100 J9 1 LCD Interface PCA 066970000 J14 8
VCC Relay Board 045230100 J9 2 LCD Interface PCA 066970000 J14 1
DGND Relay Board 045230100 J12 1 LCD Interface PCA 066970000 J14 2
VCC Relay Board 045230100 J12 2 LCD Interface PCA 066970000 J14 3
+15V Relay Board 045230100 J12 4 IZ Det 041200000 P3 2
-15V Relay Board 045230100 J12 6 IZ Det 041200000 P3 3
CH2 Motherboard 058021400 J109 5 IZ Det 041200000 P3 1
AGND Motherboard 058021400 J109 11 IZ Det 041200000 P3 4
04671 CBL, Motherboard to Transmitter Board (Multidrop Option)
GND Motherboard 058021400 P12 2 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 2
RX0 Motherboard 058021400 P12 14 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 14
RTS0 Motherboard 058021400 P12 13 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 13
TX0 Motherboard 058021400 P12 12 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 12
CTS0 Motherboard 058021400 P12 11 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 11
RS-GND0 Motherboard 058021400 P12 10 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 10
RTS1 Motherboard 058021400 P12 8 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 8
CTS1/485- Motherboard 058021400 P12 6 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 6
RX1 Motherboard 058021400 P12 9 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 9
TX1/485+ Motherboard 058021400 P12 7 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 7
RS-GND1 Motherboard 058021400 P12 5 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 5
RX1 Motherboard 058021400 P12 9 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 9
TX1/485+ Motherboard 058021400 P12 7 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 7
RS-GND1 Motherboard 058021400 P12 5 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J4 5
054840000 CBL, Valve Driver & Pump Power
+12V Relay Board 045230100 J4 1 Photo Ref Valve 055220000 1
+12V RET Relay Board 045230100 J4 2 Photo Ref Valve 055220000 2
+12V Relay Board 045230100 J4 3 O3 Valve 055220000 1
+12V RET Relay Board 045230100 J4 4 O3 Valve 055220000 2
+12V Relay Board 045230100 J4 5 Pump 047020000 1
+12V RET Relay Board 045230100 J4 6 Pump 047020000 2
056310100 CBL, I2C Signal
+15V IZS Lamp Supply 041660100 P1 1 Relay Board 045230100 J5 4
AGND IZS Lamp Supply 041660100 P1 2 Relay Board 045230100 J5 3
SCL IZS Lamp Supply 041660100 P1 3 Relay Board 045230100 J3 1
SDA IZS Lamp Supply 041660100 P1 4 Relay Board 045230100 J3 2
Shield Motherboard 058021400 J107 6 Relay Board 045230100 J3 5
SCL IZS Lamp Supply 041660100 P1 3 Bench Lamp Supply 041660500 P1 3
SDA IZS Lamp Supply 041660100 P1 4 Bench Lamp Supply 041660500 P1 4
SCL Motherboard 058021400 J107 3 Bench Lamp Supply 041660500 P1 3
SDA Motherboard 058021400 J107 5 Bench Lamp Supply 041660500 P1 4
+15V Relay Board 045230100 J10 4 Bench Lamp Supply 041660500 P1 1
AGND Relay Board 045230100 J10 3 Bench Lamp Supply 041660500 P1 2
05673 CBL, Pump Adapter
115VAC Relay Board 045230100 J2 1 Pump 037070000 1
230VAC Relay Board 045230100 J2 5 Pump 037070000 2
Neutral Relay Board 045230100 J2 2 Pump 037070000 3
Jumper Relay Board 045230100 J2 3 Relay Board 045230100 J2 4
06737 CBL, I2C to AUX I/O (Analog In Option)
ATX- Motherboard 058021400 J106 1 Aux I/O PCA 067300000 J2 1
ATX+ Motherboard 058021400 J106 2 Aux I/O PCA 067300000 J2 2
LED0 Motherboard 058021400 J106 3 Aux I/O PCA 067300000 J2 3
ARX+ Motherboard 058021400 J106 4 Aux I/O PCA 067300000 J2 4
ARX- Motherboard 058021400 J106 5 Aux I/O PCA 067300000 J2 5
LED0+ Motherboard 058021400 J106 6 Aux I/O PCA 067300000 J2 6
LED1+ Motherboard 058021400 J106 8 Aux I/O PCA 067300000 J2 8

D-4 07223D DCN7107

 T703 Interconnect List
(Reference: 073600100A DCN5882)

CONNECTION FROM CONNECTION TO

Cable Part Signal Assembly PN J/P Pin Assembly PN J/P Pin
#
06738 CBL, CPU COM to AUX I/O (USB Option)
RXD CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 1 Aux I/O PCA 0673000 or -02 J3 1
DCD CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 2 Aux I/O PCA 0673000 or -02 J3 2
DTR CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 3 Aux I/O PCA 0673000 or -02 J3 3
TXD CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 4 Aux I/O PCA 0673000 or -02 J3 4
DSR CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 5 Aux I/O PCA 0673000 or -02 J3 5
GND CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 6 Aux I/O PCA 0673000 or -02 J3 6
CTS CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 7 Aux I/O PCA 0673000 or -02 J3 7
RTS CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 8 Aux I/O PCA 0673000 or -02 J3 8
RI CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 10 Aux I/O PCA 0673000 or -02 J3 10
06738 CBL, CPU COM to AUX I/O (Multidrop Option)
RXD CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 1 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J3 1
DCD CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 2 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J3 2
DTR CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 3 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J3 3
TXD CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 4 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J3 4
DSR CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 5 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J3 5
GND CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 6 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J3 6
CTS CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 7 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J3 7
RTS CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 8 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J3 8
RI CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 10 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000 J3 10
06739 CBL, CPU Ethernet to AUX I/O
ATX- CPU PCA 067240000 LAN 1 Aux I/O PCA 067300100 J2 1
ATX+ CPU PCA 067240000 LAN 2 Aux I/O PCA 067300100 J2 2
LED0 CPU PCA 067240000 LAN 3 Aux I/O PCA 067300100 J2 3
ARX+ CPU PCA 067240000 LAN 4 Aux I/O PCA 067300100 J2 4
ARX- CPU PCA 067240000 LAN 5 Aux I/O PCA 067300100 J2 5
LED0+ CPU PCA 067240000 LAN 6 Aux I/O PCA 067300100 J2 6
LED1 CPU PCA 067240000 LAN 7 Aux I/O PCA 067300100 J2 7
LED1+ CPU PCA 067240000 LAN 8 Aux I/O PCA 067300100 J2 8
06741 CBL, CPU USB to Front Panel
GND CPU PCA 067240000 USB 8 LCD Interface PCA 066970000 JP9
LUSBD3+ CPU PCA 067240000 USB 6 LCD Interface PCA 066970000 JP9
LUSBD3- CPU PCA 067240000 USB 4 LCD Interface PCA 066970000 JP9
VCC CPU PCA 067240000 USB 2 LCD Interface PCA 066970000 JP9
06746 CBL, MB TO 06154 CPU
GND Motherboard 058021400 P12 2 Shield
RX0 Motherboard 058021400 P12 14 CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 1
RTS0 Motherboard 058021400 P12 13 CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 8
TX0 Motherboard 058021400 P12 12 CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 4
CTS0 Motherboard 058021400 P12 11 CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 7
RS-GND0 Motherboard 058021400 P12 10 CPU PCA 067240000 COM1 6
RTS1 Motherboard 058021400 P12 8 CPU PCA 067240000 COM2 8
CTS1/485- Motherboard 058021400 P12 6 CPU PCA 067240000 COM2 7
RX1 Motherboard 058021400 P12 9 CPU PCA 067240000 COM2 1
TX1/485+ Motherboard 058021400 P12 7 CPU PCA 067240000 COM2 4
RS-GND1 Motherboard 058021400 P12 5 CPU PCA 067240000 COM2 6
RX1 Motherboard 058021400 P12 9 CPU PCA 067240000 485 1
TX1/485+ Motherboard 058021400 P12 7 CPU PCA 067240000 485 2
RS-GND1 Motherboard 058021400 P12 5 CPU PCA 067240000 485 3
WR256 CBL, Transmitter to Interface
LCD Interface PCA 066970000 J15 Transmitter PCA 068810000 J1

07223D DCN7107 D-5

 This page intentionally left blank.

D-6 07223D DCN7107

07223D DCN7107 D-7
 1 2 3 4

+15V

R2
1.1K
S1
D VR2 D
1
ASCX PRESSURE SENSOR 2
2
3
3
4 C2
5 1.0UF
6
1

LM4040CIZ TP4 TP5 TP3 TP2 TP1

S1/S4_OUT S2_OUT S3_OUT 10V_REF GND +15V
J1
3 6
2 5
S2
1 4
1
ASCX PRESSURE SENSOR
2 MINIFIT6
3
4
5 +15V
C 6 C

R1
499

S3
VR1
1
FLOW SENSOR 2
2
FM_4
3
3
C1
CN_647 X 3 1.0UF
1
+15V LM4040CIZ
S4
C3
B 1 1.0 B
2
3
4
CON4

The information herein is the APPROVALS DATE SCH, PCA 04003, PRESS/FLOW, 'E' SERIES
property of API and is
submitted in strictest con- DRAWN
fidence for reference only.
A Unauthorized use by anyone A
for any other purposes is CHECKED SIZE DRAWING NO. REVISION
prohibited. This document or
any information contained
B 04354 D
in it may not be duplicated APPROVED LAST MOD. SHEET
without proper authorization. 3-Dec-2007 1 of 1

1 2 3 4

07223D DCN7107 D-8

 1 2 3 4

R1
SEE TABLE
C1

D D
100pf
-15V

R6
1.0K
C4
0.1uf VR1
PHOTOCELL R4 5K TP1
-15V D1 5K TEST_PLUG

4
1

5
U1
R2 R5
2 J1
100
R3 1.0K 6 PHOTO_OUT
1
1.0K 3
C3 OPA124 2
1.0uF C7 3
+15V
+
N.P. 4
-15V
5

7
+15V
6
VCC
C C5 7 C
0.1uf 8
+ C2 MICROFIT
1.0uf +15V

VCC
U2
+15V VR2 1 16
GND GND
LT1460S3-2.5 2 15
VCC GND
1 2 REF_2.5V 3 14
IN OUT REF+ F0
4 13

GND
C6 REF- SCK
PHOTO_OUT 5 12
0.1uf IN+ SDO
6 11
IN- CS
7 10
GND GND
8 9 VCC
GND GND
3

LTC2413
C8
0.1
B B

PCA VERSION TABLE

PCA# R1
04120-0000 4.99M
04120-0200 2.0M

The information herein is the APPROVALS DATE PCA, UV DETECTOR PREAMP

property of API and is
submitted in strictest con- DRAWN
fidence for reference only. USA
A Unauthorized use by anyone A
for any other purposes is CHECKED SIZE DRAWING NO. REVISION
prohibited. This document or
any information contained
A 04420 B
in it may not be duplicated APPROVED LAST MOD. SHEET
without proper authorization. 3-Aug-2004 1 of 1

1 2 3 4

07223D DCN7107 D-9

 1 2 3 4 5 6

P2
LAMP OUTPUT
1
2
T1 3
TP2
PE-6196 R5 4
TEST_PLUG
TIP126 5
P1
D Q1 4.7K, 2W 6 D
+15V

8
1 7
C4 D3 D4
2 RP2D R4 8
TP4 C3
3 4.7K C2
TEST_PLUG 0.1 + 220 100
4 1N4148
.01 1N4148
HEADER 4
D5 D6

7
D1
1N4148 IRF520 IRF520
Q2 Q3 1N4148 1N4148

R2 R3
D2
1N4148 5.1K 5.1K R6
330
VCC

6
VCC RP2C
R7 4.7K
3.9K U3
C6
1 8
Vdd GND .033
2 7
A0 SDA
3 6 TP1 +15V

5
JP1 A1 SCL
4 5 TEST_PLUG
C JUMPER2 Vout PD C
U1B
RP2A
AD5321-RM8 1 2 6 LM358 R14
4.7K 7 10
5 +15V

RP2B

15

13
4.7K
3 4

VC
VCC
C5 3 16 VREF
.01 SYNC VREF
+15V R12 11 2
OUTPUT A NONINV. INPUT
R13 22
14 5
R1 OUPUT B CT
TP3 2.21K 22 R15
8 7
TEST_PLUG SOFT START DISCHARGE
VR2 150
+15V 1 6
VCC 3 INV. INPUT RT
C9 C11 C12
0.1 10 12 R16
1 SHUTDOWN GROUND
+15V 3.9K

8
C7 .0047 0.1
1.0UF 4 9
U1A OSC. OUTPUT COMP
2
2 C8
B 1 U2 B
3 0.1 SG3525
LM4040CIM3
LM358

+15V

4
C13
0.1
C10 + C1
470
0.1

NOTE: THIS SCHEMATIC APPLIES TO THE FOLLOWING PCA'S:

PCA# NOTE CHANGE NOTES
04166-0000 M400E BENCH AND IZS LAMP SUPPLY
SHUNT INSTALLED IN J1 FOR BENCH SUPPLY
REV. DATE CHANGE DESCRIPTION INITIAL The information herein is the APPROVALS DATE SCH, UV LAMP DRIVER, M450
A property of API and is A
SHUNT NOT INSTALLED IN J1 FOR IZS SUPPLY
A 8/1/02 INITIAL RELEASE KL submitted in strictest con- DRAWN
fidence for reference only.
KL 3/4/97
Unauthorized use by anyone
for any other purposes is CHECKED SIZE DRAWING NO. REVISION
prohibited. This document or B
any information contained
04421 A
in it may not be duplicated APPROVED LAST MOD. SHEET
without proper authorization. 1-Aug-2002 1 of 1

1 2 3 4 5 6

07223D DCN7107 D-10

 1 2 3 4

D D

R1 J1
30R, 50W
1
2
3
4
5
6
TH1
HEADER 6

THERMISTOR

C C

B B

Rev Date Change Description Eng

A 8/1/02 Initial release for PCA schematic KL

The information herein is the APPROVALS DATE SCH, DC HEATER/THERMISTOR

property of API and is
submitted in strictest con- DRAWN
fidence for reference only.
A Unauthorized use by anyone A
for any other purposes is CHECKED SIZE DRAWING NO. REVISION
prohibited. This document or B
any information contained
04422 A
in it may not be duplicated APPROVED LAST MOD. SHEET
without proper authorization. 1-Aug-2002 1 of 1

1 2 3 4

07223D DCN7107 D-11

 1 2 3 4 5 6
General Trace Width Requirements
1. Vcc (+5V) and I2C VCC should be 15 mil
2. Digitial grounds should be at least 20 mils
J1 AC_Line 3. +12V and +12V return should be 30 mils
1 AC_Line 4. All AC lines (AC Line, AC Neutral, RELAY0 - 4, All signals on JP2) should be 30 mils wide, with 120 mil
2 isolation/creepage distance around them
3 AC_Neutral AC_Neutral 5. Traces between J7 - J12 should be top and bottom and at least 140 mils.
4 6. Traces to the test points can be as small as 10 mils.
A 4 PIN RELAY0 A
VCC RELAY1
RN1
R1 R2 330
2.2K 2.2K RELAY0 RELAY1 RELAY2
JP2
K1 K2 K3 Heater Config Jumper J2 16 PIN
1 2 1 2 1 2 RELAY2 COMMON0 1
LOAD0

10
11
12
2

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
JP1 I2C_Vcc I2C_Vcc TS0 3 RELAY0
1 2 3 +- 4 3 +- 4 3 +- 4 RELAY0 4
3 4 TS0 COMMON1 5
5 6 TS1 LOAD1 6
7 8 SLD-RLY SLD-RLY SLD-RLY 7
TS2 TS1 8 RELAY1
HEADER 4X2 RELAY1 9
COMMON2 10

A
I2C_Vcc D1 LOAD2 11
WDOG D2 D3 D4 D7 D8 D9 D10 AC_Neutral TS2 12 RELAY2
13

KA
RED RELAY2
U1 24 14
C1 YEL YEL YEL GRN GRN GRN GRN 15
0.1 16
Vdd
B B

K
21 A0 P00 4 RL0 RL1 RL2 VA0 VA1 VA2 VA3
2 A1 P01 5 CTRL-0
3 A2 P02 6 CTRL-1 +12V
1 INT P03 7 CTRL-2
J3 P04 8 IO3 IO3
1 SCL 22 SCL P05 9 IO4 IO4
SDA 23 10 U2A
2 SDA P06 11
INT F1 F2
3 P07 13 1 2 4A PTC INTERRUPTOR 4A PTC INTERRUPTOR
4 P10 14
5 P11 15 IO10
P12 16 IO11 IO10
CON5 TP10 TP11 P13 IO11 SN74HC04
P14 17 IO12 IO12
DD4 DD1
18 IO13 VCC U2B 6A RECTIFIER 6A RECTIFIER
P15 19 IO14 IO13 Q1 VCC
P16 20 IO15 IO14 3 4
P17 IO15
Vss

R3 VALVE_POWER J4

11
PCF8575 20K R5 U5
10K 1
12

16 IN 4 OUT4 1 2 VALVE0

VCC
U4 IRF7205 I2C_Vcc U2C 15 2
14 IN 3 K 3 3 VALVE1
5 6 10 ENABLE OUT 3 6 4
VCC 1 16 9 IN 2 OUT 2 7 5 VALVE2
C VBATT RESET IN 1 K 6 C

GND
GND
GND
GND
2 VOUT RESET' 15 OUT 1 8 7
3 VCC WDO' 14 JP4 8 VALVE3
4 13 U2D
5 GND CD IN' 12 C3 1 R6 UDN2540B(16)
BATT_ONCD OUT' 2 8 PIN

13
12
5
4
6 11 1 10K 9 8
7 LOW LINE' WDI 10 3 VLV_ENAB
8 OSC IN PFO' 9
OSC SEL PFI WTCDG OVR
K

+ U2E C16 + + DD2

1

JP3 R4 C5 C6 15V TVS

AK

MAX693 D17 1M + C4 10/16 11 10 22 uF 2000/25

1 2 10/16
2 1

C2 DL4148
HEADER 1X2 0.001 find low ESR electroytic
A

+12RET
2

TP12
TP1 TP2 TP3 TP4 TP5 TP6 TP7
DGND +5V AGND +15V -15V +12RT +12V

1
DC PWR IN KEYBRD MTHR BRD SYNC DEMOD SPARE REV AUTH DATE
J5 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11 J12 J13 DGND B CAC 10/3/02 CE MARK LINE VOLTAGE TRACE SPACING FIX

1 DGND 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 +5V
2 VCC 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 AGND D RJ 5/16/07 Add alternate thermocouple connectors

3 AGND 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 +15V E RT 02/15/11 Add C20, C21, C22, TP10, TP11, TP12

4 +15V 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
D 5 AGND 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 -15V D
6 -15V 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 +12RT
7 +12RET 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 +12V Title
8 +12V 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 Teledyne API
9 EGND 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
10 CHS_GND 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Size Number Revision
DCN:6161 B 04524 E
CON10THROUGH CON10THROUGH CON10THROUGH CON10THROUGH CON10THROUGH CON10THROUGH
CON10THROUGH CON10THROUGH Printed documents are uncontrolled Date: 7/11/2011 Sheet 1of 3
File: N:\PCBMGR\..\04524-E_p1.schDoc Drawn By:
1 2 3 4 5 6

07223D DCN7107 D-12

 1 2 3 4 5 6

Aux Relay Connector

AC_Line AC_Line JP6
Heater Config Jumper J18 16 PIN
COMMON3 1
RELAY3 LOAD3

10
11
12
2

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
TS3 3 RELAY3
A RN2 RELAY4 RELAY3 4 A
330 5
TS3 COMMON4 6
TS4 LOAD4 7
TS4 8 RELAY4
RELAY3 RELAY4 RELAY4 9
10

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
K4 K5 11
1 2 1 2 12
AC_Neutral AC_Neutral 13
I2C_Vcc 14
I2C_Vcc 3 +- 4 3 +- 4 15
JP7
16
SLD-RLY SLD-RLY 5 10
JP7 Configuration
4 9
3 8
Standard Pumps World Pumps
2 7
D5 D6 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15 D16

A
60 Hz: 3-8 60Hz/100-115V: 3-8, 4-9, 2-7
1 6
YEL YEL GRN PUMP
GRN GRN GRN GRN GRN 50 Hz: 2-7, 5-10 50Hz/100-115V: 3-8, 4-9, 2-7, 5-10 J20

KA
60Hz/220-240V: 3-8, 1-6 MINI-FIT 10
50Hz/220-240V: 3-8, 1-6, 5-10
1
RL3 VA4 VA5 VA6 VA7 TR0 TR1 2
RL4 AC_Neutral
3
B B

K
AC_Line
AC_Line 4
IO3 IO3 CTRL-3
IO4 IO4 CTRL-4

IO10 IO10 VCC

IO11 IO11 U3A
IO12 IO12 VALVE_POWER
J6

11
IO13 IO13 1 2
16
U6
1 1 Valve4
IN 4 OUT4 2

VCC
15 IN 3 K 2 3
SN74HC04 VLV_ENAB 14 ENABLE OUT 3 3 4 Valve5
10 IN 2 OUT 2 6 5
U3D 9 7 Valve6
IN 1 K 6

GND
GND
GND
GND
OUT 1 8 7
9 8 8 Valve7
9
UDN2540B(16) 10

13
12
5
4
U3B 11
U3E DD3 C17 12
+
15V TVS 13
IO14 IO14 3 4
11 10 14
22 uF
C CON14 C
VCC U3C

14
+12RET
U3F 5 6
MT5 MF1 MF2 MF3 MT6
IO15 IO15 13 12
J19
+12V 1
2
7

C13
VCC 0.1
MINIFIT-2
X1 X2 X3
U2F Q2
14

IRL3303
13 12 J14 MTK1 MTK2
+12V 1
2
7

MINIFIT-2
D Q4 Q3 Use 50 mil traces D
IRL3303 IRL3303 J21
+12V 1 Title
+12RET 2 Teledyne API
Size Number Revision
DCN:6161 MINIFIT-2
B 04524 E
Printed documents are uncontrolled Date: 7/11/2011 Sheet 2of 3
File: N:\PCBMGR\..\04524-E_p2.schDoc Drawn By:
1 2 3 4 5 6

07223D DCN7107 D-13

 1 2 3 4 5 6

+15V

TC1_KCOMPA R23 C7
A 6.81K A
-15V TC1_JCOMPA C12 0.1
0.01

A
TC1_GND C21

KA
R19 R21 0.01 ZR3

8
THERMOCOUPLE CONNECTOR 3M U7A 1k
OMEGA F4 3 4.7V J17

K
J15 1/8 AMP FUSE 1 1
- 2 R13 2 2
10K
+ 1 TC1_GNDTCA OPA2277 R25 R7
3
4
F3

4
1/8 AMP FUSE 14K 20K
J15A C10 -15V MICROFIT-4
- R15 ZR1 C20
2 3V
0.1
10K TC1_GND 0.01 TC1_JGAINA TC1_JGAINB
+ 1 ZR2 0.01 C8
3V +15V
THERMOCOUPLE CONNECTOR 1M R17
HAMITHERM R11
5K

2
U8 TC1_5MVA TC1_5MVB

CW
TOUT 3 1M

Vin
R10
B C22 TC1_JGAINA JP5 B
8 100pF
1 R9
C9 TC1_5MVA MICROFIT-20
J 2
TC1_JCOMPA
7 3 10K
TC1_KCOMPA
K 4
0.1 TC1_GNDTCA TC PROGRAMMING SOCKET
5 5
TC2_JGAINA

Gnd
R- 6
TC2_5MVA
7
TC2_JCOMPA
8
TC2_KCOMPA
9

4
LT1025 TC2_GNDTCA
10
TC1_JGAINB * GROUNDED THERMOCOUPLES ARE EXPECTED BY DEFAULT
11 No extra connections are necessary for grounded thermocouples
TC1_5MVB
12 * FOR UNGROUNDED THERMOCOUPLES
TC1_JCOMPB
13 short TCX_GNDTCA to TCX_GNDTCB
TC1_KCOMPB
-15V 14 * FOR K THERMOCOUPLE:
TC1_GNDTCB
15 1) Install CN0000156 for thermocouple connector
TC2_JGAINB
16 2) Short only TCX_KCOMPA to TCX_KCOMPB on TC Programming Plug
TC2_5MVB
17 4) Leave TCX_JCOMPX pins of the plug unconnected
TC2_JCOMPB
18 * FOR J THERMOCOUPLE:
R20 TC2_KCOMPA TC2_KCOMPB
THERMOCOUPLE CONNECTOR 19 1) Install CN0000155 for thermocouple connector
3M TC2_GNDTCB
OMEGA 20 2) Short TCX_JCOMPA to TCXJCOMPB on TC Programming Plug
F6 TC2_JCOMPA
J16 1/8 AMP FUSE 3) Short TCX_JGAINA to TCX_JGAINB on TC Programming Plug ZR4
- 2 4) Leave TCX_KCOMPX pins of the plug unconnected
U7B * DEFAULT OUTPUT IS 10 mV PER DEG C 4.7V
C + 1 TC2_GNDTCA R24 5 For 5 mV per deg C output, short TCX_5MVA TO TCX_5MVB C
F5 7
1/8 AMP FUSE R18 6.81K
6
ZR5 R16 TC2_GND
ZR6 R22
3V 10K
J16A 10K +15V OPA2277 1k R26 R8
- 2 14.3K 20K
3V C15
+ 1 0.01 C11
TC2_JGAINA TC2_JGAINB
THERMOCOUPLE CONNECTOR
2

HAMITHERM U10 TC2_GND 0.01

TOUT 3 R28
R14
Vin

TC2_5MVA TC2_5MVB
1M 5K
J 8 TC2_JCOMPB

CW
C14 7 TC2_KCOMPB R12
0.1 K
1M
5 R27
Gnd

R-
10K
LT1025
4

D D
Title
Teledyne API
DCN:6161
Size Number Revision
Printed documents are uncontrolled
B 04524 E
Date: 7/11/2011 Sheet 3of 3
File: N:\PCBMGR\..\04524-E_p3.schDoc Drawn By:
1 2 3 4 5 6

07223D DCN7107 D-14

      

',*287
'>@
6+'1 6+'1 '>@ '>@
',*,2 ',*,2 ,2: ,2:
',*,2 ',*,2
E3VFK
' '

',*287
6+'1 6+'1 ,2: ,2:
'>@
'>@ '>@ ',*,2 ',*,2
',*,2 ',*,2
E3VFK

',*,1
'>@
'>@ '>@ ,25 ,25
',*,2 ',*,2 ',*,2 ',*,2
E3VFK

6(1625,1
'>@
7(0308; 7(0308; '>@ '>@
'$&08; '$&08; '$&9 '$&9
7(03 7(03 '$& '$&
,2: ,2: '$&9 '$&9
'$& '$& '$&9 '$&9
'$& '$& '$&9 '$&9
& '$& '$& 6+'1 6+'1 &
E3VFK

$1$,1
,25 ,25 7(0308; 7(0308;
9)5($' 9)5($' ,2: ,2:
'>@
'>@ '>@ 6+'1 6+'1
9)352* 9)352* 95() 95()
'$&08; '$&08; 7& 7&
&+*$,1 &+*$,1 7& 7&
7& 7&
E3VFK

$1$287
,2: ,2: '$&9 '$&9
'>@
'>@ '>@ '$&9 '$&9
'$&9 '$&9 '$&9 '$&9
&6'$&$ &6'$&$ '$&9 '$&9
&6'$&% &6'$&% :5'$& :5'$&
'$& '$& 95() 95()
% '$& '$& 7& 7& %
'$& '$&
'$& '$&
6+'$& 6+'$&
E3VFK

VKHHW

E3VFK

3&,)
'>@
'>@ '>@ &+*$,1 &+*$,1
,2: ,2: 9)5($' 9)5($'
,25 ,25 6+'1 6+'1
6+'$& 6+'$& ',*,2 ',*,2
',*,2 ',*,2 ',*,2 ',*,2
',*,2 ',*,2 7& 7&
7(03 7(03 6+'1 6+'1
'$&9 '$&9 ,&B5(6(7 ,&B5(6(7
:5'$& :5'$& ,&B'59B567 ,&B'59B567
9)352* 9)352* ,&B5(6(7 ,&B5(6(7
,&B'59B567 ,&B'59B567
$ E3VFK $

7LWOH
             

6L]H 1XPEHU 5HYLVLRQ

 
2UFDG%
'DWH 0D\ 6KHHWRI
 
)LOH 1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE
'UDZQ%\
     

07223D DCN7107 D-15

      
-$ 8 +&
3& $
   
$ < ',*,2 2&
 $
   
*1' % < 8$ &/.
 $ $
  ',*,2 ,2: 
$ & <
 $ $
  '  
$ ' < ',*,2 +& ' 4 -
 $  '  
$ < ',*,2 ' 4 '2 ',
 $ ,&  '   


$ < ',*,2 ' 4 '2 ',


 $ $
  73 '   
$ < 7(03 8 51 .[ ' 4 '2 ',
 $ 8%    '   
$ < '$&9 +& ' 4 '2 ',

&
 $ 
$ 8&  (1$%  '   
$ < :5'$&  ' 4 '2 '2
 $ +&   * '   
' $ < 9)352* ,25  ' 4 '2 '2 '
 $  * '   


$ +& < &+*$,1 ' 4 '2 '2
 $  
$ +& < 9)5($' '   '2 '2
 $  ;& < $ +& 8 









$ 
$ < '   ', ',
 $  ;' < $ 
$ 8'  5 < '   ', ',
 $   ;( < $ 
$ 
$ * < '   ', ',
 $ 127,167$//('   ;) < $ 
$ * < '   ', ',
 $ < $ 
$ '   ', '2
 $ < $ 
$ 9&& 8 +& 9&&  '   ', '2
 < $ 
$   '   ', '2
 9&& 8$ < $ 
$  ,2:  ', '2
 % 73 
$ 5 
 %
$ N  +& 73 0,&52),7
 $(1 % 5
$(1   8'
 % 3 4 .
,2&+5'<  
 ' %


'  
 ' % 7&
'  
 ' % 9&&


'   ! "# $%&'()
 ' % -,72'&)2+0 9&& '6
' $   ! " $* +('') +&
 ' $


' $  9&& ; /('5('VPW
 ' $ 3LQV VKRUWHGRQ3&%
' $  -3 8% +&
 ' $  ''
' $  $(1  
 ' $  35( 4 ,&B5(6(7
' $   
 $ (1  &/. 
,2&+(&. $  ,2(1 '   5 5
$  ' 4 9&& 73 73 73
$  & 
& -% $ 
$ &/5 . . &
$ +($'(5'()$8/7('
3&  X)FHUDPLF -


*1' '*1'
 '>@ 


*1' -3 5 6'$
   8$ 6<6&/. 
*1' 8 . 9&&
   
26& 35( 4 ,&B'59B567 8 3&) 6&/
 ,'&+($'(5  
9 9&& &/. 
 ,17   '   &/. ,&B5(6(7 
%$/( ' 4 



  ,$&. 
7& &/5 8% ,17  
 ,17 9&& 
'$&.  $  ,1/,1(
 $+&*8 +& $
,54   73
 -3 5(6(7 73
,54  73
  
,54  -
 &6
,54 VKRUWHGVOGUVLGH +& ,25   .%,17
 5' 6&/ 
,54 ,2:  6'$
   :5 
6<6&/. 9&&  9&&
 6'$ 
5()5(6+ -3 ,'&+($'(5 - ' 
 '% 
'54 ' 
  '% 
'$&. '  6&/
  5 '% & 
'54 ' 
  N '% 
'$&. '  '*1'
 ,25  '% 
,25 ,25 ' 
 ,2:  8$ +& '%
,2: ,2: '   0,&52),7
    '% 966 -3
60(05 35( 4 '   
   '% X)9
60(0: &/. ,'&+($'(5
%      %
.(< ' 4 9&&
 8$   
9 9 8& &/5
   
(1';)5
  ,2(1 
9
   +& 56
'54
  6+'1 5 5
9 8%
 +& 
,54    
  35( 4 6+'1
9 
  &/.
5(6(7'59   
  ' 4 6+'$& 6&/
*1'   ' '6  '6
 8' &/5

 ''
+&

 +& '& '&
,&

9&&
 -3 
,54  
 9&& 
 ,'&+($'(5  8&



,54 .%,17
 8
-3
 VKRUWHGVOGUVLGH +&
X)FHUDPLF

9&&
9&&
  
 6'$
 &   
5 :', 5(6(7 8'
 
 N

*1'
*1'
*1'
$  +& ,& $

 /7&&6
7LWOH
 1RWHV




             

  7KLVVFKHPDWLFLVIRU3&$
6L]H 1XPEHU 5HYLVLRQ
  7KLVVFKHPDWLFLVIRU3&%
 
 2UFDG%
3&&' 'DWH 0D\ 6KHHWRI
 
)LOH 1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE
'UDZQ%\
     

07223D DCN7107 D-16

      
-
'%)(0$/(

5;

&RP56%56

7;


56*1'


,   576

(,   &76






' '6 '6  '
$ . . $ 79





79$55$<
/('5(' /('*51VPW 60'$/&&
5





9
5 5





. . N

-
- '&(VLGHRIVZLWFKLVVLGHWRZDUGVSLQ  
1&
5;  

&RP56$
 5;'
576  
 7;'
7; 
 1&
&76  
 *1'
56*1'  
 1&
5;  
 576
576 
 &76
7;  
 1&
&76 

56*1'  '%0

(











&  9&& &

5 5 5





,1/,1( 5 79$55$< 6:
. 9&&
. 6:6/,'(3'7





127,167$//(' 127,167$//('
5 79


'6 '6 60'$/&&
127,167$//('





   
= = =
/('5(' /('*51

(,   ,   02817,1*+2/( 02817,1*+2/( 02817,1*+2/(


07 07 07 07

02817,1*+2/( 02817,1*+2/( 02817,1*+2/( 02817,1*+2/(

73 73 73 73 73 73


% 9&& 9 95(7 9 9 %

07 07 07 07 07


- 02817,1*+2/( 02817,1*+2/( 02817,1*+2/( 02817,1*+2/( 02817,1*+2/(

9
$8;&'&&32:(5&,1 
5(7

'*1'

9
 9&&
9

$*1'

9

$*1'
 X)97$17$/80
(*1' '
 &   &
&+$6*1'
''B
02/(; X)97$17$/80
0%56&7
'
'' 5PXVWEH
ZLWKLQRI-
0%56&7
5
$ $
127,167$//('
7LWOH
             

6L]H 1XPEHU 5HYLVLRQ

 
2UFDG%
'DWH 0D\ 6KHHWRI
 
)LOH 1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE
'UDZQ%\
     

07223D DCN7107 D-17

    -  #

8% ,62/$7('0$237,21$/%2$5'6
'$&9 -
<
# 73 <
(
,2: 
+3>
+& 8 '$&%,7 @<


-  &
3&( <3 X)FHUDPLF X)FHUDPLF
8& &6'$&$  #
  $1$/2*92/7$*( &855(172873876
7 '  = '8$/'$&$
+ < -

-
 &/. &/.   23$8$ 5< @< )(%($'
'; <3 /
 8 327',*,7$/ & - 
 >   
+&     8$   / 
62&.(78  > 5    
-  -  / 
 -  
   #  / -
 #  
56 /

-



 = 
X)FHUDPLF  = 
/ #


60'$/&&
 ,'& / =



-



 
8 +& '  / 
 &/. -
+
73 & 79$55$< 
3 '; )(%($'


#
=

  5< - 7(50%/2&.
'; 3
  79


 
'  7 &6'$&$ -   - 

-
#
=

' 
 A
 &65$1*(
 >
 = 5 5 #
- 
 &
 A  8% # 
' - = &6'$&% <   #  N .  = S)
 A     =

60'$/&&
'  # &65$1*( 23$8$

-



- A-
' #   ,'& &
'
 A   79$55$<
=
# A#
-


? S)


#
=

'   -
= A=  &
' 7  #   79
 A  < <  
& -  S)


#
=

- 
X)FHUDPLF # 
B99=C #  &
7  =
  =
'$&5$1*( 2))6(7352*5$0 S)
,'&
'$& &
 ? S) 
7    -
 >
  5    &
 8&  
= 7  -  S)
 - 
@< X)FHUDPLF 73 23$8$ # 
#  ,QVWDOO-IRU &
73 73  =
 = P$RQWK


23$ FKDQQHO S)


5 . &    +($'(5,'&
 
>-
# - 5 5 &
8' ,QVWDOO5



< % -
 5 
8$
 =
- -
  N . 5LIP$ S)
  23$8$
5  56 RQWKFKDQQHO
& 5 X)FHUDPLF QRWXVHG
N
X)FHUDPLF - 73 < -
& 
8 '$&%,7 
5< @< '$&9 
& 
-  '$&9 


&6'$&% 
3&( <3 X)FHUDPLF '$&9

 
# X)FHUDPLF -
-
'  = '8$/'$&$ '$&9 
+ < 

-
&/.   #
'; <3 23$8$ #
8 327',*,7$/ '$& & =
=
    8$ 
62&.(78  > 5 
-  7
 7
    
 
X)FHUDPLF
 0,&52),7 




'  &
+ 73
&/. - 5<
';
 23$8$
3 <


< -   8%
> 5 5 <
   =

=   #  N .
8%   <
# 
23$ 
 <
6+'$& 
?
#
< <
&

7 X)FHUDPLF

' '$& 23$8$

8&
''B 0%56&7 7   
 >
  5
' 
= 7  

 73 
23$8$
0%56&7
   8' ( .
.


>-
# - 5              
'DQG' -
=    N
0XVWEHORFDWHG - - 5  2 / 0  1
ZLWKLQRI8
 
3  
4 5657   
% .4 48 8 *55     :1
 1
64  1 8 / 89
   -  #

07223D DCN7107 D-18

      

&+ &+
  ,&
&+ &+
  23$8$
&+ &+
 
&+ &+
 
&+ &+
 
&+ &+ 9
 
  5
  9 9
  9 

  & &
' X)FHUDPLF '
  73 73 $1$/2*,13876 &
X)FHUDPLF X)97$17$/80
  95() $*1'
- -
8 56


0,&52),7 0,&52),7
$'&95()
5 .


&+    
,1 287 5LQGXFHVDQ
&+  8$  0&+,3
,1 7& RIIVHWLQDQDORJ
&+   & X)FHUDPLF   5
,1 966   VLJQDOWRJLYHD
&+  23$
,1 8%   OLYH IRUVHQVRUV
 
7(0308; ,1 966   ZLWKRUVOLJKWO\



&+  & X)FHUDPLF




,1 QHJDWLYHRXWSXW


&+   X)FHUDPLF & 23$ & 8
,1 *1' 9&&
&+ 
,1 9

96
1&

1&

1&
5()
&+  
,1 95()
  9 8 9&& X)9   &
,1 1& 23287 &203
&+   '*'<   5 
,1 1& 23 &203
&+      
,1 (1% 9&& 6 ' 5  23 $*1' .
&+       X)97$17$/80
,1 $ 6 ' 9, *1'
&+      

2379
,1 $ 6 ' 9, )287
  95()&/,3   5 
'$&08; ,1 $ 6 '

&/.
&26
96
   

9,
,1 $ ,1 9&&


















 
& ,1 96
 
,1 *1' 9&&
  $'.3
9 ,1 96 &






& $108; &
& X)FHUDPLF

&
51 .[ 51 .[ 5 56 9 5DQG5UHGXFHWKHJDLQ
X)9FHUDPLF 9







. IRUDQDORJLQSXWVE\VR
9 -,72'&$$(0+=
WKDWZHFDQUHDGVOLJKWO\ 5
8
&$B DERYHIXOOVFDOHWRSUHYHQW


   & 73 ;
1& 1& RYHUIORZRI$'&UHDGLQJ 3/$&( ;
  & 56
1& 9,1 2+0  
  ' %$6 9 X)FHUDPLF
95() 9287 15 & &  5(6,6725$6
  X)9 5 X) 0%+0+=
75,0 *1' X)97$17$/80 &/26($6  


. 3266,%/(72


9&&
;$1';
92/7$*(5() 5 ,& '

 '


. 56 8$  5 
'' '
73  
 /)
&+*$,1

8$ 7& & 73







,2: ''








8 X)
+& 9 '
+&


5'/6%

,&/.
'%
'%

'%
7,(
7,(
7,(

7,(
9&&,17
%$6

9)&/.

6+'1 2( 9&& 5 7&

&/. 51
. '  
.[ '% 7,(
'       
% ' 4  5'0%<7( 7,( %
'     8%  9&& '  
' 4 5 '% 7,(
'        9&&
' 4 . *1' 7,(
'    ' %$6 /) & '  8 
' 4 '% )5(4
'     
' 4 7,( 7,(
'    X)FHUDPLF  
' 4 7,( 7,(
'    '   &
' 4 5 '% 9&&,2 X)FHUDPLF
'   6(/   ;LOLQ[&3/' 
' 4 & . 7', *1'
 
706 7'2
  6(/
7&. 6(/

9&&,17
5'06%

67$57
5($'
*1'
'>@

'%

,25
9

7,(

6$
6%
6&
73 8 73 73 73 73 73












+&
 
9)352* 2(
  '
&/.



,2:  8%
,25
'   6$
' 4
+& '   6%
' 4 9)5($'
'   6&
' 4
'   67$57
' 4
'  
' 4
'   06%
$ ' 4 $
'   0,'
' 4
'   /6%
' 4
7LWOH
6FKHPDWLFIRU(6HULHV*0RWKHUERDUG3&$31

6L]H 1XPEHU 5HYLVLRQ

2UFDG%  %
'DWH 0D\ 6KHHWRI
- 
)LOH 1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE
'UDZQ%\
     

07223D DCN7107 D-19

      

9 9$1$
8
' '
 
%<3$66&$36 ,1 287
 
0867%(:,7+,1 212)) 1&

*1'
2)7+(
 &
5(*8/$725 X)97$17$/80
/3,0
,1387287387
3,16


&
X)

'>@

7+(50,67(5
9&& 9 ;7
,QVWDOO;7 WKURXJKKROH
8 9$1$
25;7 60' 
0$;&:1
EXWQRWERWK
 ;7
7(0308; 287
 7+(50,67(5 -
966
  7+(50,67(5
*1' ,1 
&   7+(50,67(5 7+(50,67(5 &
9 ,1 
  7+(50,67(5
(1% ,1 
  7+(50,67(5

$ ,1 
  7+(50,67(5

$ ,1 
  7+(50,67(5

$ ,1 
  7+(50,67(5
6+'1 56 ,1 
  7+(50,67(5
:5 ,1  7+(50,67(5
 7+(50,67(5
 7+(50,67(5
 7+(50,67(5

7(03  7+(50,67(5
8' 
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5  7+(50,67(5
 56
,2: . . . . . . . .  7+(50,67(5
+& 0,&52),7

% %
99

8 51 .[

    <
'$&08; ' 6 '$&9
    <
' 6 '$&9
    <
' 6 '$&9
& X)FHUDPLF    
5 .
<
' 6 '$&9
   
9&& 9&& ,1 '$&
   
96 ,1 '$&
   
*1' ,1 '$&
   
96 ,1 '$&
& X)FHUDPLF 51 .[
'*'<

$ $

7LWOH
             

6L]H 1XPEHU 5HYLVLRQ

 
2UFDG%
'DWH 0D\ 6KHHWRI
 
)LOH 1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE
'UDZQ%\
     

07223D DCN7107 D-20

      

&21752/,13876

9&&






51 73

&
' [ 51 '
8

&
.[


8 
* ',*,2









36 
* ,25









-     '
$ <
  '
/ $ <
    '
 / $ <
    '
 / $ <
  '
 $ <
    '
,( '  $ <
    '
3( 3'
+
 / )(%($' 
$ <
 '
 $ <
  
 /   +&
 '>@

 
 /

&
&

&
7(50%/2&. S)

'

'

'

'

'

'

'

'
(;7B9B287

&

&

&
S) 5 5 5 5 5 5
& 5 5 &
     
 

&

&
&

&
S)9 S)9
8

&

&
&

&
36
S)9
  S)9

/  
/  
/
 
/ )(%($'  
3ODFHWKHVHWHUPLQDWLRQUHVLVWRUVDWWKHHQGRIHDFKGDWD
OLQH(DFKGDWDOLQH
 
VKRXOGEHODLGRXWDVDGDLV\FKDLQWKHVLJQDOSDVVLQJ
 
IURPRQH,&WRWKHQH[W

&

&
 
S)
& 9&&

&
% S) %



51 8

&
.[





51 
* ',*,2
 ,25
[ *









  '
$ <
  '
$ <
8   '
$ <





- 36   '
$ <
  '
$ <
    '
 $ <
  '
,( '  / $ <
3( 3'     '
 / $ <
+  

 / '>@

/   +&

 

/

/  

 
$  )(%($' $
&

&

7(50%/2&.  
&

S) (;7B9B287 7LWOH

             
&

&

&

6L]H 1XPEHU 5HYLVLRQ

S)  
2UFDG%
'DWH 0D\ 6KHHWRI
# 
)LOH 1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE
'UDZQ%\
     

07223D DCN7107 D-21

      

9&&


',*,7$/2873876


51

&
' [ '

8 36 &

  &









73 S)
?   & &
6+'1
8  
+& S)


   
',*,2 2( /
8%    
&/.
+3>  /
     /
' 4
+&     
' 4
  

' 4
   / )(%($'

' 4 -
-  
' 4 
  
' 4 
#   $67$7862873876
' 4 
=   8 36
' 4 / 
 

'>@ / 
  /

 

  / )(%($' 
&  &
 


 
  & & 7(50%/2&.
S)
  /
& &
)(%($'
&
S)

&
5(6(77$%/()86($9
' ) /
9&&
)(%($'
',2'(6&+277.< (;7B9B287

% %

$ $

7LWOH
             

6L]H 1XPEHU 5HYLVLRQ

 
2UFDG%
'DWH 0D\ 6KHHWRI
= 
)LOH 1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE
'UDZQ%\
     

07223D DCN7107 D-22

      

9&&


',*,7$/2873876


51

&
[

8 36
6+'1  

&
6+'1

&








8
' S) '
+&  
   

&

&
',*,2 2(
8&  
&/. S)
,2:   
'     /
' 4 /
+& '  
' 4 /
'    
' 4
'    
' 4
'  
' 
' 4
   / )(%($'
' 4 -
'  
' 4 
'  
' 4 

8 36
'>@ /  &21752/2873876
 
/ 
/ 
 

 

  / )(%($' 

 


  &2B(;7B5(7

 

& &
  7(50%/2&.
/ )(%($'
9&&

&

&
(;7(51$/&211(&725


S) 62/'(56,'(

&

&

&
51

&
[
S)
S)
8 36









 

6+'1  
8  
+&
   
',*,2 2( /
8$    
&/. /

,2: /
'    
' 4
+& '    
' 4
'  
' 4 / )(%($'

&

&
'    
' 4 S)
'  
% ' 4 9 %
'   '
' 4

&

&
'   . 5(/$<63'7
' 4
'    
' 4
',2'(6&+277.<  
 S) -


4

5
9 


 '
 
5(/$<63'7

.


.  ,( $'
62 ',2'(6&+277.<  
 $ $'
  $'$  3&(&(



 5(/$<63'7

4 . 
5  
9 
'  



.
62 ',2'(6&+277.< 4 7(50%/2&.
9
' 5(/$<63'7
.
 
5 . ',2'(6&+277.<  
62 
4
$ 5 $

7LWOH
.              
62
6L]H 1XPEHU 5HYLVLRQ
95(7
 
2UFDG%
'DWH 0D\ 6KHHWRI
 
)LOH 1?3&%0*5?5-(VHULHV0RWKHUERDUG*HQHUDWLRQ?6RXUFH?EGGE
'UDZQ%\
     

07223D DCN7107 D-23

 1 2 3 4 5 6

MT1 MT2 MT3 MT4 MT5 MT6 MT7 MT8 MT9 SDA SDA

CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS CHASSIS TP1 TP2
J1 J14 +5V
A TP3 TP4 10 5 10 5 A
3.3V 9 4 FB1 +5V 9 4 FB16
8 3 8 3
7 2 7 2
6 1 FBMH3216HM501NT 6 1 FBMH3216HM501NT
SCL SCL
FB2 FB17
R6 R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 0039300100 0039300100

10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K FBMH3216HM501NT FBMH3216HM501NT

DithB U/D L/R aHSync aVsync Mode
5V-GND
J2
5V-GND
50 52
Bklght+
49 51
FB3 48
Bklght- i BackLightDrive R47 R48
47
46 R46 0 NI
J7 FBMH3216HM501NT 45 NI
Vcom
44
1 2
aG2 aG3 C1 Mode 43
3 4
aG4 aG5 22uF/6.3V C2 aData Enable 42
5 6 3.3V
aG6 aG7 JMK316BJ226KL 0.0022 aVsync 41 +5V JP2
7 8
CA_112 aHSync 40 Internal Dithering
9 10
aR2 aR3 aB7 39 0 = Enable 1 J3
B 11 12 aB7 2 B
aR4 aR5 aB6 38 1 = Disable 3
13 14 aB6 1
aR6 aR7 aB5 37 NI
15 16 aB5 FB4 2
aB4 36 Scan Direction 4
17 18 aB4 5 3
aB2 aB3 aB3 35 U/D L/R Scan Dir. 5V-GND 6
19 20 aB3 4
aB4 aB5 aB2 34 0 1 UD, LR J8
21 22 aB2 FBMH3216HM501NT 5
aB6 aB7 aB1 33 1 0 DU, RL NI 7
23 24 8 6
aB0 32 0 0 UD, RL 1 2 9
25 26 G0 G1 7
aDCLK aG7 31 1 1 DU, LR 3 4
27 28 aG7 G2 G3 8
aG6 30 5 6 10
29 30 aG6 G4 G5 11 DEN 9
aG5 29 (1 = H, 0 = L) 7 8 12
aG5 10
A

R21 Default:R21B aG4 28 9 10

B30B-PHDSS (LF)(SN) aG4 R0 R1 11
jumper aG3 27 11 12 13
aG3 R2 R3 14 12
aData Enable

aG2 26 13 14 15
B

aG2 R4 R5 B5 13
aG1 25 15 16
Mode B4 14
aG0 24 17 18 16
BACKL B0 B1 17 B3 15
bDCLK aR7 23 19 20 18
aR7 B2 B3 C3 16
aR6 22 21 22
aR6 B4 B5 22uF/6.3V C4 B2 17
CLK

aR5 21 23 24 6X3 Jumper

aR5 JMK316BJ226KL 0.0022 B1 18
aR4 20 25 26
aR4 DEN CA_112 B0 19
aR3 19 27 28
aR3 20
aR2 18 29 30 0 R28 C5
aR2 G5 21
aR1 17 22uF/6.3V C6
B30B-PHDSS (LF)(SN) G4 22
aR0 16 JMK316BJ226KL 0.0022

DCLK
G3 23
15 CA_112
aData Enable

C 24 C
14
G2 25
3.3V 13 5V-GND
G1 26
L/R 12
G0 27
U/D 11
28
10
Vgh R5 29
R7 9
100K Vgl R4 30
8
AVdd JP3 R3 31
aReset 7
32
6 1
C7 Vcom 2 R2 33
5 3
1.0 R1 34
DithB 4
GMK107BJ105KA R0 35
3 4
5 36
2 6
37
1
L/R 38
7
8 39 41
GM800480X-70-TTX2NLW 9
40 42
CL586-0529-2 U/D
10
11 CL586-0527-7
12

4X3 Jumper

D
Make Model JP2 JP3 D
FEMA GM800480W 1-2, 4-5, 7-8, 10-11, 13-14, 16-17 1-2, 4-5, 7-8, 10-11 Title
Data Image FG0700A0DSWBG01 3-2, 6-5, 9-8, 12-11, 15-14, 18-17 2-3, 5-6, 8-9, 11-12 GUI Interface
United Radiant Tech. UMSH-8173MD-1T 2-3, 4/ 5/ 6 NC, 7/ 8/ 9 NC, 10-11, 13-14, 16/ 17/ 18 NC 2-3, 5-6, 8-9, 11-12 Size Number Revision
B 06698 D
Date: 6/24/2010 Sheet 1 of 4
File: N:\PCBMGR\..\06696.P1.R3.schdoc Drawn By: RT
1 2 3 4 5 6

07223D DCN7107 D-24

 1 2 3 4 5 6

A A
TP5
AVdd: +10.4V

R8 R9

TP6 309K C8 0.001 487K

CD214A-B140LF
+5V D1 AVdd
L1 3.3V D2
L2
Bklght+ 2 1
22uH K A
C9 C10 C11 3.9uH
R10 TP7 22uF/6.3V MBRM120LT1G R11 C12
4.7uF/16V 4.7uF/16V TP8 C14 GMK107BJ105KA
Vgl: -7V JMK316BJ226KL C13 806K TMK325BJ226MM
10K U1 1.0 24pf 22uf/25V
5 1 GMK107BJ105KA C15
Vin SW
R12 1.0

11
4 3 Vgl

6
SHDN FB Bklght-
D3
1K R13 R14

VIN
IN

SW

SW
GND
BAT54S C16 9
9.76 2.0 SUP R15
18
5V-GND DRVN 100K
0.33 1
FB
B 21 B

2
R16 FBN C17 D4
17

3
CAT4139TD-GT3 FDV305N C18 U2 DRVP BAT54S
464K 20 0.33
1 0.33 REF
G Q1 TPS65150PWP 16

D
S
CPI
19
GND
12

2
FBP
?

7
PGND R17
15
R18 VGH
8 806K
3.3V PGND
80.6K 10
5V-GND VCOM C19
13
CTRL 0.33
23
GD R19
22
COMP

FDLY
DLY1

DLY2
C20 66.5K

ADJ
+5V TP9
0.220 25
HTSNK
BACKL Vgh: +16V
C21

14

24
470pf 3.3V
Vgh
A

C35 R27
jumper C23 C24 C25 C26 TP10
R23 C22
Default:R27B
B

0.1 33K 24pf 43pf 43pf 43pf 0.1 Vcom: +4V

R31
C R24 R25 R26 5V-GND A C
B Vcom
10K 10K 10K +5V
16

3.3V
U3 10K C27
Default:R31B 1.0
Vdd

1 4 GMK107BJ105KA
AO P0 Default: NI
2 5
A1 P1
3 6 R22 jumper
A2 P2
14
P3
7
9
Backlight Brightness Control
SCL SCL P4
SDA
15
SDA P5
10
11
Maint_SW
Lang_Select
S1 Control Mode R22 R27 R31
P6
P7
12 S2
SW_46 Remote – Video Port NO A NO
INT
13
SW_46 Opt. Main Sw Remote – I2C YES B NO
Vss

PCF8574 Opt. Lang. Sw. Fixed Bright (default) NO B B

8

5V-GND

5V-GND

D D

Title
GUI Interface
Size Number Revision
B 06698 D
Date: 6/24/2010 Sheet 2 of 4
File: N:\PCBMGR\..\06696.P2.R3.schdoc Drawn By: RT
1 2 3 4 5 6

07223D DCN7107 D-25

 1 2 3 4 5 6

+5V
USB-B-MINI

VBUS
6 USB3.3V

GND
3.3V-REG 3.3V
J9

D+
1

D-

ID
A 8 OUT A
IN

GND
6 JP4
CHASSIS SHTDN 4

1
2
3
4
5
BP C28
C29 1uF
U4

2
D_N C30 470pf
D_P 5V-GND 1uF
FB13

J10 JP5
C38 R34
RT 100K 5V-GND GND
1 USB3.3V 1uF YEL
RL
2
SD C37 0.01uF
3 1K DS1
LL 5V-GND
4
LT R29
5 R35
U5 100K R30
To new TScreen 4 1 100K
70553-004 +V E SCL
SCL
24MHZ
3 2 SDA
OUT -V USB3.3V SDA
J11
LL 5V-GND 5V-GND FB7
NI

B
1 R32

5
RL CHASSIS
2 USB3.3V 5V-GND 4
SD GND

A
B 3 1 8 3 B
RT C31 D+
4 2 7 2
LT D- USB-A_R/A
5 0.1uF 3 6 1
+5V J4
R39 4 5
R33 100K 5V-GND
To old TScreen

B
100K U7 F1
J12 70553-004 5V-GND R45
+5V

A
+5V NI
TSHARC-12C FB8 0.5A/6V

27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
R20 0.1 C39
5
4
3
2
1

C40
2
1
A1 5V-GND 0.1uF
49.9
37

VBUS-DET

OCS4

OCS3
PWR4
SCL/S0

SDA/R1
RESET

+3.3V
HS-IND/S1
BUS +5 GND
D+ SHLD
RL

RT
LL

LT

B 0.1
CHS C59 5V-GND CHASSIS 5V-GND
FB5 18
28 PWR3
A VBUS SUS/R0 17
GND
GND

CHS 29 OCS2

5
USB3.3V +3.3V 16 5V-GND
+5
D-

30 PWR2 C41
FBMH3216HM501NT USB- 15 C32 FB9 4
31 3.3VCR 1uF 0.1 GND
USB+ U8 14 1 8 3
32 +1.8V D+
6
7
8
9
10

XTL2 USB2514-AEZG 13 2 7 2
33 OCS1 D- USB-A_VERT
CLK-IN 12 USB3.3V 3 6 1
34 PWR1 +5V J5
CHASSIS R36 1.8VPLL 11 4 5
35 TEST
RBIAS 10 U9
36 +3.3V C60

+3.3V
12K +3.3PLL F2
0.1uF

D1+

D2+

D3+

D4+
D1-

D2-

D3-

D4-
+5V C34 C33 +5V
0.1 0.1uF FB10 0.5A/6V
5V-GND 5V-GND
C 5V-GND C42 C

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
D1_N 0.1uF
D1_P CHASSIS
D4_P
D4_N 5V-GND

5
1K D3_P
5V-GND FB11
C43 D3_N 4
R38 C44 GND
DS2 0.1uF D2_P 1 8 3
1uF D+
D2_N 2 7 2
GRN D- USB-A_VERT
5V-GND R37 3 6 1
100K +5V J6
USB3.3V 4 5
5V-GND
U11
C36
5V-GND 0.1uF
F3
5V-GND +5V
FB12 0.5A/6V
5V-GND 5V-GND
0.1uF C45

5V-GND
Configuration Select
Mode R32 R45
D
Default A A D
MBUS B B Title
Install 100K for A, 0 Ohm for B GUI Interface
Size Number Revision
06698 D
B
Date: 6/24/2010 Sheet 3 of 4
File: N:\PCBMGR\..\06696.P3.R3.schdoc Drawn By: RT
1 2 3 4 5 6

07223D DCN7107 D-26

 1 2 3 4 5 6

A A
3.3V

TOUCH SCREEN INTERFACE CIRCUITRY ( TBD)

FB15 C61
FBMH3216HM501NT
0.1

J13
J15
0 R49 1
MH1 7 Y0_P1 2
MH2 2 3
MH3 9 Y0_N1 0 R50 U6
4
MH4 4 Y1_P1 Y0_P 9 24
0 R51 5 Y0P D0 aR2
5 Y0_N 8 26
6 Y0M D1 aR3
6 Y1_N1 0 R52 7
Y1_P 11
Y1P D2
27
aR4
3 Y2_N1 Y1_N 10 29
0 R53 8 Y1M D3 aR5
8 Y2_N 14 30
0 R54 9 Y2M D4 aR6
1 Y2_P1 Y2_P 15 31
B CHASSIS 10 Y2P D5 aR7 B
12 CLKOUT_N1 0 R55 33
11
11 D6 aG2
11 23 34
0 R56 12 bDCLK CLKOUT D7 aG3
10 CLKOUT_P1 CLKOUT_N 16 35
13 CLKINM D8 aG4
13 CLKOUT_P 17 37
14
14 CLKINP D9 aG5
14 39
D10 aG6
15 22 40
HEADER-7X2 SHTDN D11 aG7
16 41
6 D12 aB2
17 NC 43
D13 aB3
18 45
28 D14 aB4
19 VCC 46
R40 R43 36 D15 aB5
R41 R42 R44 VCC 47
3.3V 42 D16 aB6
100 100 100 100 VCC 1

Option
G3168-05000202-00 10K 48 D17 aB7
FB18 VCC 2
D18
12 4
3.3V LVDS/VCC D19 BACKL
20 5
PLLVCC D20 aData Enable
FBMH3216HM501NT 7
LVDSGND 3 NOTE:
C62 13 GND To receive backlight control (BACKL) from CPU board
LVDSGND 25
18 GND when using ICOP_0096 LVDS Transmitter.
FB6 LVDSGND 32
GND The connection from pin 42 on the TTL video connector
19 38
0.1 PLLGND GND (VSYNC) to U1-23 must be broken and connected to
21 44
FB14 PLLGND GND pin 43.
Vcc PIN 28 Vcc PIN 36 Vcc PIN 42 Vcc PIN 48
SN75LVDS86A
C46 C49 C47 C50 C48 C51 C53 C52 C54
C C
22uF/6.3V
JMK316BJ226KL 0.1 0.01 0.1 0.01 0.1 0.01 0.1 0.01 C55 C56 C57 C58

0.1 0.01 0.1 0.01

D D

Title
GUI Interface
Size Number Revision
B 06698 D
Date: 6/24/2010 Sheet 4 of 4
File: N:\PCBMGR\..\06696.P4.R3.schdoc Drawn By: RT
1 2 3 4 5 6

07223D DCN7107 D-27

 1 2 3 4

MT1 MT2

A A
From ICOP CPU CHASSIS-0 CHASSIS
To LCD Display

U1
+3.3V
VAD6 44 41 Y0_N
D0 Y0M
VAD7 45 40 Y0_P
D1 Y0P J1
VAD8 47 39 Y1_N
D2 Y1M
VAD9 48 38 Y1_P
D3 Y1P Y2_P 1 MH1
Header 22X2 VAD10 1 35 Y2_N
J2 D4 Y2M 2 MH2
VAD11 3 34 Y2_P
1 2 D5 Y2P Y2_N 3 MH3
VAD0 VAD1 VBD10 4
3 4 D6 26 CLKIN Y1_P 4 MH4
VAD2 VAD3 VBD11 6 CLKIN
5 6 D7 33 CLKOUT_N 5
VAD0 7 CLKOUTM
7 8 D8 32 CLKOUT_P Y1_N 6
VAD6 VAD7 VAD1 9 CLKOUTP
9 10 D9 Y0_P 7
VAD8 VAD9 VAD2 10
11 12 D10 27 8
VAD10 VAD11 VAD3 12 SHTDN +3.3V
13 14 D11 Y0_N 9 CHASSIS
B VBD2 13 14 B
15 16 D12 NC CLKOUT_P 10
VBD3 15 43
17 18 D13 NC 11
VBD4 16
19 20 D14 2 CLKOUT_N 12
VBD5 18 VCC
21 22 D15 8 13
VBD2 VBD3 VBD6 19 VCC
23 24 D16 21 14
VBD4 VBD5 VBD7 20 VCC
25 26 D17 15
VBD6 VBD7 22
27 28 D18 37 16
BACKL 23 LVDSVCC
29 30 D19 29 17
VBD10 VBD11 VBDE 25 PLLVCC
31 32 D20 18 +3.3V
33 34 22.1 42 19
VBGCLK 5 VLDSGND
35 36 R1 GND 36
VBDE 11 VLDSGND
37 38 R2 10K GND 31
17 VLDSGND
39 40 GND
24 30
41 42 GND PLLGND
46 28 G3168-05000101-00
43 44 GND PLLGND

SN75LVDS84A

C C

BACKL +3.3V

J3
1 2
3 4
Y0_P Y0_N
5 6
Y1_P Y1_N
7 8
Y2_N Y2_P
9 10
CLKOUT_N CLKOUT_P
11 12
+3.3V 13 14
Header 7X2

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 Title

D 22uF/6.3V D
JMK316BJ226KL 0.1 0.01 0.1 0.01 0.1 0.01 0.1 0.01 0.1 0.01
LVDS, Transmitter Board
Size Number Revision
A 06882 B
Date: 5/7/2010 Sheet 1 of 1
File: N:\PCBMGR\..\06882-P1-R0.SchDoc Drawn By: RT
1 2 3 4

07223D DCN7107 D-28

 1 2 3 4

U6

1 6
A R19 A
.01/2KV
75 R13 2 5
C18 R20 CHASSIS
0
75
3 4

J1
12 11 SP3050 J2
1 ATX+ 2
2 ATX- 1
16 3 ARX+ 4
15 4 LED0- 3
14 5 LED0+ 6
13 6 ARX- 5
7 LED1+ 8
8 LED1- 7
10 9 STRAIGHT THROUGH ETHERNET
DF11-8DP-2DS(24)
CHASSIS CONN_RJ45_LED
B B

TP1

+5V +5V-ISO TP2

P2 SDA P3
1 1 U8 L1
SDA 4 5 +5V-OUT
2 2 VDD1 VDD2
3 3 12 14 47uH
C 4 4 11 LME0505 13 C
5 5 1 7
SCL GND1 GND2
6 6 C28 R16
7 7 4.7uF 1k
8 8
+ C17
R10
Header 8 SCL Header 8 2.2k 100uF

TP3
DS3 ISO-GND

GRN

GND
GND
Title
D D
Auxiliary I/O Board (PWR-ETHERNET)
Size Number Revision
DCN:6092 A 06731 B

PRINTED DOCUMENTS ARE UNCONTROLLED Date: 5/6/2011 Sheet 1 of 3

File: N:\PCBMGR\..\06731-1_ETHERNET.SchDoc
Drawn By: RT
1 2 3 4

07223D DCN7107 D-29

 1 2 3 4

A V-BUS A

V-BUS
C19
0.1uF
C20 C21
R11 4.7uF
0.1uF 0.1uF
2.2k
3.3V C22
GND
0.1uF
U9
C23
DS4 C24 0.1uF 28 26
GND C1+ VCC
24 23
C1- ONLINE
1 3 GND
R12 C2+ V-
2 27

18
19
20
21
22
GRN 4.75k C2- V+ J3
6 26 TXD-A 14 9 TXD-B 1
VDD TXD TI1 TO1 RXD
9 24 RTS-A 13 10 RTS-B 7
B RST RTS TI2 TO2 CTS B
11 28 DTR-A 12 11 DTR-B 5
SUSPEND DTR TI3 TO3 DSR
9
N/C
12 25 RXD-A 19 4 RXD-B 4
SUSPEND RXD RO1 RI1 TXD
J4 23 CTS-A 18 5 CTS-B 8
CTS RO2 RI2 RTS
3 D+ 4 27 DSR-A 17 6 DSR-B 3
D+ D+ U10 DSR RO3 RI3 DTR
2 D- 5 1 DCD-A 16 7 DCD-B 2
D- D- DCD RO4 RI4 DCD
1 V-BUS 7 2 RI-A 15 8 RI-B 10
VBUS VREG-I RI RO5 RI5 RI
4 8 3 6
GND VBUS GND GND
21 20
U11 STAT RO2
USB 22 25
SHTDN GND DF11-10DP-2DS(24)

17
16
15
14
13
10
CP2102
1 6 0
SP3243EU
R14
CHASSIS 2 5 0
C25 C26 GND R15
0.1uF 1uF
3 4
nc nc

C NUP2202W1 C
GND

GND

MT1 MT2
MT-HOLE MT-HOLE

CHASSIS CHASSIS

Title
D D
Auxiliary I/O Board (USB)
Size Number Revision
DCN:6092 A 06731 B
PRINTED DOCUMENTS ARE UNCONTROLLED Date: 5/6/2011 Sheet 2 of 3
File: N:\PCBMGR\..\06731-2_USB.SchDoc Drawn By: RT
1 2 3 4

07223D DCN7107 D-30

 1 2 3 4

+5V-ISO

R9
A 4.99 A
+5V-ADC

AGND C27
C1 4.7uF
C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 0.1uF
0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF
P1 U1
AN-CH0 15 1
1 CH0 VDD ISO-GND
AN-CH1 16 2
2 CH1 VDD
AN-CH2 17 13
3 CH2 SHTDN
AN-CH3 18
4 CH3
AN-CH4 19 9
5 CH4 SDA
AN-CH5 20 5
6 CH5 SCL
AN-CH6 21 10
7 CH6 A2
AN-CH7 23 12
8 CH7 A1
6
9 4 A0 ISO-GND
NC
7
B U2 U3 NC 27 B
ANALOG INPUT 8 REF
1 6 1 6 NC 26
11 REF-AJ
C8 C9 2 5 2 5
22
NC
28 C10
0.1uF 0.1uF 3 4 3 4 NC NC C11
24 25 4.7uF
NC NC 0.01uF
14 3
SMS12 SMS12 AGND DGND
MAX1270BCAI+ C30 C29
1nF 1nF

TP4 AGND
C15 AGND
.01/2KV ISO-GND
ISO-GND
AGND 49.9 R17
+5V-ISO
CHASSIS
49.9 R18 +5V-ISO
+5V TP5
+5V-ISO

C R3 R4 C
TP6 1K 1K
C12

5
NC7WZ17P6X 0.1uF
C13 C14 R5 R6
0.1uF 0.1uF 2.2k 2.2k 1 6 SDA SCL
U5 DS1 DS2
U4A ISO-GND
TP7 14 3

2
GND VDD2 VDD1 ISO-GND
15 2
NC NC BLU BLU
12 5
SDA SDA2 SDA1
13 4 ISO-GND
NC NC
10 8
NC NC
11 6 3 4
SCL SCL2 SCL1
16 1 U4B
9 GND2 GND1
GND2 7 NC7WZ17P6X
GND1
TP8
ADuM2250

Title
D D
GND
ISO-GND Auxiliary I/O Board (ADC)
Size Number Revision
DCN:6092 A 06731 B

PRINTED DOCUMENTS ARE UNCONTROLLED Date: 5/6/2011 Sheet 3 of 3

File: N:\PCBMGR\..\06731-3_ADC.SchDoc Drawn By: RT
1 2 3 4

07223D DCN7107 D-31